ii>Mi^yf^i'/)r>rfr^}^)rfi^^M'>^^ I'Jj THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. DUBLIN UNIVERSITY PRESS SERIES. THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE: % iv00f frum Jwtenial (Bbikita THAT "THE GOSPEL ACCORDING TO ST. LUKE" AND ''THE ACTS OF THE APOSTLES" WEUE WRITTEN BY THE SAIIE PERSON, AND THAT THE WRITER WAS A MEDICAL MAN. BY THE REV. WILLIAM KIRK HOBART, LL.D., EX-SCHOLAR, TRINITY COLLEGE, DUBLIN. DUBLIN: HODGES, FIGGIS, & CO., GRAFTON-STREET. LONDON : LONGMANS, GREEN, & CO., PATERNOSTER-ROW 1882. DUBLIN : PRINTED AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS, BY PONSONBY AND WELDRICK. TO THE RIGHT REV. WILLIAM ALEXANDER, D.D., D.C.L. LORD BISHOP OF DERRY AND RAPHOE, S;|is Motl IS, BY HIS lordship's PERMISSION, RESPECTFULLY INSCRIBED BY THE AUTHOR. ZP00310 PREFACE. rriHE words and phrases cited in this work are ^ either j^eculiar to the third Gospel and the Acts of the Apostles, or else, though not peculiar to them, are for the most part more frequently- employed in these writings than in those of the other N. T. authors. The extant Greek medical writers from whom the examples of the medical use of such words are taken are Hippocrates, b. c. 460-357 ; Aretaeus, who lived in the first century after Christ, probably in the reign of Nero or Vespasian ; Galen, a. d. 130-200; and Dioscorides, who lived in the first or second century of the Christian era. The edition of these writers quoted is that of Kiihn (Leipsic 1821—30). Hippocrates is quoted by the Sections of Foesius ; Aretaeus, by those of the Ed. Oxon., both of which are given in Kiihn ; Dioscorides, by the usual division of chapters. viii PEEFACE. Galen's works are so extensive, occupying twenty- one volumes in Klilin's edition, that they have been quoted by the volume and page (appended in brackets), as well as by the titles and sections of the several treatises. In order to bring the work within reasonable bounds, it was found necessary that the number of examples of the medical use of a word should not, in any case, exceed ten ; in many instances they could be cited indefinitely. The few cases in which they are not of very frequent use in the medical authors have been noticed under the words, and the examples have, generally speak- ing, been taken, as far as possible, from all the medical authors, to show the continuous and varied use of the words in medical language. An asterisk has been prefixed to those words which are peculiar to the third Gospel and the Acts of the Apostles, and also to a few words, which, though not peculiar to these writings, are used in them alone of the New Testament in a medical sense. A Note has been appended, at the end of the book, which, though not strictly connected with the subject of the work, has reference to a question which is of some interest in connexion with St. Luke in his medical capacity. PREFACE. ix The author here desires to express the obliga- tion he is under to the Provost and Senior Fellows of Trinity College, Dublin, for their favour and liberality in having admitted this book into the Dublin University Press Series, and in having given a donation towards defraying the expenses of publication. He also desires to return his thanks to the Rev. Henry Wall Pereira, M. A., M. R. I. A., of Sutton Wick, Berkshire, and William Millar, Esq., Ahoghill, Co. Antrim, for their valuable assistance and suggestions in the correction of the work as it passed through the press. CONTENTS. An asterisk has been prefixed to those words which are peculiar to the third Gospel and the Acts of the Apostles. It has also been prefixed to some words which, though not peculiar to these writings, are used in them alone of the N. T. in a medical sense. PART I . SECTION PAGE I. Luke, iv. 23. — 'larpe, depaTrevcrov creauTov . 1 II. Luke, iv. 35. — Healing of the demoniac in the synagogue of Capernaum, .... 2 ^ptTTTCtV. /SAaTTTClV. III. Luke, iv. 38, 39, 40.— Healing of Simon's wife's mother, and of divers diseases, ... 3 *7rupeTos /xcyas. IV. Luke, V. 12, and xvii. 12. — The cleansing of the leper, and the cleansing of the ten lepers, . 5 ^■rrXrip-q<5 AeVpas. Xc7rpo9. V. Luke, V. 18. — The healing of the paralytic, . 6 '^TvapoKi.Xv fjif.vo'i . VI. Luke, vi. 6. — The healing of the withered hand, . 7 *r} Sefta X'^lp. xii CONTENTS. SECTION PAGE VII. Luke, vi. 18, and Acts, v. 16. — ''They that were vexed with unclean spirits," ... 7 ^evo^XeicrOaL. *6^Xel(r6ai. VIII. Luke, vi. 19. — "There went virtue out of him, and healed them all," ..... 8 lacrdaL. IX. Luke, vii. 10. — The healing of the centurion's servant, . . . . . . . 10 vyiatVeii'. X. Luke. vii. 15. — The raising of the widow's son, . 11 XI. Luke, vii. 21. — "In that same hour he cured many of their infirmities and plagues, and of evil spirits," . . . . . . . 12 XII. Luke, viii. 27. — The demoniac of Gadara, . . 13 XIII. Luke, viii. 43, 44. — The woman with an issue of blood, 14 *icrTavat. pvoTL^ ai/xaros. *7rpoo"avaX6crK€ti'. Note on the raising of Jairus's daughter. XIV. Luke, ix. 11. — "And healed them that had need of healing," . . 16 6epaTreta. XV. Luke, xi. 38, 39. — The healing of a demoniac child, 17 *a(fip6vpd. *(TT€piOVV. *€^aX\f.(Tdai. XXIV. Acts, V. 5, 6. — Ananias and Sapphira struck dead, 37 crvo-TeXXciv. XXV. Acts, ix. 18.— St. Paul's sight restored, . . 38 *d7ro7rt7rT€tv. *Ae7rtSes. XXVI. Acts, ix. 33.— Aeneas healed, .... 40 ^TrapaXe/Vu/xeVos. XXVII. Acts, ix. 40.— Tabitha restored to life, . . 40 XXVIII. Acts, x. 10.— St. Peter's trance, ... 41 *€KO-Ta(rts. XXIX. Acts, xii. 23.— Death of Herod Aggrippa I., . 42 *(rK(t)X7]K6(3p(i>TO^ . XXX. Acts, xiii. 11. — Elymas struck blind, . . 43 *€7rt7rt7rTeiv. '^CTKOTO';. XXXI. Acts, xiv. 8. — The healing of the lame man at Lystra, ....... 45 '^a.BvvaTO';. *6p66<;. XXXII. vlcts, xix. 12. — Diseases cured at Ephesus, . 47 '''d7rttAXa(r(reiv. CONTENTS. XV SECTION PAGE XXXIII. Acts, XX. 8, 9.— Eutychus restored to life, . 47 **caTa^ep£tv. XXXIV. Acts, xxviii. 3-6. — The viper on St. Paul's hand innocuous, ..... 50 '^TrifXTrpadOai. ^KaTaTTLTTTetV , *6r]piov = €;!(i8Fa, XXXV. Acts, xxviii. 8. — The father of Publius healed, ...... 52 *Trvp€TOL. *8v(revTepta. PART II. XXXVI. Luke, vi. 48, 49— Compared with Matt. vii. 27, 54 *TrXr]iXfx.vpa. ^TrpocrpTqyvvfjii . '^avfXTTLTrreLv. XXXVII. Luke, viii. 6, 7 — Compared with Matt. xiii. 5, 6, 7, and Mark, iv. 5, 6, 7, . . 57 * (TV fjLcfivea' 6 at. XXXVIII. Luke, xviii. 25 — Compared with Matt. xix. 24, and Mark, x. 25, . . . . 60 '^Tprjp.a. *^eX6vr]. XXXIX. Luke, xi. 46 — Compared with Matt, xxiii. 4, 61 *7rpocnl/av€LV ivl twi' SuktvXwv. i CONTENTS. SECTION PAGE XL. Luke, iv. 37— Compared with Mark, i. 28, . 63 St. Luke's use of aKor], ^aa-avL^etv, and fida-avo?. XLI. Luke, viii. 14 — Compared with Matt. xiii. 22, and Mark, iv. 19, . . . . 65 *Te\c(r(f>opeiv. XLII. Luke, iii. 20 — Compared with Matt. xiv. 3, and Mark, vi. 17, 66 '*KaTaKXeL€LV. XLIII. Luke, V. 31 — Compared with Matt. ix. 12. and Mark, ii. 17, . . . 67 *{iyiatV6iv. XLIV. Luke, ix, 38 — Compared with Matt, xvii, 15, and Mark, ix. 17, 67 ^eTrt^AeVetv. XLV. Luke, ix. 41 — Compared with Matt. xvii. 17, and Mark, ix. 19, . . . . 68 ^TTpocrdyeiv. XLVI. Luke, ix. 14 — Compared with Matt. xiv. 19 ; Mark, vi. 39; John, vi. 10, . . . 68 *KaTaKAir€tv. XLVII. Luke, viii. 45 — Compared with Mark, v. 31, 70 '^OLTToOXL/SeiV. XLVIII. Luke, v. 26— Compared with Matt. ix. 8, and Mark, ii. 12, 71 *TrapdSo$ov. XLIX. Luke, xi. 17— Compared with Matt. xii. 25, 72 ^Stavor^/naTa. L. Luke, xix. 36 — Compared with Matt. xxi. 8, and Mark, xi. 8, 73 CONTENTS. xvii SECTION PAGE LI. Luke, xiv. 35 — Compared with Matt. v. 13, , 74 LII. Luke, xxi. 30 — Compared with Matt. xxiv. 32, and Mark, xiii. 28, .... 75 *Trpoj3d\Xetv. LIII. Luke, xxii. 56 — Compared with Mark, xiv. 66, 67, 76 liTV. Luke, xxii. 59 — Compared with Matt. xxvi. 73, and Mark, xiv. 70, . . . . 77 '^8u(r)(ypi^e(r6ai. LV. Luke, vi. 44 — Compared with Matt. \di. 16, . 78 *;8aT0S. LVI. Luke, xxii. 41-46 — Compared with Matt. xxvi. 37-46, and Mark, xiv. 33, . . . 79 *dycovta. "^OpoixfSoi at/iaros, Kara/JatVetv. \v7ry]. LVII. Luke, i., 86 ^lTrV)(€LptlV. "^avTOTTT-q'i. vTrrjp^TT]^. TrapaKoXovOelv. '^dvjJ.LO.V. *(Tv\XafJil3dv€LV. *(njXAa/x,/3avetv ev yaorrpL iv yacTTpl ex^"'- ■'^lyKV05. •''ttTCKI/OS. *8LaTapoi(ra-€LV. b CONTENTS. SECTION LVII. Luke, i. -continued. ^eKTapda-a-eLV. Ta.pa^o<;. ^'TTlVaKtSiOV. Trapa^rjfia. LVIII. Luke, ii., 99 LIX. Luke, iii., ^(TTrapyavovv. ^'avevpLcrKetv. e6o€LV. *e7nuv. *av(rTpo(f>rj. vTro(Trpi^€LV. vypop€iV. ^'(rvvetvat. ^avixirapiivai. orvv. CONTENTS. xxvii SECTION PAGE XCIV. Acts, xxiii., 255 *8LaiJLa.)(€(T6ai. *Stayii/a)(rKeiv. *8tayvoJcri9. TrpoytrwcTKciv. 7rpoyvcocri9. '^'iveSpa. '"iveSp€V€tv. *dvaSi8ovat. XCV. Acts, xxiv., 261 "KaTopdwfia. *avop6ovv. *6pd6s. *(rwTo/xoi)S. avearis. XCYI. Acts, XXV. and xxvi., 264 ^^avTacrt'a. aAoyos. *KaTa Xoyov. *c7ri/covpt'a. *7rcptTpc7r€ii'. *irpoTp€7reiv. •XCVII. Acts, xxvii., . *c7rt/jt,€Aeia. *e7ri/Ae\£tcr^at. ^irapaivelv. *dv£V^£TOS. CV^CTO?. '^VTrO^(x)VVVfXL. *p(€t/ad^€cr^ac. ■"crd\o9. 269 xxviii CONTENTS. SECTION PAGE XCVII. Acts, xxvii. — continued *d(rtTia. *ao-iTOS. *crtTtoi'. ^StaTeXetv. airoTfXiiv. ^evOvfJLO?. evdvfxeiv. *cpeiSetv. ^aTroppLTTTeiv. *piirT€iv. ^SiafftevyeLV. *KOVL^eLV. XCVIII. Acts, xxviii., 284 crco^cti'. (TtoTTypia, *ff>pvyavov. ^OepfXT]. *S.TOiro£iv, avv, S(tpX«vif\g t£ kui iraQa^QOvriTiKCjg ic,aXXovTai airaafiov ^iKtiv. Hipp. Epid. 1133 : IppnrTaZiro kcu tl lairaTO. Hipp. Morb. 487 : /3oa ra koI avatcForei vtto 7»/c oBvvtig koX okotuv avaartj avdig awevdei lirl rriv icXivtjv KaTairaaHv koX piirTaZ,u kujVTOv. Hipp. Morb. 467 : koi aXvu koI pi-KTuZ,u avTog ku)VTov VTTO rijc odvvrig. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 393 : Sva^opitjv T£ KoX piTTTacrfxbv TU)V jUtAeWV TTOUH. (BXaTTTeiv, used only once elsewhere in N. T., St. Mark, xvi. 18, was in constant use in medical language as opposed to wcp^XtXv — e. g. Hipp. Epid. 948 : acrKtiv Tnpl ra V0Gi]fxaTa Svo (l)(l>eXiiiv rj jurj /SAoTTTttv. Hipp. De Arte, 4 : koi t(^ § III.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 3 iiKpeXeiaOai ttoXX?) avayKi] uvtovq Icrnv lyv(jJKivai o rt rjv to (jjcpeXricrav, Ka\ tl Ti t i[i\a[5r}(rav, Kal to /SAajSilvat, kol o tl ■tfv TO (5Xa\pav. TO. ycip t(v ojcpiXeiaOat kol to. ti^ ^e^Xa(l)daL wpiajjiiva ou irag iKavog yvuyvai. But, besides this, it was constantly used of particular cases, as in this passage of St. Luke, and in the same way, too, joined with such words as /uijSev, jxiya, luaXXov, ?"/o-o-ov. Hipp. Epid. 1146 : irapT^XOe koL Ig to, apioTipa to o'/Sjjjua, ov^lv ovv TOVTO i^XaiTTZv. Hipp. Epid. 1180 : a fxri fisjaXa fiXaiTTei. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 392 : to. Kara kikttiv rjaaov (5Xa\pEi. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 394 : ourw 70^ kuI a (fnXhi (dXiiTTTeiv, ijKKTTa iiv (SXaTTTot. Galcu. Morb. Acut. Comm. ii. 2 (xv. 520) : kuv yap w^fXijo-^ jUrjSlv, aXA' ov (iXaxpet ys. fieyaXiog. Gralen. Morb. Acut. Comm. ii. 20 (sv. 520) : ot vyiaivovTig Tjrrov /SXaTrroyrat, ot voaovvTig (^XaTTTOvTai fxaXXov. Galen. De Van. Sect. 7 (xi. 174) : w^cXjjo-e fxtv Uaviog i(5Xa\pe d' ovEiv. Gralen. Comp. Med. vi. 7 (xii. 983) : ovBl /3Xai//ai fxiya ouS' uxpeXriaai. § HI. pj]»c£v. * eTTi^XeireLv. St. Luke alone uses the word evi^XliTeiv, with the exception of St. James, ii. 3, who, however, employs it in a different sense — " And ye have respect to him that weareth the gay clothing." It was used by the medical writers of examining the appearance, condition of a patient, &c. Galen. Comm. i. 1, Humor, (xvi. 13) : eTn(5Xi7reiv SeX wpav KOI xvr\g — He suddenly crieth out. This word is met with four times in the writings of St. Luke, and but once in the rest of the N, T. (Mark, xiii. 36). It is just the word a medi- cal writer would employ here, as in medical language it was applied to sudden crying out — sudden attacks of speechless- ness, spasms, paroxysms. Hipp. Epid. 1212: TkaaapiaKuiBz- KaTJj epyov Kare^^etv r/v, dyaTTTjSwfrav Koi (Bouxrov e^ai(pvr]g koX (TvvTovwg. Hipp. 305 (Epilepsy) : a(j)(i)vog jutv iariv okotqv l^ai) devovra. Aretaeus, Cur. Acut. Morb. 98 : ^evOivra o'lvi^ Koi aXei(f)aTt tm citto rtfg IXairig. Dios. Mat. Med. ii. 205 : KOt eXaiio fxer oivov toiq tottoiq iTTi^pdaBu}- Hios. Medic. Parab. ii. 128 : EpaKOvriov piZ,av fisr oivov koI eXaiov 7^o^J^£. Galen. Comp. Med, v. 1 (xii. 815) : avairXaatre (rtA«/»tw Asttj) juer' eXaiov /cai oivov. Galen. Antid. ii. 17 (xiv. 201) : Si^ov h'U rpo^tcTKOV fxer oivov koi iXaiov. * IwipeXHaOat is met with once elsewhere in the N. T. (1 Tim. iii. 5), but not in a medical sense; it was used in medical language of the care taken by physicians aud others of the sick, or of some injured part of the body, opposed to ajueXuv. Hipp. Rat. Vic. 368 : jurjS' virup^u avrioiai tmv aXXiov ansXijcravTag kavriov vyieir^g eTri/msXeTaOat. Hipp. Fract. 756 : a ov Kapra eTripsXiovTiu ol h]Tpoi. Hipp. Morb. 456 : koi iTripeXiovrai ixaXXov tCov TraOrfjjLarwv. Hipp. Morb. 486 : ravra TTOiiwv airaXXaaiTai rrig vovgov ■)^p6vi<^, r\v §6 fxri iTri/xeX-fjarj, ^vvairoOvijaKSi. Hipp. Fract. 766: TTTapvrig Se ojc/orjc Kapra )(^pi) liripeXeJicrOai, wg eudewg txoi Kal ev toXol Kara Kvi'ifxriv Ka\ ev toIgi Kara juirjpov Kari^jiiaai. Hipp. Moch. 853 : 77V ■^r](Tru)g l7riiJ.£Xr}du)(nv, ibrrre Kal oXw (iaivovrsg r(j^ TToSt, &c. Galen. Morb. Anim. Cur. 8 (xix. 44) : iTrifxeXucrOai Tov awfiarog vyiHviog. Galen. Meth. Med. iv. 4 (x. 260) : iW^ ixTTepov sTTifxaXHraL rov Tavrog (Hjjfxarog. Galen. Meth. Med. xiil. 6 (x. 891) : TnUg ovv )(prf ae rov iravrbg acofxarog linfiiXuaQai po\dr]piijg ^laKHfxivov. Galen. Comp. Med. viii. 4 (xiii. 169) : iLvrovovvrag plv, wg -nrposiprirai Xoixrag ImfxeXov, il Se arovoTsv. There is here another instance of St. Luke's habit of con- tinuing to use medical words outside the medical subject he is treating of. Thus we have * eiravipx^oOai, which is of fre- quent use in connexion with disease in the medical writers, 30 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part r. and was tecliriically applied to a class of diseases. Gralen. Comm. iii. 96, Praedic. i. (svi. 711): dr]\ovvT£g di aurowVa iTTavip\6fxi.va vomifiaTa, KoXovai St liravsp^ofieva voaiifxara to, merpicKjavTa jutv ett' oXijov, avOig Se irapo^vvuivTa. Hipp. Morb. 509 . kcu o ett' uvtov kiravlXBoi eg rrji* poucrov. Galen. Comm. ii. 30, Morb. Acut. (xv. 569) : rwv ^oXwv ov^erepag eiraveXOeit] eig alfxaTog ovaiav Svvafj,ivr}g. Galen. Comm. ii. 28, Humor, (xvi. 310): o (T(j)vyinog avriKa plv avuifxaXog re koI araKTog •yivojiivog^ 6\iyov 8' varepov elg to Kara (f)V(nv iTravsX- Bcov. Galen. Comm. ii. 17, Aj)b.. (xvii. B. 483) : ovrwc ^x^l Kairl Tov alfiaTog koI yap koI tovto fieyaXrig pev Trig cia(f)Uopag yevopivrig ovKaT liravepx^Tai Trpog to Kara ^vcriv. Galen. Comm. ii. 51, Praedic. i. (xvi. 622) : Ttov aTepeiov dg to koto. (pvaiv hiravepx^f^^^'^v- Galen. Comm. iv. 12, Artie. (xviii.A.679): 'iva pi] iraXiv etti tj/v ipirpoaBtv diatTTpo^rjv iTraviXur) to popiov. Galen. Comp. Med. x. 2 (xiii. 333) : pr}KETi IXiriarig elg Trjv apx X"*^/^^^' ^^^ X"<^i"'J were used to express " the cavities in a wound or ulcer," " the open mouth," " yawning." Hipp. Ulcer. 881 : kol dpopjdov alfxarog £y rolai xacrnoKn firj iqv. Hipp. Artie. 797 : t/cTrtVrEt plv yvadog oXiyaKig, axaTai fxivTOL TToWaKLg Iv x«o"iwavxhv seems to be almost alto- gether confined to the medical writers, and very seldom used by them. It is also met in the LXX., Ezekiel, xxi. 7. St. Luke uses it three times — here, and ch. xii. 23, of the death of Herod. Hipp. Morb. 453 : koi Ijxiovmv aXXore jusy vcpaifiovf aXXore Se mXicvov, Ifxiovai 8e koX (fXijfia Koi ■^(oX^v koi iK\pv)(OV(Ti TTVKva, tKipvxovcnv cl Sia Tov aijiiaTog ti)v jieTacrTa- aiv E^aTTivrjc yivo/ULivr^v. Hipp. Morb. 447 : KaipoX Si, TO fxlv Kauairaq, dweiv iroXXoi ri alaiv eirl rp TS^tnj koL Travrolot, locfirep Koi to. voaiifxaTa koi to. iraBiifiaTa Kai tovtwv OepaireXai, eial St o^vraTOi /xlv ocroig rj tKxfjvxovai del re u)(peXri xxvni.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 41 eyes : and -when she saw Peter, she sat up {aveKaOias). And he gave her his hand, and lifted her up. On * avaKaOiZeiv, used of patients sitting up in bed, see Luke vii. 15 (§ 10). The use of this word in both places — of the widow's son at Nain in the Grospel, and of Tabitha here — points to the identity of authorship of the Gospel and Acts of the Apostles, as well to the hand of a physician as the author. Similar instances are TrapaXeXvfiivog in Luke, v. 18, and in Acts, ix. 33, and avvexoixevt} irvpETt^ (Luke, iv. 38), and TTvpiTolg (Tui'£\o/ufi'ov (Acts, xxvii. 8). The circumstantial details of the gradual recovery of Tabitha — opened her eyes — sat up — he gave her his hand and lifted her up — are quite in the style of medical description. § XXVIII. * ^KarcKTig. Acts, X. 10 : And he became very hungry, and would have eaten : but while they made ready, he fell into a trance {iKaTaaig). St. Luke alone employs iKaraaiq in this sense, here and xi. 5, xxii. 17. St. Mark also uses tlie word, but in the sense of " wonder," " amazement." As a medical term its use is frequent. Hipp. Praedic. 94 : al plv yap peXayxoXtKoL avrai iKarcKTieg ov XvaireXieg. Hipp. Coac. Progn. 126 : al iv TTvpeTOicfL iKCTTaaieg (nywaai pi) a^wvtu oXiOpuu. Hipp. Coac. Progn. 167 : ol Kara KOiXhjv Iv TTvpiTio TToXpol tKCTTacnag TTOiiovrnv. Hipp. Coac. Progn. 195 : al myMmu iKaraaiig ov\ rjcrvxaZovaai, oppam TT^pi^XiTrovcrai, irvtvpa ava(pipovaai, oXtdpiai. Hipp. Aph. 1258 : etti pav'uj cvaevrepli] i) vSpcoxp rj iKaramg ayaBov. Aretaeus, Sign. Morb. Diutur. 36 : pavii). tKaraaig yap IdTL to arvpirav \p6viog avevdev Trvperov. Dioscor. Mat. Med. iv. 73 : -rrXdoveg ^s TroOEvreg eKaracnv ipyat^ovTai. Galen. Med. Defin. 485 (xix. 462) : tKaraaig t.(7Tiv oXiyoxpoviog pavia. Galen. Medicus, 13 (xiv. 732) : G 42 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part i. (ppivlrig filv ovv icrriv eKaracng diavoiag fxeTo. TrapaKOirrig GXrjKo/3jOwra. 0. P. v. 11 : iv ff^ivfjj Si (pvTivofxeva iravu^ riTTov (TKwXr/Koj3/owra Sia rf Trjv Oep/iioTriTa koL tijv bafxi]v. H. P. iii. 12. 6, De Amygdala: v6ar]fxa Se avrCov tariv wore jripaaKOVTa (TKw\t}K6(5p(jOTa yiveaOai. The component parts of the word, however, are used by the medical writers. jStjSjowo-Kftv is applied to the eating away of the flesh by disease. Hipp. Fist. 885 : TrpoaOev ^ t^v avpiyya Sia(5p(Df))ivai. Aret. Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 68: arup koI ^Xs(3ia IttI Tijai vopym yiyvovrm ir£pi[SpioTa. Aret. Sign. Morb. § XXX.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 43 Diuturn. 41 : 6 trvtvixitiv avafSpiodtig virb tov Siav£\OivTog TTvov. Aret. Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 70 : rade ra Seiva ^vva koX TtjcTi (nrb Tiov kutol) h'ripivv Sia[5p(x)(Ticn. Dioscorides, Mat. Med. i. 86 : KcwBovg (3i(3p(i}fuvovQ. Galen. Corap. Med. i. 1 (xiii. 366): 6 /xlv yap log avaj^ij^pwcTKH ttjv rfXKOVjiiivriv crap/ca. Galen. Remed. Parab. ii. 8 (xiv. 432) : ^Lu^t^pwGfxiva ouArj. cT/vwA)/^ is used both of worms in sores and of intestinal worms. Dioscor. Medic. Parab. i. 197 : crKwXrjicac ^l k'/SaAXa KTiivu. Dioscor. Mat. Med. i. 105 : o-KwAjjicac rovg Iv wtri Tovg lin Tolg t'Aicfcrt yevo/Liivoig. Galen. Meth. Med. v. 10 (x. 352) : eo-QTrrj to ovg TctvOpwirii) Koi aKtoXtjKag to'Xti'. Galen. Temper. Medic, vii. 10 (xii. 11) : Toiig ev wo-t o-fcwAr/icac 6 XvAoc avaipH. Dioscor. Mat. Med. i. 105 (intestinal) : ctkw- Arjicac T£ KOI cKTKapiSag IjKXvt^Ofxivy] (pdeipu. That cr/cojAtjKO- j3p(x)Tog may have been a medical term may be inferred in- directly from the fact that non-medical writers express this disease differently. Thus Josephus says of the disease of which Herod the Great died (Antiq. xvii. 6. 5) : crrixpig aKU)\r]Kag efnroioixra. Of Antiochus Epiphanes it is said (2 Mace. ix. 9) : ware k:«i £k tov mojuaTog tov Svaefiovg QaXfxu)v. Hipp. Morb. Mul. 609 : ttu/je- Tog «o-x£< TO aCjpa /3Xi)\|Ooc kcu axXvg. Dioscor. Mat. Med. ii. 99: Ku\ dxXvg uTToaiiiiixit- Dioscor. Mat. Med. ii. 170: KaOaipti uxXvg Tag Iv ofpOaXjuotg. Dioscor. Mat. Med. iii. 102 : a'lpn Si. axXvg Tug Iv ofpOaXfxoTg. Dioscor. Mat. Med. v. 131 : cr^Z/x" '"« v^ XXXI.] THE MEDICAL LAXGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 45 ovXag Kol axXvg rag iv ocfjOaXfiotg. Galen. Med. Defin. 331 (xix. 434) : v£(piXi6v icrnv a\\vc: ?) tXiciocnQ tTTiTTO/Xatoc £7ri tov luiXavog. * (TKOTog and some of its derivatives are also medical terms, as applied to blindness. Hipp. Vuln. Cap. 903 : kciL 1JV 6 Tpiodug Kapwuij, Koi (TKOTog Trtpi^ydrj kol ^Ivog ?} kol TTicry. Hipp. Vuln. Cap. 908 : iireira tov avOpiDirov on ^Ivog TE £/\o/3£ Kcd (TKOTog Kcu tKapwOt] Kitl KariVtCTf. Hipp. Epid. 1149 : KCIL TVTTTiL TlfV KiCpaXrjV TTpog XldoV (T(p6Spa K(U (IVTOV (TKOTog KaT£)(^69i]. Hipp. Epid. 1153 : tj irapOtvog lirXiiyrf to Kora TO (5piypa Kot tots plv iaKOTwQx]. Hipp. Epid. 1217 : laKOTwQi] TrXr/ytic kcu fTTfaf, Hipp. Epid. 948 : Kcii aKOTwdta TTipl Tag o\piag, r} kcu vTro\ovcpiou t,vvTa(Tig fxiT odvvrjg jiyve- Tai. Aretaeus, Sign. Morb. Acut. 61 : a/jLuvpol rdg 6\piag, (TKOTto'Sisg. Dioscor. Ven. 11 : kwvsiov dl ttoOIv iTTK^tipu (TKOTivpuTa KoX a)(Xvv. Galen. Eemed. Parab. iii. (xiv. 544) : tav yivriTtti to. ar]p.tla TavTa^ aKOTiafxbg o^QaXjxCjv. Galen. Med. Defin. 251 (xix. 417) : i] aKOTo^ivog Igtl iTrn^dv i) did TTjg 6\pe. Diseases cured at Ephesus. — Acts, xix. 11-12: And Grocl wrought special miracles by the hands of Paul : so that from his body were brought unto the sick handkerchiefs or aprons, and the diseases departed from them {diraWdatTeaOai ott' avriov Tag voaovg), and the evil spirits went out of them. * dwaWdcrativ is used by St. Luke in another passage, Luke, xii. 58 ; it also occurs in Heb. ii. 15. The present, however, is the only place where it is used in connexion with sickness. In this use it is one of the words most frequently occurring in the medical writers. Hipp. Vet. Med. 15 : orav iSpiu(T)j KOI aTraWayy 6 Trvptro^. Hipp. Morb. Mul. 608 : (cj))7 dTra\Xda) yijvuxrKOVTeg on Svo tlaXv £tS>j Kara- (j)0pdg, wg o'l ra SoKijUwrarot tCjv larpiov yeypcKpaai koi avrd to. yiyvofXiva /jKipTvptt, KOivhv fxtv yap dfX(poTipii)v toriv, on Iwai- puv oil SvvavTai rovg 6(j)0aXixovg, dXX ^iidiwg (dapvvovraL koI VTTvovv ^ovXovrat, &c. ^ XXXIII.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 49 * KarafptpeaOai. Hipp. Praedic. 79 : iig rrjv avpiov c^tS- pwcravTU, KarevaxdiVTa. Hipp. Epid. 1155 : irdXiv tTTfreti'tro Ttjji irvptTif) Kul KaT£(p£piTO K(u. (tvcwSog jjy. Hipp. Epid. 1137 : ovToi KwjuarwStEC koI Iv Tolrriv virvoKnv KaTa(l)ep6iJ,evoi. Hipp. Epid. 1085 : dW dXXy tiv\ Karacpopy KciKy vw^py (iapawg dinoXXovTO. Hipp. Epid. 1109 : KU)fxa Se koI KaTa^opi) koX irdXiv tytpcTic. Dioscor., Mat. Med. iii. 80 : vTroOv/xnofxevog Bt dvaKaXtiTai rovg KaTac^Bpojuivoiig. Dioscor. Mat. Med. iii. 82 : KOI TU)v KaTU(pi:pof.iiv(i)v dviiKXijTiKog. Gralen. Comm. iv. 67, Aph. (xvii. B. 748) : KaTevi-\6ivTaQ tig vTTvov 7r\r]povvTai Trjv KE^oXr)v. Galen. Comm. i. 1, Praedic. (xvi. 497) : tvavria (TV/nTrTwuaTci KaTaXajufBdvei rbv dvupwirov wc aypvirvtiv re cifxa KoX KaTcifpipaadcu kut oXiyov. Gralen. Antid. ii. 10 (xiv. 163) : »)Sf} KCtTucpipofXivoig Kol dXXuiC oua-;!^£pa avfiiTTijjfxaTi TrspiTTETT- TiOKOCn. Different distinguishing epithets are joined to virvog by the medical writers, one of which is (iaOvg. Hipp. Coac. Progn. 141 : virvoi (5aBieg kcu Tapa)(u)d£eg jSfjSaiai' KpicFiv ar\fxaivov tuvtu av/inriiTTEi, (SaBvg kuX ico^/iarwS»)c vTTvog. Galen. Comm. vi. 31, Aph. (xviii. A. 49) : icai toivw virvog re (iaBvg avTto yivtTai Koi dv(l)^vvog iioBtv dvitjTt}. Galen. Caus. Puis. i. 8 (vii. 140) : ToaovTM ydp ptiov kirippuv tiKog lariv, ocrojirep av 6 virvog y (5u()vTipog. Do. (141) : Ktti Sid TOVTO jSaBvTtpog virvog avfx- iriTTTH ToXg irXdova yv/xvaaaf-dvoig — kol (iaOuTapov virvovcriv. Do. (144) : ToiuvTov ptv Toi irdBog ri diroirXrf^ia irepi rag kutu H 50 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part i. irpoai^emv Ivepydag, olov 6 (5a6vg vttvoq Iv toiq alaOrtTiKalg tvepydmg. § XXXIV. * TTijuTrpacyOai. * KarawiTTTeiv. * Orjpiov = t:\iSva. The viper on St. PauVs hand innocuous. — Acts, xxviii. 3-6: And when Paul had gathered a bundle of sticks, and laid them on the fire, there came a viper {sx^^va) out of the heat, and fastened on his hand. And when the barbarians saw the venomous beast {to Otjplov) hang on his hand, they said among themselves, No doubt this man is a murderer, whom, though he hath escaped the sea, yet vengeance suffereth not to live. And he shook off the beast {to Orjpiov) into the fire, and felt no harm. Howbeit they looked when he should have sivoUen {irijnrpaaQai), or fallen down (KaraTTtTrretv) dead suddenly. ^irifXTTpaaOai, peculiar to St. Luke, was the usual medical word for inflammation. Hipp. Intern. Affect. 555 : /cai i^airlvrig ?7 yaaTTip adpeTiii kuI TriinrpaTai /cat SoKtJt SiappiicnaOca. Hipp. Intern. Affect. 490 : kol to TrporrcjjTrov kqI 77 (papvy^ irifXTr- paTai. Hipp. Nat. Mul. 570 : rjv de. Xex_ol at vaTtpai g Si avrrjv kqi irvperovg iTriyiviaOai. * SvaevTspia, peculiar to St. Luke, besides being a medical term, is often joined with Trvp^rog by Hij)pocrates. Hipp. Judicat. 55: oaoig av tv rolg wvpsTolg to. wra kw^w0^ TOvrioKri ^ XXXV.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 53 /Lii) XvuivTog tov irvperov fxavrivai avajKri, Xvn S' tic riov pLvCov a\f.ia pvtv T) EvaevTicit)] l-rriyivofiivri. Hipp. Judicat. 56 : Xvh Si (cai TTvptTog rj dvaevTipu]. Hipp. Praedic. 104: al St dvcnv- Tunai ^vv TTvptTt^ fxev iqv iiriwaiv. Hipp. Aer. 283 : tov yap OtpeoQ SvaiVTspiai te TroAAai kixTriiTTOvaiv koL SLappoiai kol irvpeToi. Hipp. Epid. 1056 : \vet St /cat irvptTog koI Sucre v- Tipiij avev 6dvvr]g. Hipp. Epid. 1207 : 6 'EptcrroXaoi/ EvtTtvTtpiKog eyivETO Koi irvpiTOQ £T\£. Hipp. Epid. 1247 : avajKij TOV dioiOQ TTVpeTovg o^hq koi 6(j)daXfxiag koX BvaevTspiag yivecrOai. Ai'etaeus, Sign. Morb. Diuturn. So: Ig SvaevTipiijv TeXevTq. Dioscorides, Mat. Med. i. 89 : ttolh cttu^ojv Trpbg Sv(T£vTtpiag. Gralen. Comm. 16, Nat. Horn. (xv. 158): aXiaKsaOai rt SvcnvTspiaig. (Tvvi\tadai (see § 3). 54 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part it. PAET II. MEDICAL LANGUAGE USED OUTSIDE MEDICAL SUBJECTS. It is evident from the examples adduced out of the Greek medical writers, in the previous part, that precise medical terms are employed in the narrative of the miracles of heal- ing both in the third Gospel and in the Acts of the Apostles, But above and beyond this fact there would seem to be a vein of medical language running through the general his- tory, and appearing chiefly in the use of some toords peculiar to the author, or in the use of others which, though not pe- culiar to him, are yet of more frequent occurrence in his writings than in the rest of the New Testament, and all of which were in common use with the Greek physicians. It is the object of this second part to establish this point, which may not meet with so ready an acceptance at first sight as that of the use of medical terms in the account of the miracles. It will, however, I think, appear clearly from a comparison of the language of the thu-d Gospel with that of the other Evangelists in some parallel passages. This comparison will establish the fact that in these passages at least St. Luke strongly inclined to the use of medical words in his general history. § XXXVI. * TrAfjjUjuupa. * Tr^oap{]yvvfii. * avixTrliXTiiv. * prjyi^ia. St. Matthew, in recording our Lord's discourse about the houses built on the rock and on the sand, says (ch. vii. 27) : "And the rain descended, and the floods came, and the winds § xxxYi.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OP ST. LUKE. 55 blow, and beat upon tlicat house; aud it fell: and great was the fall of it," using the words — (5poxri. — irpoaiKO^av. — iirecrev. — TrrCxrig. St. Luke, to express the same, uses the words (ch. vi. 48, 49) — *ir\rffxfivpa. — *Trpo(T(ppr]^£V. — *(TUi'£'7r6(Tf. — * pi^yjua. "And when the flood arose . . . the stream did beat vehemodhj, aud immediately it /'cV/; and the riihi of that house was great." Now all these words employed by St, Luke were in use in medical language. *7rXjjju/uwpa, peculiar to St. Luke, was used to express excess of the fluids of the body — flooding. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 394 : ptar^yv pivroi o^vpiXiTot; kuI psXiKpi)TOv vdivp lTrippo(^i.6f.itvov oAiyov TTTviXov avayii)y6v eari Sta Trjv fUTalSoXriv rT/c TToiorrj- Tog tCjv ttotCov. 7r\r]fij.ivpi^a yap rivet kpTTOiin. Aretaeus, Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 59 : ^w^i'^oTai yap Iq kixttiv ri TrXy}fxpvpa. Aret. Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 60 : Sixpag ^e to tpTTETOv dripiov, r]v Saicj] riva acr^srov Sixpog e^aiTTEi, Trivovai 7£ a.Si]v OVK tg ^ixpiog ciKog, aXX Ig rj}v rrig KOiXu]g TrXr^iiipvpav (iKopiij TTOTov. Aret. Cur. Acut. Morb. 121 : wip-irXaTui yap ?j Ttov v£(})p(ov KOiXh] tnrb irXrippvpirig tCov ovpojv ov SieKdsovTcov. Aret. Cur. Morb. Diuturn. 132 : inrvog TroXvg plv yap vapKo. Tag alaOifejiag Trig KEf/xiATjc, arpCov TrXrjppvpa OKVog cnraarjg TTpi'i^iog. Aret. Sign. Acut. Morb. 26 : ovpov Itt'ktx^csiq ovk tg TO irapTTav, aXXa arciySi]v plv ovpiovai, kinQvpir] St ttoXXov lK\iai, TrXr}ppvpr]g yap aiaOrimg. Gralen. Comm. iii. 36, Morb. Acut. (xv. 700) : irXrjpiLivpiSa yap mm ttoihv avro (pi]TL TovTtaTi irXriOog vypov Tivog. Galen. Comm. iii. 38, Morb. Acut. (xv. 703) : TrXruxfivpiSa nva IpwoteH TovTtaTi ■jrXridog vypoTnTog. Gralen. Morb. Acut. 3 (xix. 189) : v6(toi cl al ptv KUTd a^aipscnv ^OivovTog tov pr}vog avvETnariiuaivovai Trpbg TO ^^Eipoi'' al C£ kotu irtpiovcriuv St /cai TrXifppvpiBa av^avopivov Trittiovan ra paXiara. Aret. Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 78: Evpi7ai Si (j)Xi[5ig ov TrX^]ppvp{} tov o'lparog aAAo ti^> tov bippuTog Tra\i.i. 56 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [i>art ii. *avnTriTrTeiv, peculiar to St. Luke, was used of tlie falling in— collapsing— of the body or some of its members. Hipp. Progn. 36 : 600aA/xoi koXXoi, icpora^oi ^UjUTTETrrtoKOTEc. Hipp. Superfoet. 261 : OKtog av/unriaov to aojjxaTiov. Hipp. Intern. Affect. 551 : to Si ymov ^UjUTriVrEt Taxiojg. Hipp. Epid. 1144 : (cai 7/ yaarnp ^vviwacn koX to. ol6i]fxaTa iravTa. Hipp. Morb.Mul. 648: koI i) koiXly} ett' tKuvov tov xf^'^vov, tv IV IcoKte TlKTilV, iTTSlCaV 'iXOrj, OTToSfSpjJKt T£ KOI ^U/iTTlTTrft. ArctaCUS, Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 75 : r) St 6 ttovoq Iv Tolai vivpoiai tiauj fx'mvri ^UjU7r£7rrwKp Se to apOpov aOepfxov — Bip^aaiy) yap to. ^vpiraTTTWKOTa fxipta iq ojkov fjyetpf. Gralen. Comm. i. 24, Humor, (xvi. 201) : ura ^Xiirtiv XPV Trorepov 6 tov aojfxaToq ojKoq (rvfX7riTTT(i)K£. Galen. Comm. ii. 7, Humor, (xvi. 238) : TO aijjfia (TVfjLTriTTTWKEv, loairsp kottcj) Ttv\ viKiv/mivio, icai wg tCov SwoLfxuDv iKXvofiiviov. Gralcn. Comm. ii. 25, Humor, (xvi. 288) : Iv plv ovv toIq arpodpoTUTOig TrvpeToXg td/UEV avvTt]- KEoBat TToXXaKiQ TO aCjfxa Koi avfXTv'nTTuv. Galen. Comm. iii. 33, Offic. (xviii. B. 894) : o te oyKog o-u/XTrtVret koI iraveTai TO 'ipevdog. * pnypa, peculiar to St. Luke, was the medical term for a "laceration" — "rupture." Hipp. Morb. 456: piiypara voXXa Te KOI wavTola tu)V (J)Xc(5mv kuI twv (japKU)v. Hipp. Loc. m Hom. 420 : arrb prjyfxarog TrvpaTog ov XuZbtui ttXhov t} Tpng 7] Teaaapag rffXEpag. Hipp. Loc. in Hom. 415 : aurrj 77 vovaog jivtTai Sf Koi tKTog Toii irXavpovog paXicxTa jUev airo pi'iyfiaTog. Hipp. Morb. 493 : ai^ajSijao-Et viroxoXa olov airb aiSiov, r]v pi) p{]ypaTa fxy? V^ ^£ f'xP "^"^ alpa airb tCjv prjypaTUiv. Hipp. Epid. 1220 : pi'iypaTog Trept pa^ov Se^ibv 6Svvu)p£vog. Dioscorides, Mat. Met. i. 80 : ayadbv Se koI irpbg pi'iypaTa. Dioscor. Mat. Med. i. 103 : odev koi mracrpaai koi py'iypaai Kill vaTiptKoig irviyopivaig app6Z,H. Dioscor. Mat. Med. i. 2 : irpbg irXtvpac, ttovov koi OwpaKog koX rjiraTog, arpoipovg, piiyiutTa. Galen. Comm. iii. 17, Epid ii. (xvii. A. 348 : eAkoc, KUTaypa, priypa, (^vpa, &c. Galen. Comm. iii. 76, Epid. iii. (xvii. A. 763) : KaHairtp yl koi tu p^ypuTa iroXXoXg IthjjOvvu yii'kTui. § XXXVII.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 57 *Trpo(7pi)yvviui, peculiar to St. Luke, is used for the rup- ture or bursting of veins. Aretaeus, Cur. Aeut. Morb. Ill : KOI 700 /3>/\(uS£a TavTct, virep^oXij re ^t}p6T\}Tog /.UTe^tTtpoiai TrpocFifJpri^s rag ^Xf'jSa?. § XXXVII. *0u£ty. *i(CjUac- * (rvix(j)vs(jdcu. In the parable of the sower, St. Matthew (chap. xiii. 5, 6, 7) says : " Some fell upon stony places, where they had not much earth : and forthwith thei/ sprung up, because they had no deepness of earth : And when the sun was up, they were scorched ; and because they had no root, they withered away. And some fell among thorns ; and the thorns sprung lip, and choked them," using the words — t^avlreiXt. — to juri i:\eiv piZ,av. — av£(3i](Tav. St. Mark (chap. iv. 5, 6, 7) uses the same words as St. Matthew : — c^av£rf(X£. — TO fxri k'xEty jot'^ov. — avi:(5rivlv. — TO juj) e'x^"^ *lKfjiada. — * av}.i^vuv6- f.uva eAkei £k Ttig yi'ig Ka0' iwvTo f/caoroy. el yap jU?) tovto ovTU)g ftX**^' *'^'^ ""^ eyevETO rti (pvoiueva o/xoia Tolai (nrepfxa(Tiv. otu) Sk tCov (j)VOfxiv(jJV Iv ry yy iKfiag Kara avyyivsiav tov SiovTog TToWio TrXiojv eoti, voaiu Ikuvo to (jiVTOv. otio oI tAacro-wv tov Kaipov, bkhvo avaiverai. rjv St t^ ctpxrig fxrj evi^ iKfiag t(j^ (j)VTc^, rjv 'iXKei Kara to avyyevkgi ovB' av /BXatrrJjcrat SvvaiTO. 7rapi\ii St voriOiifvai oTiy d fxij e^ei tKjUctoa Kara (ftvcnv TO (pvTov ov (SXacTTavei, &c., &c. See also Nat. Puer. 242, 243, where iKfidg and ^vtaOai are used in a similar way. * aviK^viaBai, peculiar to St. Luke, was the technical word in medical language for the closing of wounds, ulcers, the uniting of nerves, bones, &c., and is used in Dioscorides of plants grow- ing together in the same place. Hipp. Morb. 427 : vivpov rjv BiaKOiry airaajxov ttoih koI pi]Tt GVfxi^vvaL diaKOirtv. Hipp. Morb, 456: rjv Se fxi) Suvrjrot pyjTe to eAkoc (JVfXcpvrjvai to evBov. Hipp. Morb. 482 : ubL ^vjx^vhv to IXKog irpog tov hotov. Hipp. Intern. Affect. 561 : oKwg av IvTog /mrj ^v/ji^vy 6 x^^' Spog, rjv 0£ EviJ.(f)vr~} kqi to. (ipdpa ^vfjiTray^. Hipp. Coac. Praedic. 199 : rjv tvTepov ciaKoiry tCov XhttCov, ov avfx^viTai. Galen. Comm. iii. 3, Fract. (xviii. B. 539) : otuv riBri rd iXKia avin({>v&adai piXXrj. Galen. Meth. Med. iv. 7 (x. 304) : iocTT oi»K£0' olovre 4peis els ras aKoas 7]fiwy. Compare Hipp. Flat. 299 : rjv Se is ras oKoas, ivravQ' t) vovcros. Hipp. Usus Liquid. 427 : epirrjcriv iffdtofMevot(nv, ^ ev OLKoij J) iv eSpri ^ vffTepri. Hipp. Morb. 447 : irnpovurai Kal a.KOT}V vvh (pXeyfiaros. Hipp. Offic. 740 : Kal rrj o\pei Kal rfj d^p Kal ry aKO^. Aret. Cur. Morb. Diuturn. 133 : yjavxiv Kal aKoTjs Kal \a\irjs. Galen. Comp. Med. iii. (xii. 653) : anoyylov els t^v okot/j/ eTTiridenevov. Do. 654 : Sxrre x^P-^" TTpOffTrilTTeiV Tl2 TTJS aKOTJS TTOpt^. The medical bias of St. Luke may be seen from the words he abstains from using, as •«'ell as from those he does use, in respect of disease: thus he never uses IxaXaKia for sickness, as St. Matthew does in iv. 23, ix. 35, x. 1 : iracrav v6aov Kal iruffav ixaKaKiav, since this word is never so used in medical language, but con- fined to the meaning of delicacy — effeminacy — e. g. Hipp. Aer. 292 : 5id t))v vypSrriTa ttjs (pvffios Kal rrjv /jLaKaKiriv. Aretaeus, Sign. Acut. Morb. 22 : eKAvffis, /xaXoKiT]. Galen. Loc. Affect, ii. 7 ^viii. 88): Sia ixaKaKirjv ^vxris- Galen. Meth. Med. xii. 1 (x. 814): iviore /xev virep toD xa^'CacSai rfj fxaXaKia tS)v Kafiv6vT(j>v. So, too, he never uses $a(Tavi^eiu or ^daavos, of sickness, as St. Matthew does in viii. 6 : irapaXvTiKbs, Seivus fia(ravt(6fievos ; iv. 24 : TTOiKiAots v6(Tois Kal fiaffdvois ffwexofjievovs, as they are never so used in medical language, ^acravi^eiv in it meaning to examine some part of the body, or. in- vestigate some medical question, and fida-avos such examination or investigation — e. g. Galen. L'sus Part. i. 9 (iii. 27) : oaris St, ■nplv aizavra ravra fiaffavlffat — irepl XP^'«^ oUrai jjLOpiwv KaXws iireffKe? Kt^aXy /SaprjKOEt Se to fxiv ri inrb tov icrojOsv ;/;o0ou koX t'jxow. Hipp. Morb. 487 : kuI to. te owara t;x*?C TrXi'ipea yivtTai. Aretaeus, Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 34 : rixoi, j3o/x/3oi ava rriv Ke(f>aXriv. Aret. Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 38 : ^x^' lortov koX /3oju/3ot. Aret. Cur. Acut. Morb. 90 : jSapoc juevtoi etti rJjc K£(paXrig kol vx^q- Aret. Cur. Acut. Morb. 132 : toSe fxivrot (dapeog Koi nx^v eoti airia. Aretaeus, too, like St. Luke, uses ^x*'^ ^^ ^^® noise of the sea. Cur. Acut. Morb. 85 : KOL alyiaXwv rixog koi KV/iarwv KTvirog. It signifies the voice in Dioscor. Mat. Med. iii. 84 : i(sBii.TaL Se fXiT o^vfxiXiTOg aQjx6Z,b)v TOLg Trspi apTi]piav, fxaXiaTa ^l cnroKoireimv lixoig- Dioscor. Mat. Med. v. 25 : KfJl TOV riX^'^ iVTOVOV Koi AajUTTjOOV OTTOTtAft. t xLi.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 65 § XLI. *Te\e(T(f)op£iv. Matt. xiii. 22 : " He also that received seed among the thorns is he that heareth the word ; and the care of this world, and the deceitfulness of riches, choke the word, and he hecometh unfrmtfuV — KOI OLKap-noq jiverai. Mark, iv. 19 — icai aKapTTOg yivtrai. Luke, viii. 14 — KOI ov * rcXto-^opoOo-f. " And brinr/ no fruit to perfection." Here St. Luke uses a word which is employed in medical language, and in it is not confined to vegetable productions only, but is also used of the human species, diseases, &c. Aretaeus — ttejoi Kux^KinQ — Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 54 : (jjpri Se ov fxii] (fttpei ToSe, ovSe tg fiir\v nXevT^, aXXa cpdivo- TTCopov fxev KV£L (KaxE^njv), \(ifx(jjv Tidr]vt1, tap St Ig KOpvcpijv TeXsacpopu, depog St KTtivei. Dioscor. Mat. Med. v. 2: afxTreXog — T) ce rig T£Xea(popsi fiiKpoppa^ ovaa icat /liXaiva kuI arviTTLKi]. Dioscor. Med. Parab. ii. 93 : TeXsacpoptlv dk kuI /h) airofSaXXeiv TO ifx^pvov Tag tvoXiadovg yvvalKug iroLovaL airipfxaTog fXiXavodnipfxov kokkoi fxa iv oQov'kj^) dtOtvTeg. Galen. Comm. V. 62, Aph. (xvu. 13. 867) : ov yap olovrt Iotl to \pv)(^p6Tepov airipfxa Kara rtju ^pv^poTepav varipav TeXBtrcpopilaOai. Galen. Usus Part. iii. 1 (iii. 170) : 'iKirog pev yap ovov /cai ovog 'iTTirov ovvatT av icai ^i^aadai to airippa Koi SiarruxTaaOai koi TeXe(T(popri(7ai irpog Z,u)OV piKTOv yivtaiv. Galen. Usus Part. XIV. 7 (iv. 166) : oura> reAEO-i^opfTy to Kvrjpa. Galen. De Temperamentis, i. 6 (i. 547) : (rvKiig ptv yap open) ^iXriaTa Tt KOI irXtiaTa TtXe(T(l>opHv avKU. K 66 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. § XLII. * KaraKXeieiv. Matt. xiv. 3 : " For Herod had laid hold on John, and hound him, and jj«^ him in j^risou for Herodias' sake, his brother Philip's wife" — KoX Iv Tij (pvXuK'g airideTO. Mark, vi. 17— Koi tSijatv avTov Iv (pvXaK'g. Luke, iii. 20 — Kol * Kart/cAetcrE tov 'Ituavvrjv Iv tij (pvXaKy. " Shut i(p John in prison." St. Luke here uses a very different word ((cara/cXttfti^) from the other Evangelists, and one which, as well as airoKXHuv — also used by him — was much employed by the medical writers. It is used by him alone, and is met with again in Acts, xxvi. 10, in a similar connexion: kcu ttoWovq tHjv ayiujv iyiv ^vXaKolg KariKXeiaa, "and many of the saints did I shut up in prison." Hipp. Log. in Hom. 417 : koi to ) KaraKXeKrOtvTa aTpi}xiZ,wGi. Hipp. Flat. 297 : spevjfxoX yap yivovTat fxna ra airia koi to. ttotcl toXgi TrXuaroLatv, avarpiyjn yap 6 KaTaKXtiaOeig aijp. Hipp. Praedic. 75 : ofXfxaTOQ Kara- KXeiaig ev o^em kukov. Gralen. Cans. Morb. 3 (vii. 179): TTvpeTog lt,a(l>0{]aiTai, KaTaKksiaddar^g evSop Trig Xiyvvivoovg avaOviuiaaiwg. Gralen. Diff. Febr. i. 7 (vii. 297): toivw arjTreaOai avpjdaivei Tovg fxlv Iv tm (5ovl3Covi xvf.iovg KuraKS- KXei(Tfxivovg Iv hi X'^P'V- Gralen. Plenitud. 3 (vii. 524) : KaTaK\HaOdar}g Iv avToXg TTV^vjULaTwdovg ovaiag TroWrig. Gralen. Comp. Med. i. 4 (xiii. 386) : (^Xuttth Se /? ToaavTt) § xLiv.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. G7 (TTVipig IpvcnTriXara, KarafcAetft yap avrivv ti)v 0EjOjUorrjTa TTUKvoixra to. Sipna. Galen. Usus Part. xiii. 12 (iv. 130) : H yap KaTfKXeiaOi] f.uv (^pax^in koiXotyiti to tov (5pa\iovoQ apdpov. Galen. Comm. ii. Aph. (xvii. B. 670) : on KaOinrtp ev acKi^ Tivi T(o TrepiTovaioj to vypbv KaraicticXejoTai. Galen. Usus Part. xi. 12 (iii. 895) : rf/e yXwrrtjc KaOansp Iv anr^Xait^ Tiv\ KaTaKXsiofxivnc: to} aTOfiaTi. Galen. Med. Defin. 415 (xix. 445) : ^tjuoc ^cttIv ?) tu/v iropojv (pvcyiKiov KaTUKXiKng. Galen, too, speaking of a person in prison, uses this word. Comp. Med. v. 2 (xiii. 776) : kv alpKTy icaraicEKXEtcTjuevoc. § XLIII. vytaiveiv. Our Lord's saying, " Thet/ that are whole need not a physician, but they that are sick," is thus expressed by the first three Evangelists : — Matt. ix. 12— ov \puav t^ovdLV at laxyovTSQ laTpov. Mark, ii. 17 — ov xpiiav i^ovaiv oi \a\vovTiQ laTpov. Luke, V. 31 — oi* xpdav t)(0vcnv ol vyiaivovTsg larpov. St. Luke uses the medical term for " to be in good health." See vyiaiveiv, Luke vii. 10 (§ 9). § XLIV. *£7rhysician. See Luke, xviii. 40 (§ 19). § XLYI. * KaraKkivuv. In the account of the miraculous feeding of the five thousand we have (Matt. xiv. 19) — KtXivaaq rovg o)(\ovg avaK\iBr]vai. " He commanded the multitude to sit down." § xLvi.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 69 Mark, vi. 39— £7^ira^£v avrolg civaKXivai iravTag. *' He commanded them to make all sit doivn." John, vi. 10 — TTOtrjcrare tovq avOpivirovg avairecTHv. "Make the men sit doivn.^' Luke, ix. 14 — * KaraKXivaTe avrovg — koX avtKXivav airavTag. " Make them sit down — and they made them all sit down." St. Luke here, though using avaKXiveiv, as St. Matthew and St. Mark, yet uses * KaTaKXivHv also. He alone of the New Testament authors employs it ; and in the other places where he does so it is in the passive (vii. 36, xiv. 8, xxiv. 30), which was a usual way for expressing "to lie down at table." In the active voice, as here, however, it was the medical term for laying patients, or causing them to lie, in bed — placing them in certain positions during operations — making them recline in a bath, &c. Aristophanes thus uses it of laying a sick man on a couch in the temple of Aesculapius, to sleep there and be cured. Plut. 411 : KaraKXivav avrbv dg ' AcKXriTTiov Kpariarov lort. Vesp. 123 : vvKTiop KariKXivev avTOV tig 'AffKArjTrfou. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 399: KaraKXiveiv dl eg ^o^tpa oiKVfiara KOI icara k£kX 10- 0a t u)g etti jiiaXOaKwruroicn aTpwfxatn TrXticrrov Xpovov. Hipp. Morb. 468 : tweiTa aXelxpag aXet^ari iroXXt^ KOTaKXlvai kg GTpwfxaTa p.aX9aKwg. Hipp. Morb. 474: koL KaTUKXivag i7ri[iaXXeiv IfiaTia twc tSpwo-rj. Hipp. Intern. Affect. 561 : tTrsira KaruKXivag £/i|3ary. Hipp. Nat. Mul. 564 : rp Se avpiov KaruKXivag etti to l(T\iov aiKvr)v irpoar- (5aXXeiv — KaTOKXivag ea. Hipp. Nat. Mul. 571 : iirriv St TTvpnicrrjg, dovvai iridv Koi Mg Td\i(TTa Xovaavra KaTaKXXvai- Hipp. Artie. 781 : XP^I ^^ '''^^ 1^^^ avOpwirov xanal KaraKXlvai 70 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [paut ii. vTTTiov. Dioscor. Medic. Parab. ii. 56 : KaraKXivai Se Iv depfiM oiKoj Kcd irXdoaiv IfxaTioiq XP^' Gralen. Meth Med. X. 3 (x. 673) : /carlKXn/e totb koi rjcrvxaZe wpag (7\£^6v ti ttiq rifxipag lySfKarrjc- &alen. Med. Parab. i. 4 (xiv. 337) : jSar- paxaiio X^^'t' fiera i^dXirog ly)(yfiaTiZ£ elg rijv pXva vtttlov KaraKXivag. § XLYII. * a7rod\i[5eiv. In Mark, v. 31, we read : " Thou seest the multitude thronging thee^^ — jSXfTTftc "TOP 6)(Xov (TUv^XtjSovra ae. Luke viii. 45 — ol o^Xot avvixovai at koi * cnroBXi^ovai. "The multitude throng thee oxiA. press thee" St. Luke alone uses *a7ro0Atj3£tv. Some of the compounds of 6Xi[5eiv were much used in medical language, and those most frequently used were cnroBXilieiv and lKdXi(3eiv, but never crwOXilieiv : when the force of the avv was required, the medical writers employed (jweKdXildeiv and avvairoBXi^uv . Hipp. Nat. Puer. 242 : to yXvKaivof.nvov arro Trjg Bipfir\g Ti]Q airb tCjv fxrirpiwv aTroOXifdofjievov tp\h7ai tig rovg fxa^ovg. Gralen.Comm.i. 10,Progn. (xviii.B.47) : kKaripwg yap airodXi- (Berai to al/xa Trpog rag Iv Tolg o^OaA/xotc (pXijBag. Galen. Comm. ii. 55, Fract. (xviii. B. 490) : TrpoGtTnGKoirovp.tvog to vEvpioSsg avTMv koX tvaicrOr^rov, rJTTOv yap cnroOXiptcruai pov- XsTui. Galen. Usus Part. v. 13 (iii. 390) : tl koi ttqw Tig ttrxu/owc tZ(^9ev airoBXi^oi tyiv kvcttlv. Galen. Comp. Med. vii. 5 (xiii. 94): htu a(p£\p{ic avTwv to. *Biavor]paTa. The word used by St. Luke {* SiavoiipaTa) to express the groundless notion of the Pharisees was employed in medical language to denote the whims and fancies of the sick. Hipp. Epid. 959 : to. Se wepX tu vovartpuTa t^ wv SiayivM- anopiv padovTeg ek Trig Koivrig (pvaiog airavTwv /cat Trig idir^g aKCKTTOV Ik tov vovai\paTog Ik tov voatovTog — Ik Ti]g KUTaaTaaiog oAtjc koX kuto. pipea tCjv ovpaviu)v koi x^P^JS l/caoTijc, tK tov tOeog, iK Ttjg StoirrjC) fK tmv tTTiTrictvpaTiov, Ik tTjcj rfXiKiag ^^ L.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 78 tKiiarov, Xoyoiai, rpoTroicrt, (Ttyy, Stavoiifxuai, vttvokti, ou^ VWVOKTly iVVirVlOKri TKTl. Galen gives us an illustration of what was meant in me- dical language by ^lavoijfiaTa, in the case of a patient who, when Galen visited him early in the morning, told him that he had lain awake all night contemplating the consequences that would ensue if Atlas thought himself tired, and objected to support the heavens any longer. Galen. Comm. iii. 1, Epid. i. (xvii. A. 213): inriov Siavoiifntra ovk alaOr^TOv oi/Se (fjaivofievov ioifXuxTtv, aAA' £K T£K/xi)piMv ivpiaKOiLiix'Ov irpajfia. TeKfxyipiov St lariv o aTro(})OiyyovTai re kuI irpaTTOvaiv ol KcipvovTsg, irapa- yevu/niiiog -yoi/i' rig 7]}xuiv iioOev, ojq tOog, £7ri rriv eTriaKexpiv aiiTov St' oXriQ t^jj Ttfg vvktoq riypvTrvr}Kivai, aKOTrovfievog, el ho^iiB T(^>" ArXai'Tt KapvovTL fir]KiTi ^aaTci^eLv tov ovpavov, 6 ti TTOT av avp(5aivy. tovto dirovTog avrov avviiKoptv ap\iiv Tiva fxtXay^oXiag uvai. §L. * vTToaTpwvvvpi. Matt. xxi. 8 — " And a very great multitude spread their garments in the way." — earpuxrav kavTwv ra ifiaria. Mark, xi. 8 — TO. Iparia avriov earptvaav. Luke, xix. 36 — * VTTiOTpijJVVVOV TO. IflUTLa ttVTMV. * vTToaTpwvvvfXL. PccuHar to St. Luke. Here St. Luke employs that particular compound of aTpwwvfit used by the medical writers. By them it is used of spreading linens, cushions, &c., under a person before an operation ; also, in anatomical description, to describe the underlying position of membranes, tendons, &c. ; and by Dioscorides is often used of spreading on the ground herbs which had the property of keeping off venomous animals. L 74 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. Hipp. De Foet. Exect. 914 : avacreUiv Si Sa w§£ aivdova vtrocsTopiaaaav avaKklvai tiiv yvvaiKU. Hipp. Morlb. Mul. 617: Xprj VTTO TO. lo-tv rj8»j, " When they now shoot forth." Here St. Luke uses * irpo^aXXuv, a word used by him alone, and very frequent in the medical writers, both in other significations and in this rare one of plants putting forth leaves, &c. See § 68. 76 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [pakt ii. § LIII. In tlie account of the scene in tlie high priest's palace, St. Mark says, xiv. 66, 67 — "And as Peter was beneath in the palace, there cometh one of the maids of the high priest : and when she saw Peter warming himself, she looked upon him"— St. Luke (xxii. 56) says — anviaaaa avrt^ — " earnestly looked upon him." arEvt^eti' is used twelve times by St. Luke, and, with the exception of 2 Cor. iii. 7, 13, is used by him alone. It is employed by the medical writers to denote a peculiar fixed look. Hipp. Epid. 1162 : OyUjuaro, av\fjir]pa, Kadapu)C£a tvoe- Sivrifiiva, arfvi^ovra. Hipp. Epid. 1212 : aTeviaag rote o/u- fxaai. Epid. 1216 : ofioiiog oi o^^aXjUOi Korij^tec? £C to Kartu ^Xicpapov /laXXov lyKiifxevoi, aTevitovTsg. Hipp. Praedic. 75: oicnv £v aTraaiiwdeaiv o^OaXjUOt £(cAd/i7rouo-tv arevitog- Epid. 1017 : ofifjiara aTevi^ovTa. Aretaeus, Sign. Acut. Morb. 2 : arevteg evi^ovrsg. Aret. Sign. Acut. Morb. 5 : dcpdaXfioi fxiK- pov StTv (iTtviig fxoXig Trepi^ivov/iievoi. Aret. Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 33 : ocpSaXfxol arevieg Kipaai ttcfAot TreTrijyacri. Aret. Cur. Acut. Morb. 84 : arevkg dl to ^vfiirav noai, 6(p9aXpoi St oKotov T£ Kipag IffrjjKwcTt. Calen. Bemed. Parab. i. 4 (xiv. 350) : irpog vvKTaXwTrag. — rfirap aiyog kvaipwv KiXevt avTOvg TTSpiKaXvxpafiivovg aravt^stv ug rr/v \VTpav naX ci\i.(jOai Trjv ar/utSa toTc o^^aXjuoTc- Gralen. De Puis. 12 (viii. 484) : avdig S' Itti TrXaoroi' artvlg optovreg citTtXeaav acTKapoafiVKTl Trapa7rX)i<7i(t)g roXc KaT6)(^oig. ^ uv.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 77 § LIV. Further on in the same narrative St. Matthew writes (xxvi. 73) : "After a while came unto him they that stood by, and said to Peter, Surely thou also art one of them" — HTTOV T(U Ylirpijf). St. Mark, xiv. 70 : " They that stood by said again to Peter," &c.— sXeyov Tio fltTjOfjJ. St. Luke, xxii. 59 : " And about the space of one hour after another confidenthj affirmed, saying, Of a truth this fellow was with him" — * ^UoTipwv TMV TjOOTTWV HTE TTE/Ol OttTipOV pOVOV 0r](TlV OUK eX^lV IdX^pi- (TUGOai. Galen. Comm. i. 3, Artie, (xviii. A. 312): 8m ravr ovv Kul 6 'iTTTTOiCjoarjjc; (prjaX prj Sacr^UjOio-aCTflai (5iaiwg. Galen. Philosoph. Hist. 5 (xix. 241): 'ETri/coupoc St diiaxypiK^Tai Xiy(t)v. Hipp. Artie. 780 : lopov ^l apOpov tva rpoTTOv olda oXiaOaivov tov Ig rriv juao-^aArjv, (ivco 0£ ovoinoTe hoov owoe ig TO £^a>, ov pivTOL Siiff^w/otEttt* 7£ u oXiadaivoi av rj ou — ou piv /(r;^i»/ot£ta» 76 ovcl Trepl tovtov, h pi) iKtriay av ovTwg t] oh. Hipp. Decor. 23 : So^y Tjf Ik Tovriojv SiiaxvpiKopivoi. Hipp. Praecept. 26 : a(f>a\tpi) yap koi evTrraiaTog ri ptT aSoAccrx^ujc laX^pricng — \;prj(Ttjuac ^f kuI iroiKiXog tC)v irpoacjtspopivMV tm voaiovTi KOI 6 irpoopicrpbg, on povov ti irpoarevex^^^ (^(peXiicFet, ov yap lax^ph'^'-og StT. 78 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part u. LV. (Barog. A saying of our Lord is recorded by St. Matthew (vii. 16) thus : "Do men gather grapes of thorns, or figs of thistles?'' — imtjTi (TvWiyovcnv airo ciKavBCov aTacjivXag, rj airo T^i(36Xojv avKa. St. Luke, vi. 44 : " For of thorns men do not gather figs, nor of a bramble bush gather they grapes" — oi) yap £^ aKavOuiv avWiyovat avKa, ovde Ik jSarou Tpvyu)(n ara^vXriv. Here St. Luke uses (Barog, " the bramble bush," instead of Tpi(5o\og, " a thistle." He, no doubt, was well acquainted with it, as it was extensively used medicinally by the ancient physicians. Theophrastus, H. P. i. 5, mentions it — (5aTog ctKavOivdrjg and Dioscorides, Mat. Med. iv. 37 {inpl /3arou), describes its medicinal properties, and states that the fruit, juice, leaves, and tender shoots were used. Galen also has a chapter on its medicinal use. Galen. Aliment. Facul. ii. 13 (vi. 589) : irspl tCov row jSarou Kapirwv. There were several varieties of it, and Sprengel (Note on Dioscor. iv. 37) identi- fies it with the rubus fnicticosus, "the blackberry bush," whenever it is mentioned by itself without any distinguishing epithet, as here by St. Luke. On account of the bramble being so well known to physi- cians, it is probable that St. Luke translated by (ddrog the Syriac word used by our Lord, which St. Matthew translated by rpiftoXog. The medical writers abound in prescriptions in which the /3oroc formed an ingredient, and Wetstein on Matt. vii. 16, quotes from Galen an expression very similar to this saying of our Lord : 6 yetopyog ovk av ttotb Swiiaairo 7roii}(jai tov Qarov ^Krig koi aypvirviav aXka kol — \v7rr\v atpocpav. Galen. De Opt. Const. Corp. 3 (iv. 743) : al (iXajdai roig ad}(xa(Tiv rjfxojv ai fxlv airo twv t^wOev oltiwv — Iv tovtm Se tw yivBL KOI KOTTOVg Koi Xvirag koi aypvTrviag kol (ppovTibag oaa y aXXa Toiavra OeHov. Galen. De Crisibus ii. 13 (ix. 698) : r) KOiXorrjc St KOLvbv airavTwv (TVfxirTMfxa, XvTrrig, aypvirviag, ^povTidog — Kot TO fxiyidog tCov (J(pvy/XMV ovk a^aipHTai Kaua- irep £7r' aypvTrviag koi Xvirrjg Kai (ppovTicog. Galen. Loc. Affect, iii. 10 (viii. 193) : ToiavTH] meXayxoXia eTriyiyvsTai Se Kcd (jipovTiai Koi Xviraig u^t uypvirviCov. Galen. Math. Med. § LVi.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 85 X. 5 (x. 687) : wo-tteo Kal lirl dIc civOpwrrov rijc ap^aij.tvr]g TTvofTTeiv St' aypvTTviav Kal Xv-ijv. Gralen. Comm. iv. 97, Morb. Acut. (xv. 908) : uypv-n-rla, Ov/iio], Xvnai, (pofioi. The medical language employed affords internal evidence of the authenticity of verses 43, 44 of Luke xxii., which are omitted in some mss. The foregoing examples have been selected and placed together because in their case there is an opportunity of com- paring the language of St. Luke with that used in parallel passages by the otlier Evangelists. They do not embrace some of the most remarkable instances of St. Luke's use of medical language outside of medical subjects. They would be, however, sufficient of themselves to show that there is, independent of the professional language employed in relat- ing the miracles of healing, a class of words running through the Grospel of St. Luke which does not occur in the other New Testament writings, but which is in common use in Grreek medical language. The remainder of this part will be occupied with the examination of other similar words in St. Luke's Gospel and the Acts of the Apostles, which occur in passages where we cannot make a comparison with parallel passages in the writings of other New Testament authors. Some of these words stand out prominently as those of a physician, e. g. upy(a\ odoviiQ (Acts, X. 11) ; araAij^tc (Luke, ix. 51) ; aTro- KardcTTatjig (Acts, iii. 21) ; Xfipog (Luke, xxiv. 11) ; liraK- poaaOm (Acts, xvi. 25) ; elg jiiaviav irepirpiTren' (Acts, xxvi. 24), &c. ; while with regard to the others, they readily fall into the same category as 7r\i)fjfxvpa, prp/na, avp.TriTmiv, Tpt]fxa, /^fXoyrjCi Trpocrxpaveiv, (5aT0Q, &c., in the case of which we had an opportunity of comparing the language of the other Evangelists, and it will be shown that almost all of them were words commonly em-ployed in the phraseology of a Greel- phi/sician. 86 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. What is attempted to be shown amounts to this — that St. Luke did not forget or abandon the language of his earlier years and professional training on becoming a Chris- tian teacher and historian ; but that, even in his general narrative, he frequently employs words and phrases, when they suited his purpose, to which, from long association, he had become habituated through his early studies and professional pursuits. § LYII. Luke , I . *lTn\Hpuv. *Sa}yr](ng. *ai/ro7rr»)c. vTr^ptTrjc;. TrapuKoXov- 6dv. * Ovjuiav. * avXXafxIdaveiv. * (TvWaiu(5avHV sv yaarpi. Iv yaarpX e'xe'v. *iyKVog. * aTHpa. *aT£KVog. *SiaTapaa(Teiv. *lKTapaGaHV. Tapa\og- *yr}pa£. * ava- (pujveiv. *7nvaKidiov. irapa^pripa. aKpijiCjg (verse 3, § 93). aacpaXeia (v. 4, § 82). WoQ (v. 9, § 58). 7r(p7r\vfit (v. 15, § 60). e7Ti(5\^7reiv (v. 48, § 15). spTripirXripi (v. 53, § 60). avyyiveia (v. 61, § 87). cicpecng (v. 77, § 59). 1. " Forasmuch as many have tahen in hand {liri^upnaav) to set forth in order a declaration {dujyi^criv) of those things wliich are most surely believed among us." * lirix^ipHv, peculiar to St. Luke (used also Acts, ix. 29, xix. 13), was a word very frequently employed in medical language. Hippocrates uses it sometimes in the literal sense of " applying the hand to," but generally it is used as here, " to take in hand," " to undertake." Hipp. Epid. 1147 : rovrtj) iTrexupicrOt} ryaiv alpoppdCai. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 396: kcu ^vaTpocpaX voarnbiciTwv ov SvvavTai XvsaOai i')v Tig wpioTOv tirixsipiy (j)appaKev£iv — OKoaoi de to. {pXeypaivovTa Iv ap^^J tiov vovaiov tvdtoig tTrix^ipiovcri Xvsiv (pappuKtiy. Hipp. Haemor. 891 : avry Si y av i7n\Hpiyg § Lvii.] THE JIEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 87 Kavaai, ai'nicAn'ac tov avdptoTrov inrTiov. Hipp. Epid. 1149 : TTjOtv ^e tTTi^iiphiv h]Tptv£aOai. Hipp. Praedic. 93 : lTri\eip- ((IV Bk xpi) Tovrioicn tov ir]Tp6v. Galen. Comm. ii. 71, Praedic. (xvi. 656) : to toivw tovq ovTojg 'i^ovrag lirt\iipeiv ^apf.iaK^v(iv ctpadovg iaTi. Galen. Comm. ii. 52, Epid. i. (xvii. A. 150) : o plv yap IciTpog aveXiXv (TTixeiptT to v6Hv', and Galen begins his " De Foet. Formatione " — ttejoi tT/c tCjv Kvovfiivoov otairXaacwg iTTE^ttjOrjcrav /xiv t£ /cot (juXoao^ni jpa(j)eiv. * Sir)yr](Tig, peculiar to St. Luke, was particularly applied to a treatise on some medical subject. Thus Hippocrates applies it to one of his own. Morb. Acut. 392 : 6 St XevKog olvioSrjg oivog (irijvrjTai plv Kal i\peKTai to TrXtTaTci Koi to. piyiaTa ri^Tt] Iv Ttj TOV yXvKtog otvow Sir)yri(TEi. Galen uses it of his own treatises and those of other physicians. Antid. i. 5 (xiv. 51) : aXXoi Se TToXXoi tiov y^ypacpOTwv crvvOaTa (pappuKa TrapiXnrov uiriLv Trjv aKevaaiav tov i)cv)(^p6ov kuto. t7)v ttjoI Tiis OrjpiaKrjg Bn]yr](Tiv. Comp. Med. iv. 7 (xiii. 718) : Trjv Se irEpl tov ^appuKOV Sniyi] Kara Trjv ap\riv rrig Soj-yi/atwc ett' avTov to, wvp i\a[5ev, iixnrep yap Icf kripag ou)yrias(vg typa\ptv, &C. Galen. Comm. ii. 4, Epid. iii. (xvii. A. 600) : 'iTTTroicjoaTJic avTog iv ry Siy]yi](Tii tCov appaxTTiov eypa\pe. Galen. Comm. iii. 41, Epid. iii. (xvii. A. 695) : sv Tolg Trent tCjv ovpwv Sn]y{]ct\paTog irapi\HV, ovk opOCog rrpa^ag aWa Koi 6 Kapv(i)V Kol ol vTrt)piTai. Galen. Comm. v. 1, Epicl. vi. (xvii. B. 226): SoKH yap I'lpiv /idv Xiy^aOai /coi i) (pvaig laaOai rag vocrovg, opdcog St Koi i'; larptKU (cai 6 larpog, aXi]Oiog 0£ Kal o virtipiTt^g avTov. Galen. Instrument. Odor. 6 (ii. 826) : tojv virnptTov- pivtov Toig xiipovpyoixTiv. Hippocrates calls a physician the minister of the art of medicine : 7/ Ti^^vr] Sia rpuov, to voaripa, 6 vodfotv, Kai o trjTjOOC) 6 lr]Tpbg VTrrjptTtjg Trjg tIyvjjc- Galen. De Dieb. Decretor. i. 11 (ix. 823) : ovtu) da KaV tov laTphv vTrr]p(Ti]v (jyvaewg ovopa^ei tov ovTcjg laTpov, ov (pappaKOvruiXriv Tiva £/c TpioSov. * avTOTTTai, peculiar to St. Luke. Galen. Comm. iv. 40, Artie, (xviii. A. 731) : SiTTtjg ovv ovarig Kpiaewg cnravTwv Th)V TOtovTiov TTpaypaTMv Trig plv eripag orav avTorrrrig Tig yivi)Tai TOV ^rjTovpivov. Galen. Nat. Facul. i. 6 (ii. 12): oAX' avTOTTTtiv ytvopavov iKpadeiv XPV ^t" "J"^^ avaTapwv. Galen. Anatom. Nerv. 2 (ii. 832) : ov oure paoiov cItteTv ovte aKOvaag 'lawg TrirxTivatig 7rp\v awroTrrjjc yeviaSai OsapaTog. Galen. Usus Part. ii. 7 (iii. 117) : r/)v KaTaaKevrjv ('nracrav aKpi(5ojg oeiv iiriaTaadaL tCjv Iv Talg Siaipicrscn ^aivopivwv avTOTTTriv yevopevov liripiXiog. Galen. Usus Part. xiv. 6 (iv. 158) : TU)v Xtyopiviov avTOTTTtjg yivoio TrpoaOiicrei yap otS' oTi TO Xhttov T(j^ Xoyu) Tojv fxepiiov i] Qia. Galen. XJsus Part. xiv. 12 (iv. 196) : aXX liri Tag Siaipiaeig twv ^wdjv acjiiKopsvog avTOTTTrig yivecrdai tojv 'ipycjv Trjg (pvtjuog. Galen. Math. Med. xiv. 16 (x. 1011): d kuX Bi oXou tov jSiov pvpitov apyiov larpiK(ov avToiTTai yiyvoivTo. Galen. Temper. Medic, vi. Proem, (xi. 796) : eyw plv yap £pip(p6priv Totg TrpwToig ypcfipam Tag Ibiag tojv (doTavwv apuvov i]yovptvog avTOTTT-qv yiviaOai Trap' avTu^ rd^ diSdaKOVTi. Galen. Comp. Med. iii. 2 (xill. t>70) : yvhjvui Ti]v vXi]v Tu)v (^appuKiov avTOTTTag avTrig N 90 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [i-aht ii. yivofxtvovg ov\ uira^ i) Slg aWa TToXXaKig. Gralen. Comp. Med, iii. 2 (xiii. 609) : ov fxriv ouS' airoTrrjjv yiviaOca rpav- fiartov waiJiTroWwv olov ri riva X^P''-^ '''^^ ^^ TToAifioig. Gralen. Usus Part. vi. 20 (iii. 508) : XP^ tovtiov avTowTiKriv irtipav yevi(Tuai. 3. " It seemed good to me also, having had perfect under- standing {7rapr}KoXov9t)K6Ti aic(0tj3wc) of all things from the first," &c. wapaKoXovSeiv (which is also found in 1 Tim. iv. 6, 2 Tim. iii. 10) was much used by the medical writers, both in connexion with sickness and in the sense it bears in this passage. Hipp. Praedic. 70 : icw^waic £v o^lm kcu TapaxaKVKav enl irvpl Ovfxojv. Hipp. Morb. 483 : kih rjv IjX^V^ ^ nvpiag rj Ovjuiag oifx ofiapTtii TTvov. Dioscor. Mat. Med. i. 86 : £/i/3pua re kol Sevrepa varipa BvixuSng t/c/iaAXft. Galen. Eemed. Parab. iii. (xiv. 504): irpowokig OupiijOfiiin} — koI Tipt^ivBixn] Ovfxiwfxivr\ ij upmviKOV axtcFTOv fxera \a\l5dvr]g BvjXLh)p.ivi\g. Gralen. Eemed. Parab. iii. (xiv. 537) : fiiXavBiov koi x^'^Kav^ov Bv}xia(TOv. 24. "And after those days his wife Elisabeth conceived" (avviXafSev) . The number of words referring to pregnancy, barrenness, 8fc., used by St. Luke is almost as targe as that used by Hippocrates. Besides * avXXaplddveiv, he employs * avXXapfddvsiv kv yaarpi {i. 31 : " And, behold, thou shalt conceive in thy womb," fTvXXijxl^r) Iv yaoTjOt); iv yaarpl B\eiv (Luke, xxi. 23: "But woe unto them that are with child," raXg iv yaarpX l^pvaaig) ; * 'iyKvog (Luke, ii. 5 : " Mary his espoused wife, being great with child," ovo-rj t-yKow) ; * arelpa (Luke, i. 7: "Because Elisabeth was barren," fjv aTupa) ; * dnKvog (Luke, xx. 28 : " And he die without children," art/cvoc) ; and all of them, with the exception of Iv yaarpX i\iiv, are peculiar to himself. * avXXafi^dvuv is used in St. James, i. 15, also, but in a metaphorical sense. Hipp. Praedic. 107 : to te aiopa wSe SiaKEiTai r) yvvrj, kqv fxr) ) avXXap[5dvHv. Galen. Comm. iii. 35, Epid. ii. (xvii. A. 453): SioTi yvvaXKig ov avXXaplSdvovGiv. Galen. Titer. Dissec. 10 (ii. 902) : okotqv ->) ywi) (TvXXiixptaBai fiiXXy. Do. (903) : ovic av (TvXXdj5oi i) yvvi]. 92 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [pakt ii. * (rvWafxidavetv h ya iKTapa^iQ, iKrapaaaHv, iiriTapaacniv, ciarapaaanv, avvra- pda(THv, VTTOT apdaauv, were much used in medical language to express disturbance of body or mind. St. Luke uses three of them, two of which are peculiar to him, rapaxog being once used by St. Mark and once by St. John. rapaxog. — Hipp. Coac. Praedic. 151 : koi KotXtjjr rapax^]' Hipp. De Gland. 272 : aAX' h p\v ^ukvovto rdpaxov ttovXvv 'i TO Se SiVTSpOV KttX TO TiTapTOV KOI TO eKTOV i(TTl fx\v oiQ Tov '\inroKpaTovc vuog, Hgti ci oig kuI uvtov linroKpa- Tovg eSo^tv, ov prjv avyy pajH/xaTa ye owS' axrre Suidodrivai ToTg "EAAtj(ti fxiWoi'Tct, aXX viro/mvi^fiaTa /naXXov uvai' Ttm Si o'lTTEp Koi aKpi[5i(JT£pa fxoi doKOvai KaTajxaiJtlv tCov j'ji(3)g jurjStv cittoXoito. Among the works attributed to Hippocrates there is a spurious one edited by Burckhard, described as follows in Kiihn's preface to Hippocrates, p. 175 : " Parva Hippocratis tabula per Petrum Burckhard. Enchiridion fuisse dicitur Burckhardo quod Hippocrates, cum aegros visitaret, secum tulerit," thus showing that the word ttivcikiSiov continued to be a familiar one in medical language for a physician's note-book or tablet. 64. "And his mouth was opened immediately {TrapaxprilJ-a)^ and his tongue loosed." TTttpaxprifia is used nineteen times in the N. T. — tioice by St. Matthew (xxi. 19, 20), and the remaining seventeen times by St. Luke. Of these seventeen times no less than thirteen are in connexion with miracles of healing or the infliction of disease or death — Luke, i. 64, aviuixBi] to aTojua avTov irapaxprifxa ; iv. 39, of Simon's wife's mother, irapaxprifxa St avacTTaaa cnqKovu ; V. 25, of the man sick of a palsy, koI irapaxprii^a. avaaTag ; viii. 44, 47, of the woman with an issue of blood, irapaxprilJ^tt taTt) i) pvaig — &g laOi} TrapaxpVfJ-a ', § Lvii.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 97 viii. 55, of Jaii'us's daughter, avEo-nj irapaxpvf^a ', xiii. 13, of the woman with a spirit of infirmity, Trapaxpyjfxa avopOiodii J xviii. 43, of the blind man at Jericho, Trapa\pi]}xa avt(5Xi\Pt ; Acts, iii. 7, of a lame man, Trapaxprifxa St iaTepswdrjcrav aiirov al (5a(jsig kol rci acpvpu ; Acts, V. 10, of Sapphira, tinae Se irapaxpvina Koi l^t^lv^ev ; Acts, ix. 18, of St. Paul's recovery of sight, avif^Xupi re Trapaxpripa ; Acts, xii. 23, of Herod, Trapaxprjfxa St tTTaro^tv avTov liyyeXog Kvpiov ; Acts, xiii. 11, of Elymas, jrapaxpij/xa Bl tTTiTrtrjEV ett' avruv u.)(Xvg Ktu (Tkotoq. vapaxprjiua is similarly used by Hippocrates, coupled with words expressing recovery from sickness, or the contrary. The subjoined examples from Hipp. Intern. Affect, will show this use. It is not, however, to be understood that the word is of such frequent use as these examples, occurring almost page after page, might lead one to infer, but only that other phy- sicians used the word very frequently', and in a way analogous to St. Luke. Hipp. Intern. Affect. 533 : tovtov i]v fxij Trapa- \pr/jua Tig h)£Xw(^h Vv inij raSg ironjarfg. 535 : tovtov okotuv a)de £Xp, rrapaxpui^a Kavaai to. arifOea kol to f.iiTU(j)pevov kol ovtoj Taxicrra vyajg t'orat. 536 : vocriei Trapa^pTj/xa, uts daKvo/xtvog V7rb (pXijfxaTog. 540 : ktjv plv Tvxyg Tafxiov, irapaxp^jxa vyua TTonjaeig. 041 : kol rjv p.tv Tvx\ig Tafiiov Trapaxp^lfici vyiia ttoo'j- aeig. 542 : kol okov av aXXi] odvvi] KaracfTripi^y Kavaai, kol OVTO) Tra/oa^pf/jua vyirig torat. 542: aAAa XPV TrapaxptifJLa Ospa- TTiViiv wg Tiiv irpocxdiv. 545: KJ7V niv ovv fXiXXr) Ig to vovcTr^fxa IpTnaiiadai, napaxp^ip^a. Iv Tolai ttovolctiv laTLv, 546 : Trapa- Xprifia Tov TTOvov irapix^^ irovXvv. 547 : rjv Eh a/xeXaii] Tig lyyivi]TaL kolX p.ri TrUjOa^pJ)/^" ptXtTr\Qtj, Iv Tax^i- cnroOvtiaKti. 547 : aAAa XPV Trapa^iOJjjUa /xeAtryv. 548 : t) a'AAo ti Trot/yay fii) £7rtr/j0££ov, TO rinap irapaxp^P-O- yivirai cr/cArjpoy. 549 : i] Sf vovaog ditTai QipaTni]ir\g, ;(^aAa7n) yap Kat ^P^vtoe, i]V pi) Trapaxpnpa piXtTi]9ij. 550 : to oe vovar\pa tjv pri -napaXQ^po- depairtvOtj. 550 : okotov art ii. The other medical writers use the word in a similar way. Gralen. Comm. ii. 12, Epid. (xvii. A. 106) : lirvpe^av ovtoi TrapaxpTljua. Do. 54 (p. 153) : 'ivioi fxlv oitv afxa tlo (nraaOrivai T£ Kcti iwSi7 IfxiaaL 7rapa\Qr}fia airo9vr)(JKOV(n. Comm. ii. 23, Aph. (xvii. B. 505) : Trapa^pjljua ye awOiVTwv j) anoOavovTwv. Comm. vi. 45, Aph. (xviii. A. 73) : Trapaxpvfia fxlv raxi^fnQ vyia- t^eaOai Sok£i. Do. (do. 104) : Trapaxpvi^<^ TraveraL rr^g XwyYoc. Adv. Jul. 7 (do. 285) : wapaxptllJ-ct tCjv avfXTTTuyfiaTijJv aTrrjAXayrj- aav. Do. (do. 287) : TTU(ja\(jr]p.a tovq avOpwirovg vyiaaoivTag. Meth. Med. ix. 4 (x. 612) : irapaxp^iiia tov irvQiTov ia^iaav. Do. 16 (do. 656) : irapaxg^ixa Xvaavrag tov TTvpiTOV. Do. X. 4 (do. 682) : wapaxpvp-O' tW (ppinrfv iwavcra. Do. xii. 8 (do. 869) : Trapa\priiia p.£.v avtoBwoi yivovrai. Do. (do. 870) : TrapaxpV/^ff- t^v t oouvjjv afxa kol ttjv ^iclOscfiv £K0£pa7r£vovrat. Temp. Med. ii 12 (xi. 488) : irapaxprifxa rag ^i)^eig laaaro. Do. 13 (do. 491) : arofxaxov laxypCjg SuKvofxevov tXaiov yXuKW TToOev laaaro Trapaxpvi^o.. Do, vii. 16 (xii. 100): irapa- Xpjjjita Tag odvvag iwavasv. Comp. Med. ii. 1 (xii. 557) : Trapa^pTj/xa Xvei Tovg irovovg, Do. 2 (do. 583) : anovov ttoui irapa\prip.a. Do. iii. 1 (do. 623) : Trapaxpriixa fi\v virepaXyoixn. Do. (do. 652) : Trapaxpnfjia KovcpiZu. Do. iv. 8 (do. 771) : 7rapaxpvf-i<^ Xvu TOvg Trovovg. Do. (do. 772) : irapaxpvp^o- wipeXil. Do. vii. 2 (xiii. 48) : tovto ojcpiXn irapaxpvP'a- Do. ix. 3 (do. 285) : Trapaxpnp-ti p-eiol TOvg irovovg. Do. ix. 5 (do. 294) : Trpog KOiXiaKOvg (jjots. wapaxpiipa laTav. Do. (do. 303) : dvaiVTspiKOvg 'iaTr]ai Trapaxp*)]""- Do. x. 2 (do. 346) : Trap})yopu 7rapaxp^ip.a- Do. x. 3 (do. 355) : Trapa^p^jua TOV TTOvov airaXXuTTai, &C., &C. Dioscor. Mat. Med, i. 4 : icaraxptaSti' dl Trapaxpnp-a ipiXot Tag Tplxcig- Do, ii, 53 : 'laTr^cn yap Trapaxp^ip^ti ti)v Ktvuxjiv. Do, iv. 81 : Trapaxp^jua ^f irapaXvei to. i'ffX'"* Animal. Yen. 21 : Trapaxprjjua twv oxXjjpoJv airaXXcKXcyuv. Do. 23 : rote ^£ VTTO GKopTTiov TrXt]yu(Ti Trapaxpvp-Ci /ulv aKpij^wg /3oj]0£i (tukijc OTTog. Medic. Parab. i, 56: a(p£i yap irapaxpn/J-a virwiria. Do, 235 : TrapaxpjJii^" ^£ TTOtf t awovovg tovto, &g., &C. This medical use would account for the frequency of the word in St. Luke's writings. § Lviii.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 99 § LVIII. Luke, II. airapjavovv. * avsvpiaKStv. * WtZ^iv. Woq. Weiv (aa>0a). * *iyKVOQ (verse 5, § 57). 7ri7t7rXr}/^u (v. 6, § 60). avjufiaWnv (v. 19, § 68). *6^vva(TeaL (v. 48, § 22). *Star,,oav (v. 51, § 72). 7. "And she brought forth her firstborn son, and wrapped him in sicacldUng clothes^^ {Icnrapyavojaev avrov). * airapyavovv, peculiar to St. Luke, is used in the same way by the medical writers. Gralen. San. Tuend. i. 7 (vi. 32) : TO Toivvv veoy£vlg irai^iov, tovto S?) to ajUEpiTTov airaari Ttj 7ra/oa(TK£vy, TrpCorov plv cnrapyavovadio, avppeTpoig aXcriv irspnraTTOfievov, ottujq avTOv irvKvoTepov koI aTeppoTtpov e'/jj to Seppa rwv evSov popiajv. Gralen. San. Tuend. i. 7 (vi. 33) : TavT oiiv, wQ upr]Taiy anapyavwBivTa yaXuKTi ts \p{iaO(o Tpo(j)ij. Galen. Caus. Morb. 7 (vii. 27) : devrtpa Bt, ?j te kutu TTjv airoKvr\aiv ovtyiv kclv t(^ awapyavovcrOai TrXrfppiXeia. Galen. Caus. Morb. 7 (vii. 27) : ouk opBwQ IveiXiTTovaiLv ts ToXg anapyavoig. Galen. Caus. Morb. 7 (vii. 27) : iv re tv^ yaXa trapi^Hv kcli Iv ti^ Xovsiv koX airapyavovv- Hipp. Fract. 776 : uxjiTip Ta TraiSia ei> Tijcri koitijcfi (nrapyavovTai. Hipp. Aer. 292 : poiKci Se yiveTai TO. awpuTa kuX irXaTea TrputTov plv OTi ov awapyavovvTaL ojairsp Iv 'AtyuTTTw. Dioscor. Met. Med. iii. 33 : ■)(pri oe (ttsvij^) (nrapyavoj avaTiXXnv- 16. "And they came with haste, sind. found [avtvpov) Mary, and Joseph, and the babe lying in a manger." * avtvpi(TK£ii>, peculiar to St. Luke, occurs again. Acts, XX. 4, and is employed by the medical writers of finding out the seat of a disease. Hipp. Aphoron. 678 : 7171' vovaov avevpwv rjv Exovajv al prjTpai. Hipp. Loc. in Hom. 422 : IriTpiKri Bri poi SoKiei qSi] avevpijaSaL oXt}. Hipp. Artic. 806 : iirel T(vv yayyXiojdiiov 'ivta oaa av TrXaSapa trj koi pvt,lc jrapa TO Wog — irapa to Wog novoaiTiicrag — Trjv aaiTirjv Ti)v irapa to Wog — irapa to Wog f3pu)du(Ta — irapa to Wog (ipojOivTeg — pac,a q,ripri irapa to euog — Trapa to etfog £C,aTnvr]g irouug — irapa to Wog fxsTaftaWtvv. Galen. Oomm. ii. 23, Morb. Acut. (xv. 558) : Sia to irapa to Wog ctpiaTrjaai. Do. 24 (do. 559) : irapa to Wog o-u^t/3tu'i'av. Do. 25 (do. 560) : TriKp6)(oXoi <^vau irapa to Wog. Do. 28 (do. 563) : Tovg Kara TO Wog KaKiodivTug. Do. 29 (do. 566) : Ti]v irapa to Wog iv^iLav. Do. 32 (do. 571) : amTiav ttjv irapa to Wog. Do. iv. 77 (do. 867) : crtvfiaTog ojkov irapa to Wog. §LIX. Luke, III. a^amg. * Biaaeieiv. * KUTacruuv. avacTEUiv. irpooTiBivai. * KaroKXekiv (verse 20, § 42). 3. " Preaching the baptism of repentance for the remission {a^KTiv) of sins." a(pe(Tig is used more frequently by St, Luke than by all the other N. T. writers combined. He uses it ten times — Luke, i. 77 ; iii. 3 ; iv. lS{bis) ; xxiv. 47 : Acts, ii. 38 ; v. 31 ; 102 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [i-art ii. X. 43 ; siii. 38 ; xxvi. 18 — the other N. T. authors, seven times. It was used in medical language, like aveaig, to signify the remission of sickness, &c. Hipp. De Judicat. 53 : Kpiateg cl koX atpiaieg tmv Kauaov (rrfinaivovTuyv. Hipp. Coac. Progn. 202 : at TOiavrai vwoaTpotpai r^ai TrXuar^ai yevo/uevai jneTo. rjjv a^Bcrtv Ta\i(x)Q ktuvovgl. Hipp. Coac. Progn. 209: ovpov ev TrvperM XevKrjv fX**^' '^"' XetJji' VTroaraaiv idpvjaivriv Ta\iiav acpecnv arijuaivu. Hipp. Progn. 40 : a(j)£(nv T7)g ^var]Q Trou]ar\TaL. Hipp. Morb. 489: Trig ^£ a(f)i(Tiog ravTa Travra 17 yXoiaaa arifxaivii. Aretaeus, Sign. Morb. Diutur. 69 : acpiaisg tCjv vypiov ajSovXrjrot. Aret. Our. Acut. Morb. 83 : KE^aXi) ce -)(^Mpog fxlv al(Td{j(7iog kol vevpwv a(j)i(Tiog. Aret. Cur. Morb. Diuturn. 133 : Ig vttvov a^^mg. Aret. Cur. Morb. Diuturn. 138 : apaiai Se koi txaXOaKoi aapKeg priicrTOL irpog acpsatv tov vocrrjjuaTog. Aret. Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 75 : vrijwfxivov tov vypov awrji'teg ai a.(^iaii^g. 14. " And he said unto them, do violence to no man" [fxr\^iva diaauar]Ti). * diamiEiv is peculiar to St. Luke, and a medical term for shaking with some degeee of force. ^Karaadeiv and avaaeUiVj used bj St. Luke, were also medical terms. *Sia(7deiv. Hipp. Morb. 488: juijS' ejutti/oi' tovra dia pecu- liar to St. Luke, occurs again, Acts, xiii. 16 ; xix. 33; xxi. 40. Hipp. Artie. 808 : ovSlv yap fxoi chXtttov, u tlq koXCoq OKivaaaq KaTacrdcreie Kav i^idvvat evia — tovq j£ tolovtovq iiKOQ £7ri TOVQ TToSaQ KaTaaeiaOivTitg juaXXoi/ i.^iOvvOrjvai — bdoiai cl KUTioTifno TO vj3a»/xa tovtoktiv hkoq juaWov IttI K£0aA?)i' KaTaati£(Tuai — el ovv Tig WiXei KUTacreitiv bpOCog av yv Ke(j)aXr]v — irpocrduvcii rb avuog tov ^oAkou. 469 ; ^^tacfpuTa Trpog riiv KecpaXrjv TrpoaTiOivaL — CFTTOyyovg (BaTTTwv eg vdujp Oepfiov TrpoaTiQiaQb) Trpog rag jvaOovg. 470 : (daXavov TrpoaTiOevcu — nvrXa IpjSaTTTWv ig vdwp \f,v)(^pov Trpoaridivai — kol ciprovg Trpogridivai Oeppovg. 471 : aTToyyovg Ig vdwp Bippov epjdaTTTwv TTpOGTiQivai. 472 : TOV poTov TrpoaTiQivai Ig Trjv pXva — TrpoariOivai ear' av vyi^g yivr]Tai. 473: TrpoaOeg (pappciKOv Trpog Tag p7vag — vTroKXvcrai rj ^aXavov TrpoaOilvai. 474 : ■)(Xia(rpaTa TrpooTiOivai. 475 : paXicTTa TrpocTTiOivm xXiaapara. 477 : TrpoaTidet kXXijSopov. 478: Trpog Tag plvag TrpooQuvai OTi-x^oXrjv pi] a^H — pi) TrpoaTt- Qivat Trpog Trjv KecpaXyjv. 480 : ■)(Xiafjjua (v. 39, § 57). 17. " And when he had opened {ava-n-Tv^ag) the book, he found the place where it was written. The Spirit of the Lord is upon me." 20. " And he closed {-n-Tv^ag) the book." * avaTTTvaGEiv and ^Trruacreiv are both peculiar to St. Luke, and were familiar words with him through his medical training ; avawTixraeiv was used of the opening out of various parts of the body, and itTvaativ of the rolling up of ban- dages. Elsewhere in the N. T., avoiyuv is the word for opening a book or scroll, and kX'KJGHv for rolling it up again (Rev. V. 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, and Eev. vi. 14). avanTvaaeiv is some- times used for opening a book, e. g. Herodotus, i. 48, and LXX. 4 K. xix. 14, but there seems to be no other instance of TTTvaaav being used of rolling up a scroll except this passage in St. Luke, ypafiixaTelov lirTuyfdvov (Herodian. i. 17) being merely a tablet doubled up — closed. Hipp.DeDieb. Judic, 57: okotuv to riirap /naWov ovaTrru^- Otj irpog rag g x^oov TrifXTrXaTaL. Hipp. Morb. 515 : to. (TKiXea TTt/iTrXarat vSarug. Aret. Sign. Acut. Morb. 15 : Tri/xTrXijort t})v KE(J)aXr]v. Aret. Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 54 : 6Xov to aCjjua TrXr]aB^. Aret. Cur. Acut. Morb. 120 : wifxTrXaTat yap i) tCov ntppiov KoiXirt. Aret. Cur. Acut. Morb. 88 : kol SoKitj TrtTrXriaOai 6 vovaEWV, r]v filv aijuaTog, &C. ifXTriirXriiui. Hipp. Morb. MuL 610 : rjv al fir]TpaL (fXiy- fxarog IfxTrXrjaOCjcFi. Hipp. Morb. Mul. 642 : kol ijv tl i'£tv. * aTrofxaatJUv. iKfiaaanv. \ovuv. airoXoveiv. ■)(a\av. SiappijjwiM. * Tripif)py]yvvfii. * Trpoapriyvvfxi. * VTTO\(i)pUV. * lK\MpHV. OTTO^WpjtV. * kKlViBiOV. * KXivapiov. kXivt]. KjOa/3/3aroC' TrapaxpvM-a (verse 25, § 57). * irapa^o^ov (v. 26, § 48). iriiLiTrXrmt (v. 26, § 60). * doxv (v. 29, § 73). vytaiveiv (v. 31, § 9). 2. " And saw two ships standing by the lake : but the fishermen were gone out of them, and loere icaskinc/ {airi- irXwav) their nets." The variety of words used by St. Luke for washing and cleansing is remarkable. He employs five such, two of which are peculiar to himself — * cnroTrXvvtiv here, and * airoixacTaHv (ch. X. 11), " even the very dust of your city we do wipe off." Words of this kind were in every-day use in medical lan- guage and practice, hence the variety he employs. With respect to the other three, iKnaaauv (ch. vii. 38, 44), " began to wash his feet with tears, and did wipe them with the hairs of her head," is met also again in John, xi. 2, &c. cnroXovtiv (Acts, xxii. 16) occurs also in 1 Cor. vi. 11 ; and Xomiv is used in Acts, ix. 37 ; and in a quite medical way in Acts, xvi. 33, and three times elsewhere in the N. T. *d7ro7rXui'av. Peculiar to St. Luke. Hipp. Morb. 492 : TO. po(p{}iJ.aTa tcTTU) yXvKVTepa. ovtw yap av fxaXiara to Kwku- O)']fxevov Kot TO ^vv£(TTrfKog aTTOirXvvoLg kol KtvEOig. Hipp. TJlcer. 890 : niavdpayopov pi^av, cnroTrXvvavTa kol rafxovTa £i//r/(jai Iv otvfo. Hipp. Haemor. 893 : tuxo. xpr) cnroTrXvvai oivdi) av(TTr]pu). Hipp. Aphoron. 687 : d ds jui) aapag vepi- ^Icrai Tag juiiTpag kuX airoirXvvai Ttj TriTvtj k^9{). Dioscor. Medic. Parab. i. 121 : Kupdafxov KaTairXacraopevov ci' oXrtg § Lxi.] THE MEDICAL LAXGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. Ill vvKTog sTTt i)/j.ipa(; t , 'iu)uev ce airoirXiivavTci koX KXvdavra. Galen. Meth. Med. iv. 2 (x. 237) : aW a koI a7roTr\vvai dloi TO LXivoc Galen. Meth. Med. vi. 6 (x. 452) : 'Iv' ^xw^uev iiTTOfxaTTeiv (cat cnroirXvvBiv airo ti}q /urivtyyog rovg \\u)paq. Galen. Meth. Med. viii. 4 (x. 568) : ^lappv-rcTHv re koL airoirXvvnv l^wdiv to aCof.ia. Galen. Comp. Med. i. 6 (xii. 461): a7ro7rXvi;£ 0£/o^tJ. Galen. Comp. Med. iv. 1 (xii. 700): TO anoirXvveLV rag vypoTrjTag. *a7ropaa(7£iv, ch. x. 11, is peculiar to St. Luke. Aretaeus, Cur. Acut. Morb. 90: apioTov koL o-KtXArjc 'j^P^Q XewToXcn lKTpi[5eiv xpi] St airopa^avTa tCjv peXiwv to IXatwdeg. Galen. Comm. iii. 42, Morb. Acut. (xv. 715) : ttuXiv InropaTTH tovt avTo TO /i£Ta TOW vSaTog iXaiov. Galen. San. Tuend. iii. 6 (vi. 198) : KoX d Sl" iSpiiJTa Tiva Tv-)(oiu> cnropa^aaOai to XiTTog. Galen. San. Tuend. v. 11 (vi. 371) : Tpixpaadai ptT IXaiov kuX TO peTii XovTpov aTTopa^aadai. Galen. San. Tuend. vi. 8 (vi. 418) : SIT aTropaTTwv plv tov iSpioTa aivdocnv. Galen. Meth. Med. vi. 3 (x. 404) : ovTivg uiropciTTeiv to eXKog. Galen. Meth. Med. x. 10 (x. 726) : Sici airoyyuw ph> inropaTTiaQw to irpC)Ta paXuKoXg S' ixTTepov oOovioig, prjo avToJv Twv anopaTTOvTwv avTov (Siaiwg xLavovTwv. Galen. Meth. Med. iv. 4 (xiii. 678) : ei Tplg Trig ripspag iKpu^auv Tovg ly^ujpag tov 'i\KOvg, cipeivov tl TrpuTTtiv tCov SXg inropciT- TovTwv. Galen. Meth. Med. viii. 14 (xiii. 1004): 17 da (nraOi] aTTOfxaaaiadu) sTripeXojg. EKpaaaHv, Luke, vii. 38, 44. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 395: KE0nX?7V pivTOi av£^r}pav9ai xprj we oTovrt paXicTTU vnb cnroyyov iKpaaaopivrjv. Hipp. Morb. 466 : KOI airoyyovg Iv vBciTt Osppu) jSpt^aiv, tKpacFGOJv \Xiapovg, TrpoaTidlrcu irpbg to ovg. Hipp. Affect. 526 : aXdcpHv oivw koL eXatio deppi^ /cat iKpaaaHv cia TpiTXig. Hipp. Intern. Affect. 554 : oivio Se /cat IXuioj xXirivag aXiitpHV eg /cotrjjv Kai eKpaaaeiv. Hipp. Aphoron. 682 : ware SuktiiXo) iKpa^at. Galen. Comm. iii. 49, Morb. Acut. (xv. 716) : tyiv Ki(paXi)v uKpifiCog lKpaTTi.iv — St' oOovrjg hpaTTHv Trjg (cf^aXjjc to vdwp. Galen. Comp. Med. i. 1 (xii. 408) : Trpotrairoaprj^ug viTpuj ottt^jj /cat iKpa^ag. Galen. 112 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. Comp. Med. vi. 9 (xii. 990) : avv eXattj) tKixaaai: T(j^ daKTvXtj) Tovg Toirovg. Galen. Comp. Med. vi. 9 (xii. 991) : kjuao-o-wv TO. irapiaQfxia Koi Trjv vTnpdmv. Galen. Eemed. Parab. i. 3 (xiv. 331) : aXka Kat cia fxriXwTiSog 7r£piK£i/.iivov i)(OV(Tr]g tpiov fxaXaKov iKfxaadHv. ciTToXoviiv, Acts, xxii. 16 : " Wash aivay thy sins" (aTro- Xovaai Tag afxapTiag). Xoveiv, Acts, xvi. 33 : " And he took them the same hour oi the night, and ioashed their stripes" [iXovaev airo twv ttXij- ywv: sc. TO ai/Lia, washed the blood from off their stripes; compare Galen. Comp. Med. iii. 2 (xiii. 580) : to aX/xa tov T£Tpu)/iivov jiiipovg cnroTrXvvai). Hipp. Nat. Mill. 571 : alydpov KprjTiKOv KOKKOvg evvia Tpiipag iv oivio didovai ttlvhv, tovtIw Se koi InroXovaaaQai rjv dvcTOKiy. Hipp. Aph. 1260 : oBvvag b^BaXfxCov aKprjTov TTOTiaag kol Xovaag iroXXto Osppc^ (^X£j3oro/i££. Galen. Comp. Med. ix. 1 (xiii. 236) : KVKXafxivov x^^V ^'^ pivbg KaOapag Xove — Xoiie toj cKptxpiffxaTi. Galen. San. Tuend. i. 8 (vi. 45) : iKiXiV(Ta Xovaai re kol awoppvil^ai. Galen. San. Tuend. iv. 6 (vi. 198) : loaTi KOL ft Sic cwTov rj Tplg Xovcraig, dv^aug fiu- Kovwg. Galen. San. Tuend. iv. 4 (vi. 247) : XovrravTeg avKparaj Seppi^, Tpo(prjv £V)(yibiov Stoaofxev. Galen, Meth. Med. v. 13 (x. 372) : £v Se ry Tphy ttuXiv ETnOeig lopaig ttov Tpialv sAovo-a TOV avdpwTTov. Galen. Meth. Med. vii. 6 (x. 480) : t'/rc yap iiowp tTTixioig OipfAov evKpaTov orwS/^TTore ixopii^^ tov (Tto/xaTog, are Tpi[5oig HTi. Xovoig. Galen. Meth. Med. viii. 2 (x. 538) : avOig opoiojg XovaavTtg t£ kol Siam](TavT£g. Galen. Meth. Med. viii. 3 (x. 553) : Tovg 8' tirl ^r]p6Tr]Tt Tpi^av plv a AX' IXaTTit) TovTOig, Xoveiv St irXdo). Do. (554) : u El avv KOpvZ,\) Kfu KUTappti) TTvpiTToi, TTpiv TTt^^Jjvat rawTO, XovHV ov xpv- Galen. Meth. Med. viii. 4 (x. 570) : (Ixtt^ kuX Xovaug ry rf- TapTTTi tCjv iifxepiov avTov kuX dpixpng. 4. "Now when he had left speaking, he said unto Simon, Launch out into the deep, and let doicn (^aAao-art) your nets for a draught." XuXuv. St. Luke uses this word here, and in verse 5 of § Lxi.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 113 casting a net, instead of the usual word jSaXAav, or some of its compounds. He uses it also in Acts, ix. 25 ; xxvii. 17 ; xsvii. 80. It is found in only two other places in the New Testament — Mark, ii. 4, and 2 Cor. xi. 33. The word was most extensively used in medical language, both transitively and intransitively, in a variety of meanings, such as "relaxing the body or members of the body," "abatement of sickness," " loosening of bandages," " letting down drugs into a vessel of liquid to be steeped," &c. Hipp. Nat. Oss. 288 : ravTu^g aTTorr^iyyova^Q rag tpXifiag Koi xaXw(T»jc- Hipp. Morb. Mul. 601 : kcu ore (pXiyixa X"-^" Koi avayei. Hipp. Epid. 1216: ig vvktu iSpiog Kcti rj Bipfit} l)(^uXa(jev — £\dXa(Tev TETaprab^ to. aXyi)iiaTa. Hipp. Epid. 1225 : EYaAao-fi' 6 Trvpsrog. Hipp. Epid. 1176 : nag XeTrrixr- liiog x^^^ '■o ^spfia.' Dioscorides Mat. Med. i. 71 : aKXrtpiag Tag TTEjOi vaTipav x^'^V- Dioscor. Mat. Med. v. 28 : elg fxaTprj- Ti)v yXevKOvg xaXaaov f-ivag <|3' irpbg ri/xepag X . Dioscor. Mat. Med. V. 64 : ravra ojuov Xuuxrag Kal Iv oBovii^ diiGag x^^'^^^oif elg fjLiTpr]Triv yXevKOvg. Gralen. Comm. iii. 32, Offic. (xviii. B. 889) : xo^*^!^^" '''ov liriBsfTpov. Gralen. Comp. Med. i. 3 (Xlil. 161) : ETTl TU)V K£ XttAacr jUEVWl' cipBpojv. 6. " And when they had this done, they enclosed a great multitude of fishes : and their net brake^' {SuppijyvvTo). Siappiiyvvm is used three times by St. Luke — v. 6; viii. 29 : Acts, xiv. 14 ; and only twice in the rest of the N.T. — Matt. xxvi. 65 ; Mark, xiv. 63. He also uses *7repipp)]yvv}xL and *Trpo(7p{iyvv^i, which are peculiar to him. They were all used in medical language. Hipp. Morb. 451 : rjv Se to ^Xf/Stov TravTawacrL fxev Sr) diappay^j. Hipp. Morb. 489 : okotuv 6 irXev/xojv oldijcrij — to. oTt'iOea ai/rtj) luiSuv SoK££t Kat (5apog IvsLvai tl o X'^'^P^^'-^ ou ^vvaTai TO. (TTijOea aXXa diappiiyvvTai. HipjD. Intern. Affect. 555 : 17 ya(TTi)p adpeTui koi TrifxirpaTai koi SoKhi SiappijCTeaOai. Dioscor. Mat. Med. ii. 180 : (jivjuaTa ttItth koI Siappiiatrai. Dioscor. Mat. Med. ii. 200 : TrpoaT^dug oldij/xuTa kuI (pvfxara (TvvTOfxojg iKTTviaKH KOI Biappiiaasi. Gralen. Comm. ii. 44, Q lU THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. Epid. vi. (xvii. A. 989) : olg juevrot fxlWei diappr^yvvadai to IfiTrvrifxa. G-alen. Comm. i. 3, Aph. (xvii. B. 363) : orav yap VTrip7r\r}pu)dfi to, ayyela wotcov ^ aiTiiov tov ciappayrivai Kivdvvog avTo7g. Galen. Comm. Aph. vii. 66 (xviii. A. 152) : TrXi'idovg S' ovTog tv 6\to T(j» awpari Siappayrivai (pOavovoiv ot Xi-Tiovsg b(^QaXfx(l)v. Galen. Comm. Artie, iv. 40 (xviii. A. 734) : orav (Lai yipovrag re koi Aetttoi diappayivTog tov kutu tov fxripov (Tvvdiapov. Galen. Theriac. ad Pison. (xiv. 334) : koI yap ovToi dixpwvTsg iravv kcu diaKaiOfxsvot a(j)oBpiog, iviors Kot ^iappr]yvvp£voi, TeXevTwaiv' * Tnpippi'iyvvpi. Acts, xvi. 22: "And the magistrates rent off [Trepipprj^avTeg) their clothes." Peculiar to St. Luke, and used by the medical writers of the breaking of enfolding membranes, &c. Hipp. Nat. Puer. 247 : KivkTcti lax^p^Q Iv T(J d>(j) tir}T£Ov Tpo(f)riv irXeiova kcu ol vpivsg TrepippriyvvvTui — TO cl TTaiciov orav Trepippaybjaiv oi vpiveg, prfidiajg tiktu i) yvvi], Hipp. Septemmestr. Partus. 256 : otuv SI rtJ i[5d6poj juijvi TTSpipaysMcnv ol vpiveg kol to 'ip[5pvov piTa\wpi]arf. Hipp. Morb. 512: TuvTa Se laTOpia Igtlv on ov tIktu aXpivg, aXXa 7r£pippr}yvvTat. Hipp. Fract. 768 : oaa re aupKm kv Tii^ TpwfXUTi IpeXavOri koX lOavaT wdt] Oaaaov TrepippyjyvvTat koX £(C7rt7rr£< etti TUVTrj Ty laTpeirj. Hipp. Moch. 868 : ovTio ycip avTO TO IcrxvoTciTOV Kul Ipirtcry TaxiaTa /cat inpipp^^iTai. Hipp. Epid. 1153 : IpiXaiviTO irag 6 TOTTog a\pL tov aoTpa- ydXov — KOI TO piXavQlv ov wepiEppayt}. Dioscor. Mat. Med. i. 94 : x^oipdEag inpippnaau. Dioscor. Mat. Med. i. 104 : avOpciKag 7r£pipp{)(Tp^1 to Oepfxov. *lKX(OjO£Ty. Luke, xxi. 21: "Then let them which are in Judaea flee to the mountains ; and let them which are in the midst of it depart out ^^ {iKx^^puTwaav). Peculiar to St. Luke. Hipp. Progn. 43 : Kai to tttvsXov firj EK^WjOf^ Kara Xoyov — TOV TTTviXov avrl t,av6ov irvcodeog yzvofxivov Koi iKX'^pi- OVTOg £^W TOV TTTviXoV /Xr) EKX^/OEOlTOe £1 Si TO TTTVtXov ptj eKXi^p^y KaXwg. Hipp. Morb. 509 : tt^ii; Se TupaxOrivai ouk ex^t £KXWjO££tv TO irXeiov tov vypov. Hipp. Haemor. 893 : avprjcreig ycip irecfiVGrnuLiva to. /xe(Tt]yv tCov yXovTijjv irapa Trjv 'idpijv TO Se ai/jia ek^WjOe'eiv 'ivSoOev. Hipp. Epid. 1151 : eSoOi] KaTttTTOTiov IXaTijpiov Koi i^exf^pw^v aurp. Galen. Comm. ii. 67, Progn. (xviii. B. 216) : row tttuIXou EKxajplovroc e^w. Galen. Comm. ii. 67, Progn. : ti^ p.)) E/cx^jOETy, iKavov ilvai yvwpicrpa aiiTO Trig KaKorjOtiag tov voafiparog. Galen. Comm. ii. 68, Progn. (xviii. B. 220) : rot irTviXov /La) ekx^/oeoi/toc tov TTvpsTOv T£ 'ix^^^Tog. oTToxwiOEiv. Luke, ix. 39; Acts, xiii. 13. See § 15. 18. "And, behold, men brought in a bed (etti kAji/tjc) a man which was taken with a palsy." IIG THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. 19. " And wlieii tliey could not find by wliat way they miglit bring him in because of the multitude, they went upon the housetop, and let him down through the tiling with his couch [avv T(^ k\ivi^'h^) into the midst before Jesus," The variety of words employed by St. Luke for the beds of the sick is remarkable. He uses four, two of which are common to him with the other Evangelists, viz. Kkivn, the general word for a bed or couch, and Kpaj3(5aTog, the pallet of the poorer classes ; and two peculiar to himself, viz. * kXl- vidiov and *KXivapiov. Here, after using the generic term kXiVj? in verse 18, he gives, in verse 19, the particular kind of kXivy] that the man was carried on, viz. a KXividiov. *KXividiov, a diminutive from KXtv}],was a small couch, and was also used, like the Latin diminutives lectica and lecticula, to denote a litter for carrying the sick, e.g. Dion. Hal. Antiq. Rom. vii. : rJKe appwarog IttX KXtvidiov KO/xiZofxevog — koi eTTudrj iravTci die^riXdev, axmaTag £/c tow KXnnSiou airyja Tolg kavrov TTOCTi dia Trig iroXeiog olicaSe vyirig. Plutarch. Coriolan. : koI Tov awpaTog ck^vm irapeOevTog aKparrig yevlcxOai. ravra B' Iv KXiviiiido ^opadr}v KopKjOdg ilg Trjv avyKXriTov aTn'iyyeiXev. airayyeiXag S', wg ^acnv, evOvg ijaOeTO pu)vvvp.Evov aiiTOv to (TWjUo, Koi avuGTag airysi dC avrov (SaSi^wv. Compare Plutarch. De animi tranq. : ol voaovvTsg tov luTpov atnwi'Tat KoX dvax^paivovai to kXiviSiov. Plutarch. Animi an Corporis Affect, sint priores: 6 ti^ awfxaTi vocrwv evOvg Kadeig tavTov ug TO kXiviEiov — laTpog ucreXOwv Trpog avOpwirov lppifip.ivov iv T(0 KAtVtSlO). That the kXiviBiov was a couch of so light a kind that a woman could lift and carry it may be seen from Aristophanes, Lysistr. 916: 0£jO£ vw IvtyKw kXiviSiov vtov. * KXivapiov, Acts, V. 15: "Insomuch that they brought forth the sick into the streets, and laid them on beds and couches" (etti KXivapiu)v icai KjOoj3/3araiv). Besides this passage in St. Luke, KXivapiov appears to be found in only two other Grreek authors, viz. Aristophanes, " Fragments," and Arrian's "Dissertations of Epictetus." The § Lxii.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 117 former is a mere fragment of a line of a lost play, from wMcli nothing can be inferred as to the nature of the KXivapiov ; but probably it was used by Aristophanes as the other diminutive kXiviSiov in the Lysistr. for a light, easily carried cou.ch. In the other passage, however, it is used for the couch of a sick person, Arriau's "Dissertations of Epictetus," iii. 5 : aXX' 17 jio'yr'jp A'Oi' ^J/v K£^aXr)v vO(TOvvtoc; ov KpaTijati. uTnOi Toivvv Trpbg r>}v jwrjrtjoa* a'stoc 700 fi tviv Ke(})a\ifv KpUTOVfUvog votrav oXX' fTTi KXivapiov KOju^pov Iv oiK(i) Kar£KeijUJ)v. airidi gov etti Tu KXivapiov' § LXII. Luke, VI. * diavvKTtpeveiv. * aTraireiv. * u7reXTri(^eiv. * ird^eiv. irapaT^piiv (verse 7, § 72). ivo\Xiiv (v. 18, § 7). efXTriirXriixi (v. 25, § 60). * irXriiiimvpa (v. 48, § 36). * 7rpo(Tp{]yvvnL (v. 48, § 36). * pifiyfjia (v. 49, § 36). "^ avfx-n'ntTuv (v. 49, § 36). 12. "And it came to pass in those days, that he went out into a mountain to pray, and continued all night (Jiv SiavvKTepevojv) in prayer to Grod." * BiavvKTspevtiv. Peculiar to St. Luke. diawKTepeveiv, Iv- vvKTepeveiv, and vvKrepeveiv were all used in medical language. Galen. Comp. Med. ii. 3 (xii. 840) : fxera Se r?ju tov Vfiivog aipaipecnv eirideaei raivi^iov koikj^vq tTriSZ/craf ea. KaXov pev ^iavvKT£osvHv' el Se py) ye, pe)(piQ wpiov tivojv. Dioscor. Medic. Parab. ii. 31 : rag Se a(j)odpag eKTrTixreiQ ev Tolg ijT]\iKoTg w^eXei oivog ev (JKiXXy yXv^eiarj diavevKTepeixrag. Dioscor. Mat. Med. ii. 91 : evwKTepevaai acpeig. Do. : taaov evvvKTepeixrai avro. Dioscor. Mat. Med. ii. 92: eaaov vvK-e- pevaai. Dioscor. Mat. Med. v. 132 : a(peg evvvKrepevaai. Galen. Comp. Med. vii. 15 (xiii. 1046) : Trpoaemx^^ St koi TOV oivov Kul TO eXaiov kuI eafrov evvvKVipevaOai. Galen. 118 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. Remed. Parab. ii. 6 (xiv. 421) : ttuxoq Irrixpie to 7rpoc7W7rov Kai evvvKTEpeve. 30. " Give to every man that asketh of thee ; and of him that taketh away thy goods ask them not again" (^j) aTraiTu) . Ch. xii. 20 : " This night shall thy soul be required of thee" {\pv)(^)]v aov aTraLTOvaiv awb aov). *aTraiTHv is used in the N. T. in these two passages only; medically it was used of diseases demanding a particular kind of treatment. Aretaeus, Cur. Acut. Morb. 103 : ov yap Bv{]9eiQ al vovaoi, oKoaai ttqo k^^6fxr]q airaiTiovai aiKvrjv. Gralen. Comm. iii. 19, Humor, (xvi. 429) : on 17 tov voarifiaTog KardcFTaaig Ktii ri wpa airaiTtT. Galen. Comm. iii. 33, Humor. (xvi. 482) : tTretS?) wg lirl ry vorrco Trjv (pXifdoTOfxiav airaiTu. Galen. Adv. Julian. 6 (xviii. A. 277) : cnraiTii toXq larpolg iTTLTekuaOai Tr)v iaaiv. Galen. Morb. Acut. 4 (xix. 192) : TTfpi Tr)v ctKjxriv oXoaxEpeaTEpag airaiTU Tpoj (paiveTui koXXov. Galen. 120 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. Meth. Med. v. 4 (x. 321) : arpifxa irii^ovTa ti^ SaKTv\(jf) rrjv pL^av Tov aWdov. Galen. Comm. ii. 30, Offic. (xviii. B. 808) : il TidaavTtQ TO Bipfxa tyiv kv fxicrtf) tCjv yjiiXwy \wpav fiOToig TrXrjjOOVjUEV. § LXIII. Luke, VII. * SiaAsiTTEtv. * iKXeiireiv. Biaau)tiiiv (verse 3, § 98). * KaraKkiveiv (v. 36, § 46). iKfiaa- GHv (v. 38, § 61). vTToXap^uvHv (v. 43, § 65). 45. "Thou gavest me no kiss: but this woman since the time I came in hath not ceased [ddXiire) to kiss my feet." * StaXeiTTEiv is peculiar to St. Luke ; so also is *eKXai7r£iv : eh. xvi. 9, " Make to yourselves friends of the mammon of unrighteousness; that, when ye fail {*eKXiTrr]T£), they may receive you into everlasting habitations"; and ch. xxii. 32, " But I have prayed for thee, that thy faith fail not " {fxri £KXei7rrj). It is remarkable that St. Luke alone uses these two words, which, from the position they hold in medical, lan- guage, must have been in daily use with a physician, dia- Xdirav, as applied to disease or the pulse, signified " to be intermittent." It means also " to discontinue the giving of remedies for a time." Hipp. Coac. Progn. 184 : ol Ss i:fnrvr\aiv TTuperoi ^laAfiTTovrec ^(piSpovvTsg ol ttoWoi. Hipp. Loc. in Hom. 414 : i)v juj) tjSSojucuov 6 TrvptTog cKpy — ifjv Se IvvaTolov Svo rtfxepag SiaXnroJv Xa^rjrat. Hipp. Morb. 467 : BtaXiTriov oXiyov ^^povov Karw Kadiipai — SiaXnrMv i^^xipag rpslg (jtap/xaKOv TTiaai kvltw. Hipp. Epid. 990 : TQtg Se ^dXiTTZv airvpog Hipp. Epid. 1093: el yap 6 Trvperog diaXdirot. koX SiuKOv^iaaisv iraXiv vTriaTpecpe. Hipp. Aph. 1251 : iv rolai /xi) diaXeiirovai irvpeToTai. Aretaeus, Sign. Acut. Morb. 28 : a(j)vypo\ Sia- XtiTTovTig, uTUKToi, tKXuTTovTtg. Aret. Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 32 : Ttcrt yap plv aiSiog 6 Trovog Koi fxiKpbg, aXX' ov BiaXdirwv. ^ Lxiv.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 121 Aret. Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 75 : E,vvEx.^ifj fxlv ovv no^aypr} oh p>/tSiit)g yiyvBTcu, diaXuTTH Si £(70' ottjj xpovov fxaKpov. Galen. Comm. iii. 165, Praedic. (xvi. 830) : wc vvIku julIv ol ;Si} fxlv avfnreTrXripuyfxivrjv wg vevek/owct- 6ai TO popiov ctdvvaTov laadai, Galen. Comm. iv. 27, Artie, (xviii. A. 706) : el prj (twukoXovOouv ol avTinTapivoi Tolg Ivspytiv iTn-)(^Eipovat p,va\v aEvvaTOv Igtiv avToXg avfxirXii^pwaai Tijv Ivepyuav. Galen. Comm. 1, Offic. Proem, (xviii. B. 630) : i^ tt»v xeipovpyia avfiirX-npovTai. Galen. TJsus Part. iii. 1 (iii. 168) : awfxaTog Ik tCjv Kara tov BwpaKO. T£ koX Tr)v KOiXiav fxopiwv avpirXripovfxivov. Galen. Usus Part vii. 3 (iii. 519) : 7j (piKTig TTfiv TO yuera^v Xapvyyog t£ koX irvevfxovog tv tovt(j^ aviiirXripwaaaa. Galen. Comm. iii. 5, Progn. (xviii. B. 242) : tLKOGLv rifxipag avpTrXijpovoOai — ovrwg al TpiXg kl^dofxadig HKOGLv i]ptpCjv apiBpov (Tvp7rXr]pov(n. ^tKirXripovv. Acts, xiii. 33 : " God hath fulfilled {iKTmrXri- pwK£) the same unto us their children." Hipp. Flat. 299 : K£vw6aiai]g yap TravTiXujg Ttig KOiXirig oi) Tptlg i]pipai diiXOujai Kui iraXiv vrAZ/prjc yiviTai, tl ovv apa tori TO TrXripuicxav aXX' i) to TTVEVfxa ; ti yap av ovTojg oXXo TaxioJ€ iK^nX^ipwatv. Hipp. Yic. Eat, 341 : vmvavTiag ptv yap aXXyXoLaiv t'x^' ''"? dvvaficig aiTia ncai irovoi, ttovol ptv yap TTt^VKaCTtv avaXCjcrai to, virapxovTa, aiTia KaX itotvl £K7rX»/- pwaat Tu KivwOtvTu. Dioscorides, Mat. Med. iv. 154 : XP^^'-' § Lxiv.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 123 fievet St Koi Trpog kirayioyia tvri riov f.n) Ik Trfptro/a/c Xf/TroSfp- juwi' o'(Sj),ua eysiodjv oirep — to iXAstTrtc '"'ic Trocrurjc e/cttAjjooT. Gralen. Nat. Facul. iii. 13 (ii. 199) : loairep ovv ^woig avroTg opoQ tcrri T}]g tSwSf/c to ticTrXrjpwo-at tjjv yaaripa. Galen. Titer. Dissec. 4 (ii. 892) : 7j S' av fxejicrrt] rag re Xayovag E/cTreTrXT^pw/cE koX to viroyaaTpiov. Galen. Usus. Part. vi. 2 (iii. 411) : 6 irvEVfXwv iKTreirXrjpwKe tov Oijjpr\KOg Tr\v ivpvTriTa. Galen. Usus. Part. vi. 4 (iii. 423) : tov OtvpciKog ev ti^ EiatrTiX- XsaOat TO piv aXXo TTav KVTog 6 aviouev tfCTrXrjpoT \o[56g. Galen. Usus. Part. vii. 9 (iii. 546) : 6ti pev ovv 6 irvevpwv aira(Tav ticTTETrX/jowKE rrjv £vpv)(^ii)piav tov dwpoKog. Galen. Caus. Puis. i. 8 (ix. 28) : ovS" ovTiog sKTrXr^poixri tijv \pei.av. Galen. Progn. ex Puis. ii. 8 (ix. 306) : k^ttbit avdtg EicTrXrj- pioaacrr^g t})v BiaaToXriv. * £K7rXj/pw(7tc- Acts, xxi. 26 : " Then Paul took the men, and the next day purifjdng himself with them entered into the temple, to signifying the accoinjjlishment (r?]v eKTrXijpwaiv) of the days of purification." Galen. Progn. ex Puis, iv. 12 (ix. 427) : avfrriXXovTai dl TOCFOVTOV povov oju/3an'£t iuLeyi(TTr]v jiveaOai tyjv diaarpocpriv tov kwXov Ttjg ava\y\pe(jjg 7rAj)jUjU£Xr)0£i<7J7^ — ouS' uXojg yiveaOai Stacrrpo^jji' £7ri Trig po)(Br}pag avaXi'iipewg. S^ I.XV.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 12o Of recovery from sickness. Hipp. Aliment. 383 : 6k6(toi Taxiit]g irpocrdicnog Seovrai, vypbv ti},ua elg avaXrixpiv dvvaixiog KpariiTTov. Aret. Cur. Morb. Diuturn. 135 : eg Si rriv ava- ^rfxpiv eoTd) oKucra Kou^a y (f)V(ni. Dioscorides, Animal. Yen. Proem. : airaWay fxivojv rTfg vocrov, oraXi/i^£Ct»c Si kol puyaewg diofiivujv. Galen. Oomm. ii. 44, Acut. Morb. (xv. 595) : KarcKyraaig Ttjg avaXi)\p£iog o.\pi rr^g kou' ic,iv vyHctg. Galen. Comm. ii. 23, Humor, (xvi. 286) : (paiverai Kaipovg rpng Tiov aTroaraarEiov iTTLTiOivai, 'iva f.iev iv ToXg voaoig, 'irspov Si iv Talg avaXi'i'ipscn, rpiTOv Si irpb Trig vocrov. Galen. Medicus. 10, (xiv. 701) : ilg ava\r]\piv riig oxpstog. avaXajLi^dveiv. Acts, i. 2 : " Until tlie day on which he was tahen vp'^ {ave\i)(pdi]) . ava\afx(5avsiv, used eig/it times by St. Luke, and but fre times in the rest of the N. T., was very much employed in medical language in various senses. Some of the other compounds of \aiu(5av£iv, common in medical language, are peculiar to St. Luke. Hipp. Fract. 762 : irijx^og fxlv yap kol (dpa^iovog lirriv iTTiSiBioaiv OGTia KCireayoTa avaXaf.i[5aveTai i) X^^P- Hipp. Artie. 793 : a(j)£vS6vi]v \pri ek raivn^g tteoi to o^if row ciyKU)- vog 7rou](TavTa ava\af.i(5iivtiv TnpX tov av^iva. Hipp. Moch. 850: avaXa(5(i)v Trjv yap ixaaxa\r]v Taiviy avoKpefxacrai. Hipp. Intern. Affect. 539 : 6 v£(ppog kg hovTOv avaXajSiov tpXiyfuia /irj a^irj ttoXiv. Hipp. Morb. Mul. 620 : pi]Tivr\v ^vjufiiayovaa irpoaTidst. TM Hpi(t) avaXai^ilSavovaa. Hipp. Coac. Progn. 135 : ol Ik i^aKpHjv avaXan(3avovTeg. Dioscorides, Mat. Med. V. 13 : ETTt Th)v Ik vocrov avaXafi(5av6vT(ov xpovltog. Dioscor. Mat. Med. v. 25 : a.vaXafi(5avei dl Kai roue Xiav acrOevEig. Dioscor. Med. Parab. i. 53 : koxXiov to KoXXcoSeg (3iX6vy avaXa/xftavoiievov. Galen. Comm. ii. 7, Epid. ii. (xvii. A. 400) : uTTO tov juaKpov vocri^jnaTog tviv dvvafxiv avaXafx(3avo- fxivovg. *vTroXaiJi(5aveiv. Acts, i. 9: "And when he had spoken these things, while they beheld, he was taken up ; and a cloud received (vrriXafitv) him out of their sight." 126 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. Used also in Acts, ii. 15 : Luke, vii. 43 ; x. 30 ; and peculiar to St. Luke, unless it be the true reading in III. Jolin, 8. Hipp. Acr. 293 : orav Se cnroppvy to aifia vttvoq viroXafi- (5avii VTTO aaOevdag. Hipp. Morb. Mul. 607 : (BnK vTToXi}- ipSTcu. Hipp. Morb. 470 : rjv St j3>)^ vKo\a[5r} vTTO\pi^}iipa.fiivOQ kai cLTTOKaQapBuq, vyirjg yiverai. Hipp. Epid. 1147 : ore Se Kai a(pi]KS plyog vttoAojSov. Hipp. Epid. 1147 : Trvperog v7rsXafx(davev. Hipp. Epid. 1150 : dvaevTEpiri ^l UTTiXa/Be. Hipp. Epid. 1150 : irvpeToi dl avrov v7ri\a[5ov. Hipp. Epid. 1151: airaajuLog Si XfTpa Trjv apicFTepriv V7r£\afx(5avev. Hipp. Epid. 1227 : plyog 8' eanv ore kol irvpSTog WTreXa/ijSave. Hipp. Epid. 1234 : vinXafxlSavov Se eviore OapfxaX XcTrrat. * av\Xafi(5av£iv and * (7uXXa/i|3av£tv Iv yacrrpi. See § 57. * (TvnTT£piXaf^i(5av£iv. Acts, XX. 10 : " And Paul went down, and fell on him, and embracing him ((7UjU7r€ptXa/3ct»v) said, Trouble not yourselves : for his life is in him." Pecu- liar to St. Luke. Galen. Comp. Med. iv. 5 (xiii. 685) : ilhto. tovto ttoXiv tTTiTiOeTai 7rXaTva[ia 'irepov avjunrspiXafil^dvov Koi to. xuXi) tov eXkouc- 33. " And it came to pass, as they departed from him (ev t(j^ ^lax^fjjpi^ecrSaL avToiig cnr' avrov), Peter said unto Jesus, Master, it is good for us to be here : and let us make three tabernacles ; one for thee, and one for Moses, and one for Elias : not knowing what he said." * diax^jpiKiiv is peculiar to St. Luke, and used, as well as S/axwjOi(T^ocj in medical language. Hipp. De Acie Yidendi. 689 : iirei^av n re odvvr] Travo-rj- TUi KOI ciaxojpia9}j Kara ttjv laaXeixpiv rov (papfiaKOv. Gralen. Anat. Muscul. (xviii. B. 949) : aWa rovrovg fxlv ovk ri^wnOti ^ia\(i)pi(Tai Twv pa\iTwv. Do. (978) : dia\wpitioiJ.ivwv Sk tCjv avfx(pv(ov fxvCov. Gralen. Ars. Med. 7 (i. 249) : rovg yovv ^UKTvXovg ei (tujuttXI^^c aXXijXoig) eiT avdig a.Tro)(wpltloig, ovB^ 17 (jvvodog ovB' 6 dia^wpiafiog oBvvriv spyaasTai. Galen. § Lxv.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 127 Element, ii. 9 (i. 490) : ^la raura kuv no 7rapa;(pi)/.ta fxtv oiov Tt cia\wpi(Tcu wdXiv air aX At/Aw v tvia tCjv avaiiiyOivTijjv. Galen. Usus. Part. vii. 1 (iii. 612) : 1-kh^i] yap £x<»^(^'<^^')^«»^ T£ KOI Su\u)pi(T9i](Tav ott' aXXyXwv 6 Owpa^ /cat to aropu. Galen. Usus Part. x. 2 (iii. 764) — Iv o00aA/^toTc S' afxcpoTtpag Bis\u)piaav utt' aWi'iXwv ye koI rrig avwOev aiTo^vaeuyg. Galen. Aliment. Facul. i. 2 (vi. 483) : ^17 Sm^wpt^ojuevou tov ttltv- pwSovg airo tov KuOapov. Galen. Progn. ex Puis. iv. 2 (viii. 945) : kuO^ ijv Tovg irXiipeig kuI kevovq oivovg oia^wpi- a7ro\wpi^£iv. Acts, XV. 39 : " And tlie contention was so sharp between them, that thci/ departed asunder [airoxcopLaOTjvai) one from the other." This word is met in one only other passage in N. T. — Eevelation, vi. 14 — and was frequently used in medical language. Galen. Comm. 21, Nat. Hom. 1 (xv. 62) : otuv twv raa- aapwv Tig -^^vfXMv avrog kut iavTov 'laTt]Tai irov kuto. ti popiov aTrox(iipi) f/iTTEay Taxt^ra. Hipp. Artie. 819 : fjv Se f.it)pov i^ Lxvii.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 131 apOpov £^ la->(iov EKTriari, eKTriTTTH de Kara riaaapaq Tpoirovg. Gralen. Comm. i. 3, Artie, (xviii. A. 310) : to kut wfxov cipOpov TravT(i)v tCjv liWuJv sTOifiorepov eKmirrei. Galen. Comm. i. 6, Artie, (xviii. A. 317) : dia Svo alriag tK-n-iirTeiv lipOpov TTVKvfog. Gralen. Comm. i. 7, Artie, (xviii. A. 322) : olg fxlv ovv iKiriiTTH -nVKvijjg avajKr} rriv ts didpOpujaiv eIvul Xa^apav. Galen. Comm. ii. 2, Artie, (xviii. A. 428) : dm ts ovi> Tavra BvctKoXojg tKTriTrrfi kcu dia ttiv avex^vTOJv fxviov fi(x)}xr\v. * avTiTrliTTHv. Acts, vii. 51 : " Yo stiffneeked and uneir- cumcised in heart and ears, ye do always resist {avTnriwTeTf:) the Holy Ghost." Peculiar to St. Luke. Hipp.Yet.Med. 18: otuv ^^ ejKvpcry TrXafiL t£ kuX avTiicsifiivii) kcu ti wpog avTO avrnridrj, kuI (jjvaet TOVTO Tv\rj fxijTe i<7-)(ypov lav — cnraXov ts koi tvaijiiov koi TTVKvbv, olov rjirap, &c. Dioscor. Animal. Yen. 3 : /caraAa/^- (Bavofxsva yap avTnriirTsi Trj irapsiddixjei rrig (j)6opoTroiov dvvd- psQaXpwv Trspiwdvviag 6TrTt)9ei(Ta avv KpOKO) Koi poBivt^' irpog ts rag TTEpi SaKTvXuJV (j)Xeypovag kqI KOvcvXwpara avv piXiXojTti) ptTo. poog 7] KrjKioog Tr^yaviaOelcra KaX pp(i)9el(Ta 'i(XTt]ai KOiXiav, koi pe6' eavTrjv Be 7rpoaev£\6ti. Luke, xxiv. 17: "And he said unto them, What manner of communications are these that i/e hare one to another [avTijSaXXeTs irpog aWiiXovg), as ye walk, and are sad?" Peculiar to St. Luke. Hipp. Oss. Nat. 279 : koi vefierai avu) irapa tov avTiKvt]fiiov ti)v avTij^eldXri/Liivr^v KepKida. Galen. Anat. viii. 7 (ii. 686) : tovtov ool KctXCjg 7rpa\divTog, iKKOTTTeijdai TO Trig irXevpag oarovv, avrt/SaXAo/ievwv SuoTv aXXi'iXoLg iKKOTTtcov wg Wog. Hipp. Fract. 759 : aAXore irpog Tct uKpa TOV iroSog avTi7repi(iciXXovTa. * Sia(5aXXeiv. Luke, xvi. 1 : " There was a certain rich man, which had a steward ; and the same teas accused (St£/3A}'/0>/) unto him that he had wasted his goods." Peculiar to St. Luke. Hipp. De Cor. 270 : eviropki Se T})v Tpo(l>riv Ik Trig ijyicjTa Se^ajnivrig tov aijxaTog ciaj^aXXovcra Tag (iKTlvag Kcd vefxofxivrj wairep Ik vr^cvog tu)v IvTapivv tyiv Tpo(priv ovK ov KaTO. ^vaiv. Hipp. Nat. Mul. 568 : eTrrjv dia(5uXXri Tovg TOKOvg (pvau utokoq lovaa. Hipp. Morb. 513 : ovTOt Se ol TavTa XtyovTeg, Sia(5aXXovTai tovto) o) /.leXXu) ipisiv oTi 6 TrXsvfxiov KolXog tcrrt. Galen. San. Tuend. iii. 4 (vi. 186) : TToXXoi yap kokwc ap^aixevoi Sie[iXi)9ri(Tav ovt(o uXov TO iTTiTiicevjua Trig \pv)(^poXov(jiag wctte jutj^e ToXg acr^aXwc avTO jxiTa\tipiZ,ofxivoig virofxivtiv kavTOvg ttote irapacr^uv. Galen. Remed. Parab. ii. 14 (xiv. 466) : u)ov, fiiXi, otvov, (rioia, 'icra Sta/SaXXwi' TiiyaviZ^ Ka\ ireTripeuig p.iKpbv iTrnrcKJcrMv Sidov iriHv. Galen. Medicus, 19 (xiv. 789) : IttX plv ovv twv (TVVTeTpriijiivMV slg tov daKTvXiov SiajiaXXtov ttiv jUTjXwrtoa. Galen. Comm. 5, Nat. Hom. i. (xv. 36) : So^ai/ wg ouk aXridii Sta/3aXXav. Galen. Comm. ii. 18, Morb. Acut. (xv. 547) : £s (Jjv fxiKpoTspa Su(5aXXe Kul Triv utt' eKSivtjJV Iv^eiKiw- fisvog (5Xd[5riv. Galen. Comm. ii. 9, Epid. vi. (xvii. A. 913) : oiafidXXtiv iTri>(^eipov(nv — ir/atv vtto twv IvavTiwv, &C., &C. 140 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [paht ii. * fierajdaXXeiv. Acts, sxviii. 6 : " But after they had looked a great while, and saw no harm come to him, they changed their minds (jUcrajSaAXo/ievot), and said that he was a god." Peculiar to St. Luke, and very much used in medical language. Hipp. Nat. Hom. 229 : to. imlv SiaiTiiiJ.aTa fxrj ILi£Ta(5aXXeiv. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 390 : Iv yai T£ vovaoiaiv oh \pi) fxeral^aXXiiv £(c Ktvayydrjg eg po(j)i)/xaTa, Iv ravrym jUErajSaXXoixTt koi ojg sTTtroTroXi) a/xapTavovcnv, kvioTS Se Iv ToXai KaiQoiai jutraldaXXovcnv Ig ra po(p^fxaTa Ik rrig Kevayyetrjg. Hipp. Epid. 1010 : al fXiral^oXaL uxjtsXiovtJiv rjv fjirj Ig Trovrjpa ^£raj3aXXrj. Aretaeus, Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 49 : i]v Si /meTci- jBaWy ilg TO apxaiov i) (pvcrig — koi tov vopu)Tra njauTO. Dioscor. Mat. Med. i. 62 : juwXwttqc ts Taxi(^Q jutra/BaXXet. Galen. Comm. 2, Nat. Hom. i. (xv. 30) : voijorat fxivroi dwarov kripav pXv uvea tov fxtTa^aWovTog Trjv ovcriav, eTtpav ol ttjv fxeTajdoXriv avTov, ov yap tqvto etJTt to /zerajSaXXov aCofia Ty KUT avTO jUerajSoXy, to /mkv yap fiETaj^aXXov £crri to vttoku- fXEVov, 1] juera/SoXi) Si avTov kuto, ti)v tmv ttoloti^tojv aiuoi(5rjv jiveTai. Galen. Comm. i. 19, Humor, (xvi. 181) : avrij St ri (pXeyfiOvr) slg airocrTamv fX£Ta(5aXXeTai. *'irpof3aXX£iv. Luke, xxi. 29, 30: " And he spake to them a parable : Behold the fig tree, and all the trees ; when they now shoot forth" (TrpojSaXwaiv) . Acts, xix. 33 : " And they drew Alexander out of the multitude, the Jews putting him fonvard" {Trpo^aXovTwv). Peculiar to St. Luke. Dioscorides uses the word in the same way of plants putting forth flowers or emitting smell. Dioscor. Mat. Med. ii. 205: Oepovg Se yaXoKTivov avdog irpo- jSaXXet. Dioscor. Mat. Med. iv. 50 : TrpofSaXXei Se Kara to (pdivonwpov TO. ^vXXa Tpayov 6(j/x{]v. Dioscor. Animal. Yen. 1 : (fXiyfxa TToXv a^pM^eg Ik row arofxaTog koi twv pivCjv TrpojdaXXei. Hipp. Morb. 481 : acKVtjv TrpojSaXXfiv koi rag (pXifdag cnroTv\pai. Hipp. Vet. Med. 17 : at aiKvai 7rpo/3aXXojii£vat. Hipp. Artie. 785 : 7rax«« ^Iv i] TrpojSoXjj tov \eiXiog. Aretaeus, Sign. Acut. Morb. 11 : rjv Si to lfx-Kvr]p.a ig to § Lxviii.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 141 lii£- Galen. Anatom. i. 5 (ii. 252) : aurrj p^v ay\ttpr](ng taTOJ gol Trtpi Tovg VTro^i^X-qpiivovg rt^ (Tvvdiapio Tevovrag, * ava/3oA//. Acts, XXV. 17 : " Therefore, when they were come hither, loithout any delay {avaj5oXriv p}]dep.iav Trotrjo-a- ixsvog) on the morrow I sat on the judgment-seat," &c. Peculiar to St. Luke. Used in medical language of delay in treating disease, &c. Hipp. Epid. 1278 : rf^i^lC p^v yap Traatjg aXXoTpiov ava- [ioXi], iriTpiKtig dl Kal iravv, Iv y i^v^iig Kiv^vvog -)) VTripOecrig. Aretaeus. Cur. Acut. Morb. 95 : xpv ^t pn^e kg tu aXXa to. psyaXa aKsa piXXeiv, ov ytip Kaipbg ap(3oXrig. Aret. Cur. Acut. Morb. 100: ovk ap(3oXrig KQipog Iv TrXivpiTiKolcn. Aret. Cur. Acut. Morb. 117 : kg (daiov \p6vov hj tov ttovov ap(5oXr]. Aret. Cur. Acut. Morb. 122: rjv S' a^ alpoppayirig 6 Kivovvog, 'lax^^Lv plv ouK elg apjBoXriv rwvSe paXXov. Aret. Cur. Morb. Diuturn. 127: kv t^&i ^^oov'ujcjl vovaoiai r) ap[5oXi) Ttig lit)Tp(irig /coKor. Aret. Caus. Acut. Morb. 13 : ovk dg paKpav tov Oav- uTov 7] ap(5oXr]. Dioscorides, Animal. Ven. Proem. : oXiya pav yap Kal tojv tojSoAcuv Kal tujv Oavaaip.u}v a\oXaiovg Kai £s ava/SoAf/c art ii. Hipp. Morb. Sacr. 305 : u oIq ilai Kcil 01 v£(ppoi. Galen. Anat. Muscul. (xviii. B. 983) : oiiTog d jLivg airTtTai /ilv asi ku\ tov (5pa\l.ovog uvtov tcara Tijif rrpioTiji) ijLKpvmv oXijov ti Trpoaaval^cuinov otto tov kovSiiXov. Galen. Comm. iii. 132, Praedic. i. (xvi. 794) : TrXijOovg yap riQpoiafxivov kcitu rag (j>Xij5ag Xeirrbg jxiv Tig bppog avTi^y avppiu)v £ig Trjv yacfTspa Tag KapBiaXyiag ipya^eTai wpoaava- [5aivtov ETTi TO KQT avTTjv oTopa. Galen. San. Tuend. vi. 11 (vi. 434) : KOI Trpoaavi^atvtv an to. avpiTTwpaTa To7g vwipKeipivoig fiipeai. KaTaftalviiv : ■'iee § 56. *KaTa^aaig, Luke, xix. 37. "At the descent (ry (cara/3ao-6i) of the Mount of Olives." Both this word and ava^arng were in use in medical language. Hipp. Humor. 47 : TrtTracrpbg, KUTafiaaig tmv KaTb), liriTToXaatg tmv avto, kch to. it, ixTTipiwv. Galen. Hipp, et Plat. Decret. iii. 5 (v. 322) : oi>t£ rTjc KaTaliacntvg tujv pr)9ivTU)v H pi) TTSpl TOV OtopaKa — lav y irspl tov OwpuKa, otKeiwg KaTaj^acrig prjOifcreTai. Galen. Comm. iv. 24, Alim. (xv. 411) : ai ucol Ku\ oiov 6;^Eroi Iv tw cnopaTi tlari to. KaXovpeva ott' uvtov ayytla — ry Te ava(5a(Tei Kal ry KaTa(5a(TH vTTripiTovcTi. Galen. Comm. i. 9, Aph. (xvii. B. 378) : VTroKaTa[5aiviiv iKiXsvae Ti)g la^aTiog XeiTTrig Statrrjc — vvv TTpoaTidrjaiv ETspov (tkottov dg ctic/otjSftav Toi) to irocrbv Xu(5iTv Trig vTroKaTa(ia(re(,>g. It was also applied to " the going down," " descent," of a patient into a bath. Dioscor. Medic. Parab. i. 230 : ilg tijv epf^amv tov IXaiov KaTtijiaaig. And avafDa(Tig to one of the stages of a sickness. Galen. Comm. i. 3, Humor, (xvi. 71) : /Jkei Se 6 ctVTspog Kaipog 6 Trig avapaaibog ovopaZopivog. avMTepov. Hipp. Fract. 797 : oTnp (aroKXiin Tag Ki(paXar 148 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. Trig KttTio yvaOov rf;c /mlv avwripw Ibv, rfig ol Karwrtpuj twv K£(pa\ai(jijv. Hipp. Fract. 802 : i) icarw Tov )(ovd()ov »} avioTepu). Hipp. Fract. 807 : oaoicri av r) avwripu) tmv (j>p£vu)v TO Kvcpog. Hipp. Fract. 808 : TrpoaEyjcrai Se KaTWTipto iKaTipov TU)v yovvciTMv Ka\ avwTipo). Hipp. Fract. 794 : ^iriaig St a^iifxaTog plv oXiyov avioTtph) aKpr]v ttiv X"/^" TOV ayKU)Vog £X£tv. Hipp. Fract. 776 : to Se o-kIAoc avijJTipo} ^X^'-^' Hipp. Al'tic. 822 : arap Km avivripij} (paivtTai 6 yXovTog. Gralen. Comm. i. 15, Off. (xviii. B. 692) : ovic avtOTepo) Twv ayKwvwv ttiv 7rfpepiadaL TiTTupa Z,tvyi] ^Af|3wv — tu. TeTTupa iKHvci Ktvyrj (pXi^diov. Galen. Comm. 6, Nat. Horn. ii. (xv. 138): hfpov o aXXo c,evyog (pXi(iiov ap^j^Tui — uxrTTfp to irpoTepov ^evyog. Galen. Comm. 7, Nat. Hom. ii. (xv. 146) : tu TtTTapa Z,ivyr] tCjv (}iXi(iu)v. Do. 8 (148) : ti^ Trpwrw ^ivyei tcov (jiXejShiV. Do. (149) : T({) Bl SiVTipio Z,ivyii 0Afj3wi^. Galen. Comm. ii. 3, Artie, (xviii. A. 431) : to o h-spov ^tvyog pvCjv oTrep Tag KOpMvag ipcjiipecrOai tov Spaxpitg rj', Kioniov aniopaTog Spa^juac o, XiOov a'tpuTiTOv Spaxi^ag S, voaKvapov airipparog bpaxpag rj , j^jg ^apiag Spa^juac 7'. Galen. Comp. Med. viii. 5 (xiii. 187) : (5BiXXiov pvav a , Kr}pov pvav a', pr)Tivr]g pvag S , TepspivOivrjg pvag S', KunfTtag pvag 8', (Tpvpvi]g ava pvag S', &C. ^ Lxxii.] TUE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 151 § LXXII. Luke, XVI. *Staj3a/\X£tr (verse 1, § 68). *k-/\a'7rf(v (v. 9, ^ 63). ^Xkovv (v. 20, ^ 22). a^oc (v. 21, § 22). * KaTa^PvxHv (v. 24, § 22). *6dvvaaecu (v. 24, § 22). cTTnp'itieiv (v. 26, § 22). *Xa(Tiua(Y. 26, §22). Luke, XVII. * XvaiTtXtlv. * aVKajuiivog. * (TU(co/.topfa. * 7raoarif/oij(T((,'. TrapaTr}f)iiv. * Biari^odv. r»';p»j(Tic- ^ C,Moyovdv. irpodTiOivai (verse 5, § 59). 2. "/df were better for him (XvaireXei avT(o) that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and he cast into the sea, than that he should offend one of these little ones." *Xv(nTiXuv. This is the only passage in the N. T. where this word occurs ; it is common in the medical writers, and by Hippocrates is used, as by St. Luke, with a comparative force. Hipp. Fract. 765 : wort XvairEXtl rbv juiXXovra KUKiog h^ToevBaOai afxcponpa KarayrivaL ra (TKiXea /laXXov r/ to IVepoy. Hipp. Fract. 773 : XvairtXiei Se oTriau) ifi(iaXXtiv to oaTiov £1 olovTE tix] aoyXwQ. Epid. 1170 : /ecu OTrrj tpiv^iQ XvaiTsXiu Koi aXXa TOiavTa. Hipp. Praedic. 98 : XvcriTeXeX Se kcu G(paK£Xi(Tnoc: vivpov. Hipp. Vict. Acut. Morb. 389 : okote ■yowv TcivTa yivETai toTcfiv vyiaivovaiv eveKev EiaiTr^g luHTaJDoXtig ovTe TTpoadtTvai XvaiTtXitiv (paiveTUi ovTa acpeXisiv. Hipp. Vict. Morb. Acut. 390 : oAwc cKpeXelv 7roAAo\ou XvcriTeXiet, oKou ^lapKiiiv fxiXXti 6 Kajuvcov. Hipp. Vict. Morb. Acut. 395 : KivSwog fxi) XvmTeXieiv to XovTpov aXXa /jloXXov fiXaiTTeiv. Galen. Eenum Affect. 6 (xix. 687): priTtov ts IdtKMTspov TToToc TU)v o'lviov Goi TTpoacpopoQ, uXXog yup aXXoig XvaiTiXu. Galen. Comp. Med. i. 2 (xiii. 370) : tu XvaiTeXovvTa ToXg BepaTniag diofxivoig arwfxamv. Galen. Comm. ii. 36, Epid. vi. (xvii. A. 967) : ott*; eoav^ig XvaiTiXtl. 152 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [paut i. * crvKajmivoQ. 6. "And the Lord said, If ye had faith as a grain of mustard seed, ye might say unto this sycaiidne tree (r^ (rvKafxivM), Be thou plucked up by the root, and be thou planted in the sea ; and it should obey you." * avKOfiopia. Luke, xix. 4 : " And he ran before, and climbed up into a sycomore tree {im avKOfxopiav) to see him : for he was to pass that way." St. Luke distinguishes between the mulberry tree {gvkcl- fiivog) and the fig-mulberry {avKOfxopia). This distinction was not always made : even the LXX. call the fig-mulberry avKafxivoQ. Dioscorides notices this confusion of names. Mat. Med. i. 181 : avKOfiopov tvioi c\ Ka\ tovto (rvKafxivov Xijovai. A physician would readily make the distinction, as both were used medicinally, and are frequently prescribed in the medical writers. Dioscor. Mat. Med. i. 180, 181, states their medical uses : Trepi fxopiaq — fiopia rj avKUfiivia civdpeov tori jvwpipov, r/c o Kapirog Xvtikoq KOi\iag, tv(l>Oap- TOQ, KaKoerropaxog, \yX6Q iiprtOaig St ev xaXKwpaTi rj rfXiaaOHg (TTVTTTlKWTSpOQ JlViTat, piJiVTOQ Si aVTOV oXlJOV ptXlTOQ TTOltL TTpbg pevpara teat vo/xag kuI TrapiaOpia (pXeypaivovTU. 6 0£ Trig pi^rig (pXoibg (TVVE\pr]deig vdari Koi TToOtig KOiXiav Xvti kcu TrXaTiTav sXpivOa iKTivcKrati koi roXg ukovitov TreTrojKOcn j3oi)0a, Tct El ^vXXa Xila avv IXalo) KaTaTrXacrOevra TrepiKavara larai, &C. TTEpi ^VKopopov — avKopopov Sivdpov di 1(tti ptya, opotov Ttj (TVKy, TToXv^vXov CT^oSpa, To7g (pvXXoig ioiKog popia, — iari ot, iVKoiXiog u KupTrbg, arpocpog, KaKoaropa^og — cvvapiv Si t^£i 6 oirog paXaKTiKi)v, ko\Xi]Tiki)v Tpavparwv, SiacpoprjTiKrjv t{1)v SvaTriirTiov TrivETai Si kcu uvy^piiTUL TTpbg ipireTiov Sriypara KOI laKippwpevovg (nrXrivag, (TTopaxov n aXyi)paTa kol (ppiKiag. Gralen also gives the medicinal properties of both trees. De Facul. Aliment, ii. 11: vrcpi (rvKapivutv ii koi p.6pa aaXovai. Do. ii. 35 : Trspl (jvKopopwv. 20. " And when he was demanded of the Pharisees, when the kingdom of God should come, he answered them and said, The kingdom of God cometh not with observation'' {piTu irapaT)]p{\Gi.wg) . $ Lxxii.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 153 * TrapaTiipt}(TLg is peculiar to St. Luke, and was em- ployed (as also Ti'ipricng) to denote medical observation of disease. Dioscor. Animal. Ven. Proem. : oloi' eirl tmv drtpio- c{]KTwv Kcti Oat'aa'iiuKvv i] tTri rCov Xonriov, apictaurjaOjUt^a tij Tra/jarijpiiaii — ttoo ti^c Troporjjp/yaiOJC trr^ tptTov. Galon. Def. Med. 176 (xix. 396) : viro/.u'}fGTiKov m^fjiuov ian, log ol IjUTTSipiKol Xiyovai irpajpa (patvopwov kcu yiv(jo(TKupivov t/c 7rpo7ra()arj/(>>)- miog. Galen. De Opt. Sect. 2 (i. 109) : t(ov Se ^mvopiifcov ph>, pi) f^ lavTiov o£, aAX' i^ tTipiov KaTaXapjSai'Ophxvv, Kpmjpiov iCTTi avpTrapaTr)pr}(TiQ. Galen. Opt. Sect. 10 (i. 127) : I'tTav yap rotg (^XanTOvai avpiriTrrij to aup(j>ipov tote ovre TTopuTjjpiiaei ovTi XoyKTpv^. Galen. Opt. Sect. 11 (i. 131) : (tvev airoSii^ewg kcu irapaTrfpi^crsuig. Galen. Opt. Sect. 10 (i. 127): TjJ avpirapaTijoiicrei KciTaXapldch'tcrOai. TrapaTt)pHv. Luke, vi. 7 : " And the scribes and Phari- sees watched him {irapeTiipovv) , whether he would heal on the sabbath day." This word, used four times by St. Luke — vi. 7, xiv. 1, XX. 20 ; Acts, ix. 24 — and twice elsewhere — Mark, iii. 2 ; Gal. iv. 10 — was employed in medical language to express close observation of the symptoms of an illness — the con- stitution of a patient, &c. Hipp. Acut. Morb. 405 : Trig ^taiTriTiKng Ioti piyiaTOv TTapaTTipuv KOI (^vXaTTuv Kcd Tag liriTaaiag twv TTvpeTiov kuI Tag avtmag. Hipp. Epis. 1286 : -^pi) ovv tov lUTpov /cat oiacpoprjv Kal (vprtv Kol rjXiKiriv 7rapaTr}novvTa h}Tpeveiv to TTadog. Ilipp. Acut. Morb. 398 : deppoXai ^t ovai Bippaofxa pri^lv Trpoa^tjOf, aXXa TrapaTi'ipei oKUjg pri i^v\B{}(70vtui. Galen. Comm. iii. 20, Epid. ii. (xvii. A. 270) : oh yap OKpi^tog TavTa TrapaTrjpricfev 'iva icai iiripeXiog i^r]yeiadai SvvaiTo. Galen. Comm. i. 13, Epid. iii. (xvii. A. 561) : (jjairep ouk etti TTavTwv p\v tCjv voaovvTiov KOiviog irapa- TTjpovptvov. Galen. Morb. Acut. 9 (xix. 217) : ptyiaTov yap 6v TO iv Totg ')(^povioig voaijpaai TrapaTtiptiv Tovg Kaipovg. Galen. DeAffect.Renum. (xix. 677): tovtov ivtKa Traparrjpav \pri,Kav pi) viraKovoi Ttjg dipuTrdag. Galen. I)e Dieb. Dccret. iii. 6 X 154 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. (ix. 913) : tl St juiiT avTog TrapaTripstv lOtXfig tu TOiavra fiiiTi rote Tr]o{]aa(n irKTTsvsig. Gralen. Morb. Acut, 8 (xix. 217) : /xijiGTOv iraparrjoHv log Iv Tolg ostcrt kuX fv toTcti fxaKQoiaiv appui(TTijfj.n(n koI rag iTnraatag Ti^v irvpfriov. Galen. San. Tuend. iii. 8 (vi. 212) : loairep cwrog 6 Oiwv tovto y£ irapiTij- pr](Tev opOwg, (^vXaKTiov larX Tr)v Iv rw \pv\p(j^ SmrptjSvjv. * Siarripaiv. Luke, ii. 51 : " But his mother kejit {SieTrjpn) all these sayings in her heart." Peculiar to St. Luke, and used again in Acts, xv. 29. Hipp. Decor. 25 : ^pj) rbv h]Tpov SfftX)7(^ora tu p^psa Trspt wv HpyKapti' diaTr]piOVTa cpvXcKrasiv. Hipp. Epid. 1290 : aAX' iiraKoXovOovvTa roXg (rr]pdoig ToXg yivopivoig iv ti^ awpari ^iaTr]piLV rov Kaipov iKaarov atopaTOg. Dioscor. Mat. Med. i. 86 : (pXi^'y povag irapr^yopH Koi rpavpaTu a.(j)\iypaTa otarrjpa. Dioscor. Mat. Med. ii. 93 : OiXrj Tig ao-tjTrrov SiaTi)pt](Tai ovTd) TTotrjTfoi'. Dioscor. Mat. Med. ii. 108 : diaTripijartL yap avTiiv. Dioscor. Mat. Med. V. 175 : irpog re Ta TTvpiKcwaTa Troiovaiv iiri^piopevoi ^^apa^(^prlpa, waTe acjiAvK- TuivioTa duiTijoilv to. irsTrovOoTu pepi}. Galen. Def. Med. 95 (xix. 371) : (^vcsig IotX wvevpa ivOeppov £^ eavTOv Kivovpevov, SiarripHv rov avOpivnov. Gralen. Remed. Parab. iii. (xiv. 540) : apiQvcTog SiaTnpr}9)'}vai el OiXtig kol avorrog (pvAAa TTTiyavov taQa — upWvaog ciaTripitTO 6 irpocpayiiov apvycaXa TTiKpa — apiBvaog SiarripHTai 6 TTvavpova 7r|OOj3arou v^aTr]g eaOiujv £00oy. Gralen. Medicus, 8 (xiv. 693) : Siacpipei dl ev T(^ vyaivt^ iraXiv, to Iv vy^ifi SiaTriprjaat tov Trpo^wAaEot vocrovg eiriovaag. Typrjmg. Acts, iv. 3 : " And they laid hands on them, and put them in ho/d {elg T{]pt}(jiv) unto the next day." Ti'ipyjcng, met again in Acts, v. 18, and one other passage in the N. T. (1 Cor. vii. 19), is of frequent occurrence in me- dical language, signifying observation like TrapaTrjpr^cng — preservation of health — and guarding against disease. Galen. Comm. iv. 55, Acut. Morb. (xv. 830) : Tiijv h Trip{](Te(og, ipTrnpiKiog ysypapivwv ToXg laTpolg. Galen. Comm. ii. 1, Humor, (xvi. 209) : uvtmv yap Trjpy^mg irpog t})v §Lxxii.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 155 OepairevTiKi'iv icrrtv avajKitla. Gralen. Comm. iii. 31, Epid vi. (xvii. 33. 100) : ov //oror \oyiKi)v evptaiv /3o>)0i//^vXaKrjv kol v6au)v Tt'ipi^aiv. Galen. Medieus, 3 (xiv. 683) : pi'ire t>j tirl nug avvopopcug Tr](Ji]aiL Twv Sia TTtipag aopaZovTiov apKiiaQat. Galen. Opt. Sect. 8 (i. 124) : Sa Tag Tr]oi]aiig irouiaai. Do. : a^vvuTov av Hu V ToiavTi] Ti'iptjaig. Galen. Opt. Sect. 24 (i. 173) : i) TT}g vyiiag Tiipijaig. 33. " Whosoever shall seek to save his life shall lose it ; and whosoever shall lose his life shall preserve eY" {^hioyovi\(yii). * ZyMoyoviiv, peculiar to St. Luke (it is however a various reading for ^wo7^o(£7l^ 1 Tim. vi. 13), and used also in Acts, vii. 19. Z,{i)oyovCiv, ^atoyoroc, and Z^woyovia were used in medical language to signify " producing alive," " enduing with life." Galen. Animal in Utero, 2 (xix. 163) : £i pr\ Tt)v a-rro T(Lv TsXfiwv ^(jjoyoviav \a[5oi. Do. 5 (175) : pt) tolvuv pijcl TTEpt Tijv Ta ipjipva ^ojoyov'tav cnriaTiopev elvai titococnv. Do. (180) : Kvi^eXog t^ojoyovovpavog. Galen. Ars Med. 12 (i. 266) : TTpaypuTtXai di elaiv, jj rt inpl t,isJoyuviag ovopa^opivr}. Aretaeus, Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 64 : c^woyovov airippa. Theophrastus, H. P. vii. 14. 3 : Ikhvu re ydp Iv kuvToig woTOKi)(TavTa Z(tioyovH. Do. H. P. viii. 11.2: povog yap ovTog ov iiwoyovil. Do. C. P. iii. 23. 3 : ttoito^^^ou ■yap 77 cpvaig ^tooyovii. Do. C P. iii. 24. 3 : ^MoyovelTui. Do. C P. iv. 15. 2 : Tu wd Kul TsXeioi kui oXiog tiwoyovu to Trapiixov. Do. C P. iv. 15. 4: koi oXujg oaa twv upv\wv Z,Tqfxa (v. 43, §57). Luke, XIX. ■)(i(TBai. * irpajmaTeveaOai. * SunrpayiuLaTtviaOai. * tK- KpifxaaBm, * avKopopia (verse 4, § 72). Trapaxpr\p.a (v. 11, § 57). irpoaTiOivai (v. 11, § 59). * nva (v. 13, § 71). * £7rav- IpX^^^"* ("^' 1^» § ^1)- * viroaTpwyvvfii (v. 36, § 50). * Kar^/Batrtc (v- 37, § 70). vTTooix'^aQaL. 6, " And he made haste, and came down, and received him (uTTESe^aro) joyfully." Used again : ch, x. 38, Acts, xvii. 7 ; and in only one other place in the N. T. : James, ii. 25. The derivatives of ^^x'^aBaL were very much employed in medical language. Hipp. Loc. in Horn. 418 : 6 Ix^yp 6 airb rov aXKtog fiTTOppiwv KwXverai £^a> ^wpUiv — 17 St aap^ VTroSixtrai. Hipp. Morb. 460 : okotqv yap ri avio koiXiy] vwipBeppavBrj, f'Aicfi £0' i:(i)VTr)v Kcii wTToSc^arat 6 TrXtvptov. Hipp. Affect. 530 : ri KOiXir) OTav vyporipr) iovaa Koi orav E,r}poTipt] WTToSt^erat to (TiTiov. Hipp. Humor. 51 : ol virowToi tottoi vvodt^apevoi TTovio ri (5apii T] aXXo) tiv\ pvovrai. Galen. Comm.iv.5,Humor. (xvi. 385) : yaarrjo fXiv ovv wTToSj^^trat rrfv rpo^T/v. Galen. Comm. i. 1, Humor, (xvi. 17) : iviore Si ev n popiov i] rriKpo- \vXov rj (j)X£yfiaTiKbv rj piXayxoXtKOv vnoce^apivoi' ^v^oi'. Galen. Comm. ii. 22, Humor, (xvi. 282) : tuq airoaTaaeii' vTrodixioBui. Galen. Comm. vi. 2, Epid. vi. (xvii. B. 318) : ^ Lxxui.J THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 1.^7 TO. o (.K TTi]Q Kap^iag 6 Trtftdfitoi^ vwodt\iTai. Galen. Comm. 1. 3, Aph. (xvii. B, 364) : al ^Af/3ec tVt \^iopav e\(oaiv WTroSt- \e(Tf)ai TTjv avaSiSo/iiiviqv TpoQ t) Siaco\f]. Gralen. Comm. i. 1, Humor, (xvi. 56) : SiaEo\ai jivovrai roajj/iaVon^ — £v Ty TMv i]\iKiMv 8iaSn-x_ij. Galen. Comm. ii. 11, Humor, (xvi. 247) : yivovrai diadio^al oXeOpioi tojv voaiifxaTwv — om- ^oxjn a(j)Tr]piag. Galen. Comm. iii. 31, Humor, (xvi. 471) : yivovTai ^ia^o\a\ tujv -xyiuiCov. Galen. Comm. iii. 1, Epid. i. (xvii. A. 216) : ^iaSo)(al voar^iuLaTOJv Kai aTroaraang — SiaSo\al yovv oXiOpioi T£ /cat KpiGi/uoi yivovTai voaxifiaTiov. * Soxv- Luke, V. 29 : " And Levi made him a great feast [Soxrjv] in bis own bouse." Peculiar to St. Luke, and used also in cb. xiv. 13. This very rare word, used by St. Luke for a reception, is used by Aretaeus for a receptacle. viroSuxih ^o\hov, and vTTodo-xHov are the more usual medical words. Aretaeus, Sign. Acut. Morb. 13 : Trvevfiovog ipvfxa koI Soy/;. Aret. Cur. Morb. Diuturn. 143 : aaKirtj fxiv yap SoYfiov TO TTipiTovaiov. Galcu. Mcdlcus, 11 (xiv. 719) : Sox^'ia St eldiv KOI ipyaoTi'ipia tov yovov. Galen. Med. Defin. 57 (xix. 362) : KvcTTig t(7Tt vivpwSr]g VTTO^oxHOv upa Koi ipyaAHOv iKKpiTiKuv vypov Tov TTepiTTwpaTog. Galen. Med. JJef. 54 (xix. 361) : KOiXia tori vevpwSrig vttoEoxhov rf)0(^>)C- Do. 55 : ivTspd laTi vevpto^T) to plv irpog tijv iriipiv avvepyovvTU to. oe Trpog Triv vttoco^v'ji^ * £y8f\f(T0at. Luke, xiii. 33 : "Nevertheless I must walk to-day, and to-morrow, and tbe day following : for it cannot be (oi/k h^ix^Tai) tbat a prophet perish out of Jerusalem." Peculiar to St. Luke, and much employed in medical language. Hipp. De Gland. 271 : to. Si tvTepa Ik tCov T£v\eit)v Ig tu iTriirXoa evdi)(hTai koi KaOit]ai tiiv vypaaiav. Hipp. De Liquid. TJsu. 426 : pCXag olvog xf^vxpog IttI to. f Akeo IvSixiTai. Do. 427 : vaTiptjaiv 01) TToi'v iVSextra*. Hipp. Aphoron. : rjv St § Lxxin.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 159 ivdi\r]Tai ti> Ti^) ryro/^iaTt rTjg juiiTpag. Hipp. Fract. 771 : /LiaXiara oh iv Ki'i'/^ty evEi\^Erai iLir]'<^avoTroiieiv. Hipp. Artie. 789 : aX\i]v l '>/aQ lv^i\tTaL tov voaovvra i\i^iv Kara (pvcriv r>)v KoiXiav. Galen. Comm. iii. 26, Humor, (xvi. 460) : ivSi\iTcti /.ilv yap avTOvg iTriTt]Oiiovg dvui irpog ti /xiya TcaQoq. * irpayiLiaTeveadai. 13 : " And he called his ten servants, and delivered them ten pounds, and said unto them, Occup// {irpayixciTivaaaOi) till I come." * SiaTrpayfxaTivsadm. 15 : "And it came to pass, that when he was returned, having received the kingdom, then he com- manded these servants to be called unto him, to whom he had given the money, that he might know how much every man had gained by tmdunj " {omrpayfuinvGUTo). Both words are peculiar to St. Luke, and in medical lan- guage were used of a physician, in the practice of his profes- sion, using his utmost skill and attention in a case of sickness. Hipp. Epid. 1201 : kuX ttuvtu Trpay/jLarevcTafXivtov 17/xwv oaa riv irpbg to rci yvvaiKila Karaairaaai ovk r)XBev aAX' airs- Oavev ov iroXifv /.uTiTrsiTa \p6vov jSiojcraaa. Galen. Comm. ii. 40, Praedic. (xvi. 600) : ov\ (nrXiog, aXXci fiera tov irpay/xa- Teveadai ti tov IciTpov rj Sia KXvrrTripog, y Sia (5aX(h'ov. Galen. Comm. ii. 59, Praedic. i. (xvi. 639) : -rrpay miTivaufxiviDv tiov loTpiov. Galen. Comm. iii. 100, Praedic. (xvi. 720) : TovTiOTi f.UTa tov irpayiiiaTaixTacTOui ti tov laTpov. Galen. Comm. iii. 9, Epid. ii. (xvii. A. 406) : fxtTa tov Trpay unTeveaOai ti tov laTpov i) Sta KXvaTTjpog rj dia (3aXavov. Galen.Comp.Med.i. 3 : iTrifxeXt(TTep6v fioi Sokovvtoq ireTrpayfxaTivaOai ttjv tuiv a\wph)v OfpaTTeiav. Galen. Comp. Med. viii. 7 (xiii. 198) : 01 irpb rjfXMv apiOTa irpayiJLaTevoiABvoi irepl. (pap/xuKWV. Galen. Loc. Affect, iii. 11 (viii. 197): Sie(T(v9r} yap ovdlv aXXo Trpay/iaTivofxevog tn. Galen. Loc. Affect, iv. 11 (viii. 291) : aAA' ottwc ovk oXiya TrpuypaTivaufiivixiv af.Kp' avTovg iyiiov oire tovtcov Tig ovt 160 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. aXXog t(TU)6ih Gralen. Med. Def. 11 (xix. 352) : Oepa-n-iVTiKov St TO TTtpl TJjy lacriv rj avaKXrjaiv ttjq ^lac^uapfxivriq v^u'iag kuI airoKaTaaraaiv avTi)g tt pay fxaTivofxhvov . Gralen. Comm. i. 20, Aph. (xvii. B. 436) : Trort fxtv eiri- TjO£7rr£OV £OTl TIJ (pVCJtl TO TTUV UVTT] TTtpi TOV VOCTOVVTU CiaTTpuT- Ttadai, jurjofi' ^pCov a'AAo ciaTrpajfxuTevoiLiii'OJV, oti pi) to kuto. Tr}v dicuTav, woTe Se ov povov ry (pvcrsi to ttuv eiriTpeirT^ov, aWa TL Koi avTOvg TrpaypuTiViaOai. 48. " And he could not find what they might do : for all the people were very attentive {eKiKpepaTo) to hear him." iKKpipaadm is found in this passage only, and was in medical use. Hipp. Superfoet, 261 : 'Iva to ip(3pvoi> iKKptpapevov avve- TTtCTTrarm too (Sapet s^co. Hipp. Artie. 795 : ajK(oi>t ce uKpu) VTTOTiOevTa Ti TTapa to apOpov [5apog iKKpEpaaat. Hipp. Artie. 833 : TrapadTavTci opOov irapa rb aivpa tov KOtpapivov t^a- Ttivr]q iKKpepacfOivTa jUetewoov al(i}pr]9i')vai — avTO te yap to aQjpa Kpipapevov tw etovTov [5apti KUTUTaaiv iT0iii.Taiy 6 re iKKpepaaOilg apa plv r»J KaTciTaaei ctvayKutiEi VTnpanjjpuauai Tr\v KecpaXrjv tov pr^pov vnlp tyiq kotuA?)^. Hipp. Moch. 850 : VTToduq TL TTapa TO apupbv (5apoQ iKKpepacrai i) Xipo'i KUTavay- Kacrai. Hipp. Morb. 484 : aAAa SoKiEi Ti avTto olov EKKpipacr- Oai [5apv ciTTo TOV irXavpov. Galen. Comm. ii. 22, Acut. Morb. (xv. 554) : aAAa pijv Kal lKKftip.aaQai Sotcftv to. airXay^- va ToTg tvSewc Statrrj^tiCTt. Gralen. Comm. i. 9, Humor, (xvi. 94) : oOev madr]aig yivETai Tiaiv KpepaaOai. avTo7g to aTrXayxvU' Gralen. Comm. i. 43, Artie, (xviii. A. 753) : EKKpipaaOiivat tov dg to kutu} piXXoi'Ta tyjv K£0aAf/r iTriaTrdctai TOV pr\pov. The adjective tKKpepyjg also was used. § Lxxiv.] THE >[EDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. T,UKE. 161 § LXXIY. Luke, XX. Trpo(TTi6ivai (verse 11, § 59). TrapctTi^pHv (v. 20, § 72). * uTiKvoQ (v. 28. ^ 57). Luke, XXI. * jrpa) and great signs shall there be from heaven." * ^ojSijrpn. This rare word is peculiar to St. Luke, and used by Hippocrates to express fearful objects that present themselves to the imagination of the sick. Hipp. Morb. Sacr. 303 : OKOaa Si Siipara vvktoc; Traplara- Tai K(u (p6[5oi Kcn irapavoiai kch avcnrr]d{](Ti£Q Jk rfjc (cAti/j/c Kcil (pojSrjTna. 26. ''Men's hearts failm (J them {niroipvxovTwv avOpoJirtov) for fear and /or looking after [irpoaBoKia^] those things which are coming on the earth." * irpoaSoKta, peculiar to St. Luke, and used also in Acts, ch. xii. 11, was employed in medical language to denote " expectation " of the result, usually fatal, of an illness, approach of pain, or paroxysms. Galen. Comm. iii. 11, Epid. i. (xvii. A. 295) : koi to. avfXTTTfjjfiaTa iruvra oiipuve riiv TrpoaSoKiav ptpaiovvra tov davuTov. Galen. Comm. 33, Aph. vi. (xviii. A. 54): ini- Y 162 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. yivirai toIq irXivpiTiKotc; t} re rf/c (TUiTtjniag ?J re tov Bcnx'tTov irpoa^oKia. Galen. Comm. i. 13, Offic. (xviii. B. 686) : Sia Ti)v Trig oSwvjjc irpoa^oKiuv. Galen. De Melanchol, i. (xix. 703) : jlyvecrdai koi ^vcrOu/uiag KaX Oavarov TrpocfSoKiag ovctv OavfxaGTov. Galen. San. Tuend. iii. 2 (vi. 169) : aAA' o/.((WC cnroOspaTTivfiv avriov xpi] atofAara, kuv ei juj) Sia KOTTov TTjOoo-SoKj'ai'. Galon. Caus. Sympt. ii. 7 (vii. 208) : ^vaOvpiag Kcd davdrov Trpoa^OKiag. Galen. De Crisibus, iii. 10 (ix. 748) : j3t3otor£^ov Si aoi TTotTjo-ff T7}v irpoadoKiav ?} Kivr](ng tov voai^fxaTog. Galen. Progn. ad Posthum. 2 (xiv. 611) : l(f li) Kara ry)v kcnrspav iirvvudvsro juov riva TrpocrooKiav iXoifxi rCov fieXXovrwv. Galen. Comm. iii. 114, Praedic. i. (xvi. 756) : nj Trpoa^oKia rov mrarTjjLov. Galen. Comm. iii. 117, Praedic. (xvi. 760) : otto ^pa\vrdrr]g Trpoa^OKiag hnore (7Tra(TiJ.u)dsig taeauai. TrpoadoKcJv, Luke, xii. 46 : " The lord of that servant will come in a day when he looheth not for him " {ov irpoa- SoKO.). This word, which was much employed in medical lan- guage, is used eleren times by St. Luke — i. 21, iii. 15, vii. 19, 20, viii. 40, xii. 46 ; Acts, iii. 5, x. 24, xxvii. 33, xxviii. 6, bis; and hut five times in the rest of the N. T. — Matt. xi. 3, xxiv. 50 ; 2 Pet. iii. 12, 13, 14. Galen. Comm. ii. 81, Praedic. (xvi. 669) : tCjv Kara- (popiKujv ri vorrtifxdTdJv irpocrSoKa. Galen. Comm. iii. 1, Epid. i. (xvii. A. 256) : Iv 6l,£1 voaijpan rrjv Kpicriv ^X9^^ iao/uitvriv irpocrdoK^v Eia rax^wv. I)o. (258) : TrpoadoKr^asv av Tig ivXoycog fxr) ^vvriOijaeauai rov Kara Trjv t/crrjv r]fiipav laoptvov Trapo^vcffiov VTropslvai rov Kafivovra. Do. (257) : l-rreKvpojaa tov TrpocFdoKU)fxevov oXeOpov avvroixov. Galen. Comm. iii. 11, Epid. i. (xvii. A. 295) : ttKorwc av ng avrriv TrpoorESoKrjcrf TeOvij^eaBai Sia Ta\i(i)v. Galen. Comm. i. 23, Epid. iii. (xvii. A. 570) : aAA' viroarpt^eiv tv rdxei to voaitfia TTpoaSoKwiuiv. Galen. Comm. iii. 19, Progn. (xvii. B. 270) : rriviKuvra ddvarov ovKirt TrpoaSoK^v \pri no Kafivovri jtviaQuL. Galen Progn. ad Posthum. 2 (xiv. 610) : § LxxiY.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE 1G3 ev p TrpoaSoKarot yevrfao/uLevo^ 6 Sta rerapTrig 7rapo^v(TfU)g. Galen. Progn. ad Posthum. 13 (xiv. 668) : (rcliodpav lataQm TT^ioa^OKav Trjv ai/moftpayiav. Hipp. De Arte 5 : Kpeaaov tarl Twv ev r>J larpiK^ opyavwv, ovdt TrpoaBoKciadai Set vtto njrjxicf/c KpaT)]6Tivai av- 25. " And there shall be signs in the sun and in the moon and in the stars ; and upon the earth distress of nations icifh perpk'xif// " [Iv airopin). * airopia, uTTopuv, * tviropia, * svnopHv, * diairopHv, are all peculiar to St. Luke, with the exception of airoptlv : they were much used by the medical writers. * airopia is used in the same sense as in St. Luke, for a perplexed state, as also in the more usual one of " want," absence of a thing. Hipp. De Dieb. Judie. 58 : icat irvevfxa ttvkvov koi Oepfxov avairviu koi airopii] koi a^vvapii] i.\ii /cai piirraaiuog. Hipp. Morb. 489 : Ka\ Sriypbg la^vpbg ipTTiTTTH koi cnropir] loars ovre i(TTavai ovre KciOriadai ovts KaraKeXadai, oiog ri eariv. Hipp. Epid. 1077 : ttoAuc (^Xr^aTpitypbg, cnropit}, irapiKpnvaev. Hipp. Epid. 1153 : Trvivjxa St TrpoiaTaTo kuI airopir} ^uv oouvy — /ecu ciTTo pi(jr]g ripipag ddvvi] ia)(^£v la^^vpi) iravv kuI Ig Ti)v vaTtpi)v TTVivpa Ka\ airoph]. Aretaeus, Sign. Acut. Morb. 13 : yXioaarjg srjpor»jc» eTriOvfiit} ipv)^pov riipog, yvco/birig anoplii}. Aret. Sign. Acut. Morb. 25: ekAuct/c /xeXnov cnropit], atromriri. Aret. Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 33 : Kaptij3apiri, airo- pit], ^wTj Svacpopog. Galen. Med. Comp. viii. 4 (xiii. 171) : £1^' u)v ^vaOvpia rig rj airopia TrapiTrtrat. Galen. Loc. Affect. il. 5 : OCT)} re Kul airopia iroXXr). airopuv. Luke, xxiv. 4 : " And it came to pass as they were much lierplexed (ti/ rt^ airopeiadaL) thereabout." Used also Acts, xxv. 20, and three other places in the N. T. Hipp. Aer. 281 : HocsTh fxi) uitopUaQai Iv ry OepaiTiiy tCjv vovaojv ^rjot ^lapapravuv. Hipp. Fract. 763 : inpX yap riov j0»}|UaTwi/. Do. (p. 313) : Kai Ota TovTo evTTopovpivwv (pappaKwv pv}]po- vivaopsv. * SiaTTupuv. Luke, ix. 7 : " Now Herod the tetrarch heard of all that was done by him, and he teas perplexecV^ {SiriTTOpil) . Peculiar to St. Luke, and met with again, Acts, ii. 12, V. 24, X. 17. Hij)p. Morb. Acut. 391 : kuX iBpioTeg tte^i tov Tpa^rjXov Koi SianoprjpuTa. Galen. Hipp, et Plat. Decret. ix. 1 (v. 721) : 7rsp\ (jjv TrXavag Kai SiuTropiag koi rote ayaOoig laTpo7g wapi)(^ei. Do. V. 6 (v. 473) : ra Siairopovpeva irepl T^ig Ik TraOovg bpfiiig. Galen. De Crisibus, ii. 9 (ix. 684) : 166 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. aW IvioTS fi.ixP'^ TrafiiroXXov -)(^p6vov oiairopovixh' te (cat a/i^/j3aAAo^£v. Gralen. Nat. Faeul. ii. 4 (ii. 93) : rax uv ovv ijSr} Tig davfxa^oi kcli StoTTopotrj. Galen. Comp. Med. i. 1 (xii. 426) : oi/k av olinai nva StaTToprjo-at. Gralen. Comm. iii. 123, Praedic. i. (xvi. 776) : h/ioT£ Se SiairopCov, loairsp kol vvv liri TLvog SiaKOTrevroQ oarov Trig K£(j)aXrig Kara Kporaipov, &c. This compound is not so frequently used as the preceding ones by the medical writers. 26. " Men^s hearts failing them " {airoxpvxovTwv avdpdj- irwv). * ciTToxpvxitv is j)eculiar to St. Luke, and found here only. ^jvxiiv and its derivatives were greatly employed in medical language. St. Luke uses four of them, which are peculiar to him. * airoxPiix^iv. Hipp. Morb. Sacr. 305 : cnro-ipOx^rai to ai/na. Hipp. Morb. Sacr. 306 : inruxpyx^i yap kol 'iaT^m to alfxa — oTTO^w^^Erat koi 7ri)yvvTai to alfia ku\ ovTtvg aTTodvficTKti. Hipp. Morb. Mul. 645 : to. aKiXm anoxpvxovTai. Hipp. Morb. Mul. 662 : koL aTroipvx^^i nal 7r£pi'ipvu,ig Si' 6\ov tov awfiaTog ku\ oSvvrf tyjv vaiaipi]v yaaripa icrx^t tcai Tag l^vag Koi a7ro\pvx^£i- Galen. Comm. ii. 3 Aliment, (xv. 235) : iv Tolg uTpocpiaig ra^^iora a7ro?^i»)^Erai to. juopia. Galen. Comm. iv. 48, Aph. (xvii. B. 729) : awo^jvx^TaL ^l to Sipfxa, KaBairep iv Totg iniat]fxa(jiaig. Galen. Caus. Sympt. iii. 7 (vii. 245) : ov yap aTTO^pvxofievoi' to aifxa yivvci Tijv piXaivav ^oAtjv. Do. (246) : airoTpvxGivrog tov aiinaTog. Galen. Caus. Puis. IV. 13 (ix. 184) : Kai EvvajLiiwg lirl irXiov a7ri\pvyfxtv}]g. * avaxpv^ig. Acts, iii. 19 : " Repent ye therefore, and be converted, that your sins may be blotted out, when the times of refreshing {ava\pvE,iwg) shall come from the presence of the Lord." Hipp. Medicus, 20 : ?] Se ju^to. rauro cKpaiptaig tovtmv, avd\pvE,ig te Kal wepiKadapaig. Galen. Comm. iii. 14, Aliment. (xv. 310) : (pvaig ox^TOvg IvTiOi.lcFa Tovg fjiiv loaO^ iXneiv St' avriJv rrjv Tpo(j)riv TOvg Si ilg avaxpv^iv ku\ avairvo^v. Galen. XJsus Part. vi. 2 (iii. 415) : x''^i^av £7r(Ti)ouoTtiTi]v tig Oi0iipe(70ai rd Z^Coa anQovpiva Trjg ava- \pv^£(t)g — Kara, tovto /liIv wq avnxpv^iv avvi^r] ry KapEia TTauanKtvucrafTav ctvrrjv tTraivtlaOai Stfcatov. Galen. San. Tueud. iii. 7 (vi. 200) : ava\PvKtv tov (j)Xoyu)Sovg. Galen. Diff. Fehr. i. 4. (vii. 287) : tToipoTaTa yap afiTreTat iravO' uaa Oeppd kciI vypct tt pi) tuyV StaTrrof/c ti apa koi avaipv^etog. Galen. Instrum. Odor. 4 (ii. 870) : rijc S' ucnrvotig avaxpv^euig Xapiv. * iKipvxeiv, see § 24. * KaTa-ipvxuv, see § 22. 34. " And take heed to yourselves, lest at any time your hearts be overcharged {^apwOioaLv) iciih surfeltincf^ (KpanrdXv)- * KoaiTdXr] is peculiar to St. Luke, and is employed by the medical writers to denote " drunken nausea." Hipp. Aer. 281 : 6k6 ry KUTapx^y diro KpaiwdXrig. * (Bapvveiv. This word is very frequently employed in medical language, the various reading (^apsiv not so often. Hipp. Coac. Progn. 175": (5apvvi]Tai to aTr)Oog. Hipp. 168 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. Flat. 299 : TTpCoTOx> plv i) Ki(j)uXri (Bapvparai riov (fivatwv tjKtiiJiivojv. Hipp. Rat. Vict. 370 : riiv icf«^aAi7v aXytei Kot (dapvverai. Hipp. Eat. Vict. 374 : ti)v KerpaXriv liapvvaTai — 17 KifpaXrj (5apvv£Tai. Hipp. Morb. Aciit. 389 : denrvrjaavTCg Se (dapvvovai r?)v KuiXiav. Dioscor. Mat. Med. i. 106 : TToOivra Se (5apvvii tov arofxa^^ov. Galen. Oomm. i. 12, Humor, (xvi. 114) : rJjc ^^(paXrig (5apvvopivr]g. Galen. Comm. ii. 63, Praedic. (xvi. 646) : otov vtto 7rX{]9ovg vypov \pri(rTov (5apvvt}Tai to aCojua. Galen. Comm. iii. 95, Praedic. (xvi. 707) : vtto ttXi]Qovq ^pr](JTOv ^apvvojxivQv tov e-yKt^aXou. Galen. Comm. iii. 105, Praedic. (xvi. 737) : Ke(j)aXaXjiKa psTa TOV ^apvvecrOai Trjv K£(l>aXi]v. § LXXV. Luke, XXII. cnrocnrav. * avaeiv (v. 43, § 56). * aytovla (v. 44, § 56). * iSp^g (v. 44, § 56). aTeviKav (v. 56, § 53). * Su(TXvpiZi(^Oai (v. 59, § 54). irapaxprnuia (v. 60, §57). *^oA/, (v. 41, §68). (TTrav and its derivatives are greatly employed in medical language. St. Luke uses four of them, two of which are peculiar to him ; and the remaining two are each used but once in the rest of the N. T. 41. "And he was withdraivn from them {aTrtairaaQt] air avTwv) about a stone's cast, and kneeled down, and prayed." ciiroaTrav is used also in Acts, xx. 30, xxi. 1, and once in the rest of the N. T. (Matt. xxvi. 21). Hipp. Intern. Affect. 531 : X^iri^ag cnro rrig apTxipiag airocTTTa. Hipp. Artic. 790 : oaoiai ^' av to aKpwfXiov § Lxxv.] THE .MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 169 cnroaTraTdfj. Hipp. Artic. 792 : apfxoaOei)j ir^wg to oartov TO cnrb tov aTi'iOeog TrefjiVKog oOev cnncnriKjOif]. Hipp. Artie. 830 : inrj KaTerjyoTog tov oaTtov aWa kut avTrjv ttiv ^.v/nipvaiv airoairaadivTog. Aretaeus, Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 73 : 6 avdov vTre^WKtoQ X'^*^" ^^'''^ cnroaTraTai tov ^ui^a^toc. Aret. Cur. Acut. Morb. 97 : wg aTroairaaOai tl tuw xvfiiov airb tCjv TraQLaQfxiijjv ts kcu Ou)pr]Kog. Dioscor. Medic. Parab. i. 87 : avvay\iK0vg St uxpiXt"-, oaa cvvarai airocnrav vypaaiav. Galen. Comm. vii. 58, Apb. (xviii. A. 171) : d S' cnroairaa- 6T}vat (j}da(Tiuv r} kcito. ti j^iigog avTOV KaTaOe (jwineadai. Do. (402) : QTroGTraaQiVTO yap tov ciKpwpiov. * avacnrav. Luke, xiv. 5 : " Which of you shall have an ass or an ox fallen into a pit, and will not straightway pul^ him Old {(tvaairaaei) on the Sabbath day?" Peculiar to St. Luke, and used again. Acts, xi. 10. Hipp. Affect. 517 : koX avacnracrm oTriau) to pivfxa tov (pXtyp-aTog. Hipp. Affect. 523 : 7rapaXjOJj/ia avaairuTai ava> i) KUTU) ({(jiodog. Hipp. Artic. 829 : kcu -yap 6 irovg ettI to avd) liviaTTaaTai koi to. boTia. Galen. Comm. ii. 44, Praedic. (xvi. 607) : avaaTrwiuevov v~b tov Tag irXivpdg vinZwKOTOg vfxevog — Tb aviairaafiivov viroyov^piov — ovk avacnraadai Ta vTToxovdpia. Galen. Comm. iii. 29, Epid. vi. (xvii. B. 93) : ovTcvg Tb KaT£(T7raa9ai fxat^ovg, Icr^vovg ^e aviGiraadat. kol TTtpiTiTaauai — T(^ oe otVTio^) Tb avecTTrcKrOai (TUVfTTO/itvov evpidKiig — Talg yrfpwaaig x^Xwvrat fxiv TrpioTOv, voTtpov S' avaairiovTai. dia(Tirnv. Acts, xxiii. 10: " And when there arose a great dissension, the chief captain, fearing lest Paul should have been 2Jul,led in jjieces {diaG-n-aaOtj) of them, commanded the soldiers to go down, and to take him by force from among them." This word is used once elsewhere (Mark, v. 4) . Hipp. Morb. Acut. 612 : ro Xonrov Se 6 aTrXi)v Xap[5avH diatTTTtov airb Trig KOiXirig irpbg twvTov. Hipp. Artic. 799 : z 170 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [i'Art ii. rjv 0£ 6 KciTUJ jvaOog kcito, ttiv avfX(pv(Jiv rijv Kara to yivtiov EiaawaaO^. Hipp. Epid. 1200 : TO. ciTnovTa ilEivai oOtv rip^aro r] oiry liravaaTO rj oaov ducnraTO. Hipp. Intern. A|fect. 531 : ^XfjSec SiaajriovTai re koX KaTappijjvvvTaL Elo. TaaSs rag alriag. Hipp. Epid. 938 : Suairacriuevwg eTTVivaev. Galen. Comm. vii. 58, Aph. (xviii. A. 171) : rwv ^' aTro^ucreaiv iviai /xev iKavwg Ttivovrai, rivig 8' Ik p^povg ye SiaairiovTai. Galen. Comm. ii. 16, Artie, (xviii. A. 444) : ijv §£ v Karw yvadog Kara. ^vp(j)vaLv ttjv Kara to yivuov ciacnracrutj. Galen. Comm. iv. 40, Artie, (xviii. A. 735) : ^la to fxri diaairaaOai TO avvi\ov v£vpov Trpbg rjjv KoruArjv. Galen. Medicus, 11 (xiv. 717) : i]Tig Aetttov kWepov ovaa, Sm tovto oircvg firi pacLwg SmKOTTDjrat 77 SiaairaTai. Galen. Loc. Affect. 11. 8 (vui. 91) : oi Ka\ StacrTrwvrac Trovovg iTri^ipovai. * TTspiaTraaQai. Luke, x. 40 : " But Martha was cumbered {TTspieaTraTo) about much serving," &c. Peculiar to St. Luke, and used in the medical writers ; but not with the frequency of the other compounds of oTrav. Galen. San. Tuend. vi. 12 (vi. 439) : 6(p9a\i.iu}v pi^v yap Kol lOTwv 1] XP^*" peydXrj, Koi Eia tuvtu TrpoaiiKSL rwv Ik Trig Ke(l)a\rig inpLTTbjpaTwv ug avTo. (pepopivwv, Trjv vcj} Itttto- KpaTovg 6vopaZ,opivTi]v 7rapo)(^tTevGiv, Ipya^saOatf paXtaTa pev Itti piva TnpiaTTwvTa to (ptpopivov Itt' avTa. Galen. Comm. i. 7, Progn. (xviii. B. 30) : 'idiov S' eKacTTo^ tCjv kv t(^ awpaTi popiwv lif IksTvo to pipog BiaaTpicpeauai tl kol irepiaTraauaL paXXov ivOa tCjv ip(j)Vopav(iJV avT(^ vevowv Iotiv r'j opX'l' Theophrastus, C. P. i. 16. 2 : r>jv Tpo^i)v Trepiairiov tig to TrepiKapiriov. 59. "And about the space of one hour after" [hayiv) of the Gentiles." Peculiar to St. Luke, and met here only. In medical language it is used generally in its literal sense : sometimes, but very rarely, like viroaTpocpii, for "the return of a disease" — "a relapse." Hipp. Coac. Progn. 159 : '/o-wc St nal oi e^ ETrtorpo^jjc iradovTsg toiovtov ao-i^aXforarot. Hipp. Offic. 741 : Kara \6yov Sh Trig iTriarpocpriQ TT/oo/BaXXojUEi'Ov to aCjfia. Aretaeus, Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 57: aTap koI iv ryai tov avOpwrrov ryde rj rySe liriaTpocpycn, Ig rag fXETaK\i(Tiag to vypov oyKOv re koX KXvSwva TTOiiu — ouSe ps:Tax(t>pi£i TO TTvevfia Iv Tycn tiriarpocpyai. Galen. Comm. i. 10, Offic. (xviii. B. 682) : tyw gol tyiv oBbv a(l>r]yriaafir]v^ y \pi6fxivog evprjcnig to fXtTQiov T7]g l7riaTpo(j)rig. Galen. Comm. i. 17, Offic. (xviii. B. 697) : u)g axpr\(TTov TTOttiaQai Tag airi(JTpo(pdg (jjg jU?) KOTaKiVHcrdai Tag 'ihpag. Galen. Anat. Administr. iv. 8 (ii. 462) : al S' alg to irXayiov fTTtorpo^ai tJjc KE(j)a\rig yiyvovTai plv vrrb tojv Xo^wv fxvQ>v. Galen. Usus Part. ii. 4 (iii. 100) : ttiv aQxriv rf/c Ktp//o-£wc ^ (j)vmg liToa^aaTo Ta'ig Ig to irXayioi' liricTTpocpaXg tiov caKTvXwv . Galen. IJsus Part. ii. 4 (iii. 102) : ol S' avTol ovtol inveg Tag eg TO irXaytov eTrttrrjOo^oc pvdjLii^ovai. Galen. TJsus Part. xii. 12 (iv. 54) : Tag yap dg tu TrXayia tTTKTTpofpdg tCjv (tttov^vXwv. * av(7Tpi(pHv. Acts, xxviii. 3 : " And when Paul had fjatheved {(jvaTpeipavTog) a bundle of sticks." Peculiar to St. Luke, and much used in medical language in the same sense as here, " to collect." Hipp. Morb. Sacr. 304 : rjv ^e KaOapcng jit?) iTriyivriTai, dWd ^V(TTpa(j)y ro7 eyKE(pd\io. Hipp. Morb. 453 : OKOTav (pXiyfxa rj x^^^) avfTTjoa^rJ. Hipp. Morb. 510 : to fxiv tl ^vaToicptaOai Ka\ TraxyveadaL Tr\g Iv rto avOpwiTdt) iKfxddog. Hipp. Intern. Affect. 533 : oKorav 6 ttXeviUwv alpa eXKvcrag £^' iwvTov rj (fXiyfxa aX/jivpov pr) airy rraXiv, aXX avTOV ^varpacpy. Hipp. Aph. 1254 : yvvai^Xv OKoaoiaiv Ig Toiig TiTdovg al.pa av(jTpii.Tai pavirfv at}paivEi. Hipp. Morb. 508 : TO ulpa ovK Exov t^oSov VTTO TrXr^Btog dTreXdav o(j)ri tov irvpeTov yiverai. Hipp. Judicat. 55 : irpoadi^ov tovtolq inrocTTpo^rjv vvptTov — icoi oAt'yot iK TcivTijQ (y(.oC,ovTai orav WTrorrrptf/))^ 6 Kavaog — TO. TToAAa KOI t^tSpoT Kat i/v r)iuipag \a(5r) viroaTQi^ag oaaq to irpioTov, &G. — TOVTtwv anaWacrcTOfiivujv virocFTp 0(1)1) yiverai Kara \6yov tCov viroaTpocpwv. Galen. Progn. ad Posthum. 7 (xiv. 635) : eira pcoaOivTog, VTrocrrpixpavTOQ te tov voaijixciTog. Do. 10 (654) : Trtpi Ty]g vTroaTpo({>rig tov voaiifuiTog. Gralen. Comm. iii. 13, Epid. i. (xvii. A. 300) : Iv y vuaog iraXiv psTci piyovg v7ro(TTpi\paaa Si' l/xiTOV kcu iSpioTog £/cpi0rj raXiwg. Galen, de Crisibus, i. 18 (ix. 629) : IjSSo^uy koi elKoarrj 6 TTvpaTog vTriaTpe^l^Ev. * ewiaxviiv. Luke, xxiii. 5 : " And they were instant " (ot §6 ETTl(T\V0v). Peculiar to St. Luke, and used medically, but not very frequently ; the simple to-^wftv, which St. Luke employs about as often as all the other N. T. writers together, being more in use. Hipp. Morb. 458 : IrrKT^vovTog tov /ca/coO tov ev t(jj) (TWfxaTi vTroXtiTTOfxevov. Dioscor. Yenen. 5 : ImcrxvovTog St tov iradovg, kuto. KOiXiav (pipETai at/zartuSr}, ^vcTfxaai fxip.iyfxiva. * lvia\viiv : see § 56. 31. " For if they do these things in a green tree [Iv Tt^> vypto ^vXt^, what shall be done in the dry? " (^rjpw). vypog. Peculiar to St. Luke, and of constant recurrence in the medical writers, as opposed to hiQog. Hipp. Yet. Med. 8 : oKoaoi eTr£xtipt](Tav Trtpi tijrptKijc Xiyeiv 1] ypacpeiv vttoOegiv (tcjjicfiv avTaotcn viroOifXEvoi r(j> Xoydj Ospnov i) xf^vxpov i) vypov T] ^npov. Hipp. Yet. Med. 12 : il yap Igti Oeppbv rj ^v^joov, rj t,ripbv rj vypov to Xv/xaLVOpevov TOV avdpwTTOv (cat StX tov opBdg h]TpEvovTa (5or]0uv rw ptv Ospp(^ £7ri TO ipv^pov, Tiv. Galen. Anat. Administr. ii. 1 (ii. 282) : t})v avaTOfxiKi)v Oiujpiav. Do. (286) : aWt] /xtv yap avBpX (pvcnKt^i XP*'" '"''^ avaro/utKJjc ^<^'''i Beiopiag. Galen. Medicus, 2 (xiv. 678) : rolg Bl fxedodiKotg apxn v KOTO. TO. (I)aiv6fx£va Tov ofioiov Osiopia, i] yvwaig (paivofxivwv KOivoTijTwv. — Do. 3 (682) : ?; tov ofxoiov dewpia lirl twv (paivop.ivu)v. Galen. Comm. iii. 24, Aliment, (xv. 360) : aviv yap Trig TOiavT^g dswpiag TrCjg tCjv lyK£(f)aXov popi(t)v r) Kap- Biag — Irotjuojc t^ev/o/jcrOjUEV Ikootou tyiv w^AEtav. Galen. Comm. i. 3, Offic. (xviii. B. 652) : irpomiKH tov luTpov riig TU)v TradHJv Siayvu)(T£)? Gvvex^jg /Btm'rj. Gralen. Comm. ii. 71, Praedic. i. (xvi. 666) : koi ri Kuraxl^v^ig Si £1 ovTiog iU (dialog. Gralen. Comm. iii. 24, Epid. iv. (xvii. A. 434) : ojg Sm (3iaiav (7(l)Ly^iv. Gralen. Comm. vi. 13, Aph. (xviii. A. 23) : [5iaiag SeiraL Kevwcrewg. * (5ia. Acts, V. 26: "Then went the captain with the officers, and brought them without violence {ov fx^To. [5iag) : for they feared the people, lest they should have been stoned." Peculiar to St. Luke, and used again. Acts, xxi. 35 : Bia TTjv j3tr}v Tov ox^ov; xxiv. 7: ju£ra ttoXXtjc (5iag ', xxvii. 41 : virb Trig /3tac, and is frequent in the medical writers. Hipp. Nat. Hom. 227 : ^Xiy/na yXiaxpoTUTOv aort koi (5iyj fxaXicTTu ayerai jueTa ;\;oAi7v jueXaivav, OKoaa de (5irf tp^^^erat OepjuLOTepa yivtTai avayKaZo/xeva vtto Trig /3f*JC- Hipp. Nat. Puer. 247 : vdpwxp 'ipxeTai airb Trig KScpaXrig aTTOKptueig vtto (5irig. Hipp. Superfoet. 261 : riavxg Se tovto TTOueiv, firj irpog (Sir}v oKcog pr) cnrocriracTdlv Trapa (pvcnv. Hipp. Aer. 282 : VTTO yap [5h]g piiyixara taxovcnv kol airarrpaTa. Hipp. Aer. 284 : TcivTu yap Trdvra vtto jStrje yivovrai tov Beppov. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 397 : r) S' virb jSiJje to Ik twv ^Xe^wv Sexopivrt vypov. Hipp. Loc. in. Hom. 419 : i) x^Xj) ydp avropaTri VTTO jSirjc yivopivrfg rto awpaTL (5iaTaL. Galen. Comm. v. 53, Aph. (xvii. B. 847) : acf Ivv 17 ^vctig Ikkplvsi ti psTo. (3iag. Galen. Comm. 23, Offic. (xviii B. 782) : ocra ydp virb (iiag ddpourg vnocnrdTai. Galen. Acut. Morb. 8 (xix. 200) : Trapi}- yopiag pdWov plv ovv duTUi r} f5iag tv Toig Trapo^vapolg. Galen. Praesag. 4 (xix. 516) : Tovg irovovg Iwi^ipovai Trtpi T/7V K£^aX?)v ry /3ta. § Lxxvii.] THE MEDICAL L.VNGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 18>1 33 : " And they rose up the same hour, and returned to Jerusalem, and found the eleven gathered together [iiQpoiafxi- vovq)y and them that were with them." * aOpoiZ,Hv and * avva9poiZ,eiv are both peculiar to St. Luke, and much used in medical language. Hipp. Flat. 298 : tovto Sj) to vy^ov orav aOpoiaO^] pel Si" (iXXojv iropwv. Hipp. Morb. 457 : wore avajKr} to ttvoq h> TO) OfvpuKi T£ KCii £7ri T(ov eXkIoji' aBpoiZ^eaual re Koi Tra\yv£adai. Hipp. Fist. 883: otcw aOpoiaOij tv no yXovn^ at/ua. Hipp. Haemor. 891 : a/xa St vtto tov alfxaTog aOpoi^o- fxivov ^iaZ,6fxivai. Hipp. Aph. 1255 : to vypov ojote aOpo- iZi£ipu)V kXvKhv. Hipp. Morb. Mul. 637: Knpiov Karaidpi^ai Se Iv vdaTL KOL apa rpijieiv orav t/TTOYAu/ci/ y Koi Eir^di'taag kppaXXfiv aiXivov (jivXXa. Hipp. Morb. Mul. 660 : orav ovv mSe t'xp aiKvov xpy) TO 'ivdov Tp~i\pai koi Ktjpiov — DlOSCOr. V. 17 : KaXoixTi St Tiveg kol airopiXi to i:KTrXvvof.uviov tCjv Kr^piejv vdaTi (TKEua^OjUEi.'Oi' vSp6f.ieXi kol cnroTLdipsvov. Galen. Xl. 375 : £K KTjpiuJV o^vptXi. § LXXYIII. Acts of the Apostles, I. * TEKfx-ijpiov. * TTspipeveiv. * Trpr]vrig. * virepiijov. avaXapldavHV (verse 2, § 65). v7roXap.(5dveiv (v. 9, § 65). * cjvvaXit:Ba6ai (v. 4, § 77). uTevi^Hv (v. 10, § 53). 3. "To whom he also showed himself alive after his passion by many infallihle jjroofs (r£Kjurjpiojc), being seen of them forty days, and speaking of the things pertaining to the kingdom of God." 184 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. * TtKfxhpiov is peculiar to St. Luke, and was technically employed in medical language. Galen expressly speaks of the medical distinction between reKf^i'ipiov — demonstrative evi- dence — and trrjjuetov, stating that rhetoricians as well as phy- sicians had examined the question. Comm. iii. 39, Progn. (xviii. B. 306-307) : ov irapa toXq laTpotg fxovov, aXXa koi ■Trapa rotg prfTopaiv l^>]Ti]Tai tlvi Siacpipei o-rjjUEiou reKfiripiov — TO fxlv Ik Tripr}(T£(i}g (Tr]f.iHOV to Se e^ Ei/Sft^fwg TeKfxrjpiov. Hipp. Morb. Mul. 618 : ttm dl toEs rtKjUTjptov /ilya, £i» Tolai titOoIgi -yoAa owic eyy iviTai. Hipp. Nat. Hom. 225 : KOL T£KfJll)pia TTClfJi^d} Koi aVajKCig UTTOCpavit) OL iig tKUtrTOV av^ETai TB Koi (pdivei ev rt^ aojfxaTi. Hipp. De Cam. 253 : T£Kfx{]piov St iaTi TOVTiU) 01 KW(j)ol ol £/c jsvaffg oi/K liriaTavrai BiaXijiaOaL. Hipp. Aer. 286 : TSKfjivpiov 8e otl ovrwg ^x^i, to yap ovpov XafiirpoTaTov. Hipp. Morb. Sac. 303 : 'irepov ^i fxiya T£Kp.i]piov, on owStv dsiOTipov Icttl twv XonriJjv vovari- ficLTwv. Hipp. -Morb. Sac. 304 : TeKfiiipiov 21 okotuv yap Kttdrifiivijt) ■}) KaTaKEifxivM ^AfjSia TnecrOi]. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 392 : KaXa Se TavTa Ti.Kfxi]pia Igtl rfjc irtpX oivov io(l)i.Xii]g koi [5Xa(5ng. Aretaeus, Sign. Morb. Diuturn, 36 : T£Kju?)piwv p.lv ovv OUK aar]p.a rj yap yi(JV\oi T) aTvyvoi, &C. Galen. Comm. ii. 54, Progn. (xviii. B. 189) : t^ aXXuyv nKfxnpiwv I'l dia- yvioaig. 4. " And, being assembled together with them, com- manded them that they should not depart from Jerusalem, but tvait for (irepifxiveiv) the promise of the Father, which, saith he, ye have heard of me." * TTipifxivav is peculiar to St. Luke, and was employed in medical language for " to await the result of some mode of medical treatment or the action of some medicine," &c. Aretaeus, Cur. Acut. Morb. 38 : tov (papfxaKOv Trig hprig KuXtvixivi^g vyaTi cidovai 6Ak»jc ^P^Xi*^"^ l^' — koi Tre pi fxdvavT a Kudt'ipaadai. Galen. Comm. iv. 96, Morb. Acut. (vi. 899) : aAAa 7repip.iv£(v TTpocii]KH to. (SiXTiaTa Tiig aveaawg. Galen. Comm. ii. 22, Epid. i. (xvii. A. 116) : d iroXXi^ XP'^^V irepufxevov o< irvparoi toiovtoi. Galen. Comm. vi. 1, Aph. § Lxxviii.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 185 (xviii. A. 2) : /u) irepiiiUvoixyriQ a9poi(r0t}vai to ovpov. Gralen. Comm. iii. 13, Tract, (xviii. B. 554) : jur) irepii-iivEiv tov HBi(Tinivov rpoTTov tTiq iTTidecrewg. Gralen. Comm. iii. 54, Fract. (xviii. B. 620) : ov rf/c aKpi(5ovg yvwaewg tvsKiV Xpi) ae irepifitvHv ttjv avarofjiijv. Galen. Morb. Acut. 8 (xix. 216) : didovat rag rpocpag rrjv iravTaXiog TrapaKfirjv jttrj TTspif.uivavTeg. Galen. Cur. per Ven. Sect. 11. (xi. 284) : fj.i) irepipivsiv ilg i(T^(<:lTOv a(piKiaBaL KarairrojcTSuyg Djy Svva/iiv. Galen. Progn. ad Postlmm. 2 (xiv. 611) : ov irepifidvag ^t Ti)v i^ijg irepiodov. Galen. Progn. ad Posthum. 10 (xiv. 654) : TO Be Trig VP'^pag Iv y TiXiojg aTraXXayotro tov voarjfxa- Tog ovK EvricrrEWf, SuctkoXoi/ Eivai vojui^wv aviv tov TripifxelvaL Tiiv fEf/c VfJ-ipctv. 13. "And when they were come in, they went up into an 2fpj)e)' room {virtpo^ov), where abode both Peter and James," * virepiijov. Pecidiar to St. Luke. The word used for the upper room wherein our Lord celebrated the last Passover is avwyeov, both in St. Mark and St. Luke; perhaps it after- wards became known by this name, as on every other occasion where St. Luke mentions an upper room he employs vTrepo^ovj e.g. here and ix. 37, ix. 39, xx. 8. Now this word was very familiar to a physician, being the neuter of vinpi^og, the femi- nine of which, vTTiptj^n, was the name of the palate. Hippo- crates moreover employs virepi^og or virept^ov and vTrtpt^t] indiscriminately for the palate. Hipp. Epid. 1162 : lirX tov vinpi^ov pij\wdr]g, -yXwcrffa ^rj/oj), irspiirXev/xovir], tp.pu)v idavev. Hipp. Epid. 1215 : hepog Tig Iwl tov virepi^ov pey- XwSrjc- The medical writers too, whenever they have to mention the upper part of a house, show a partiality, as well as St. Luke, for this word. Galen Antid. i. 3 (xiv. 18) : icTTiv V7r£p(j»a oiKijpaTa — kuI tCjv oiku)v tmv vireptj^wv. Galen. Antid. i. 8 (xiv. 47) : eotw St koI 6 oUog ev lo ^i]paiveadai ptXXovai TTuvTtog /ilv inrepi^og. Dioscor. Mat. Med. v. 85 : wpog TO virept^ov ektojutj avfXfxirpog. The fem. vTrept^t], " the palate," is of course very frequent in the medical writers. 2B 186 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [vaut ii. 18. " Now this man purchased a field with the reward of iniquity ; and falling heacUonrj {Trprjvijg), he burst asunder in the midst, and all his bowels gushed out." * TTpriviiQ, peculiar to St. Luke, was used as a technical term in medical language. Thus Galen says, Fract. Oomm. i, 3 (xviii. B. 336) : dvoTv a^^xifxcnojv efxv)]fx6vtvaev virriov re KOI irprivovi' — oXov fxlv ovv to awfxa KilaQai Trprjvtg Al^o/xti' orav r] fxlv jaGTrjp Karwuev avcoBev Se y to vcjtov. Hipp. Artie. 836 : irptjvia KaTaKXivavra tov avOp(i)7rov ovTd) Kura- TuviLv. Hipp. Moch. 850 : awwipsXoit] S' av Koi eiriaTpi\pig ajKiovog kv tovtoiotiv av tm fx\v Ig to vittlov, Iv t(J^ ce Ig to Trpr]vig. Hipp. Artie. 813 : icotTretra 7rp{]V£a KaraicXtvat. Hipp. Intern. Affect. 540 : £7rt St to. Trp^via rjv KaraKtJjrat ovK aXyki. Aretaeus, Acut. Morb. 3 : Ke(j)aXri iroiiciXwg dia(TTpo(j)og, ciXXote fxtv yap Ig to irprjveg to^ovtui, tvT£ Ig TO aTipvov i) ytvvg epd^ei. Aret. Sign. Acut, Morb. 5 : K£(j)aXi) 7rpr)vrig eg OwpaKa avvvevevKvla. Galen. Comm. iii. 24, Epid. ii. (xvii. A. 434) : ixiTaa\i]fxaTiaTiov tov ayKU)va iravTOLojg, koi IttI to irpr^veg koX iitttiov. Galen. Comm. iii. 21, Offic. (xviii. B. 859) : lljcnrep tov te vtttiov koi irpr^vovg avwdvvojTaTov Igti. Galen. Anat. Muscul. (xviii. B. 988) : 17 Se Ivipyata kol tovtov tijv KepKi^a nepiayeiv tig to irprivig. § LXXIX. Acts, II. * ovyytELV. * avy\v(Jig. * Iniy^iuv. * l7rdr]inE'iv. * yXevKog. * avcjTtjpor * fxeaTOvadai. * irpoaTtiiyvvjXi. *,)Xoe (verse 2, § 40). */3t'atoc (v. 2, § 77). *7rvoi7(v. 2, §89). 7r£mg (v. 38, § 59). 6. "Now when this was noised abroad, the multitude came together, and were confounded {avvexOOvi), because that every man heard them speak in his own language." § Lxxix.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 187 * o-u7X"'"> peculiar to St. Luke, was used botli in its literal and figurative sense in the medical writers. Hipp. Ulcer. 875 : rov St olvov ^vy)(iai — ^vyxeai eg tov ■)(y\ov TrjQ o/iKpaKog. Do. 876 : oirbv Ipiveov ^vy\iai — ETTftra oti'ou ^vyxiaQ /^^pog toitov. Gralen. Difficul. Respir. ii. 7 (vii. 849) : ft /luv ovv vtto Trapa(Ppoavvr\g povov 6 Trig ava- TTvorig K6(Tpog avy\iQiTo. Galen. Caus. Puis. ii. 13 (is. 95) : ^ddpsTGL St Koi (jvyy(UTai Sm rt tovtojv wapov. Gralen. Caus. Puis. ii. 14 (ix. 102) : ol tolovtoi (r(l)vypoi SiaWdrTOvcrL St rt^ Tovg plv £v Trepio^oig rial diaaw^siv Tt)v IcFOTtira, rovg Se Travri] avy\iuv — avy\HTai S' apcpu) pev ev rolg ciTUKTOig. Gralen. Comm. iii. 1, Epid. vi. (xvii. B. 3) : ttoXAo o^wyx^' '^"^' oXoy TO Z,ioov. Gralen. Comm. iii. 31, Humor, (xvi. 479) : Iviotb ovk. iifTTeTtg TOvg ^(ypovg ev ToTg WTviXoig avyK£\upivovg ^uiKpivsiv. * (Tvyx^cng. Acts, xix. 29 : " And the whole city was filled with confusion" {(rvyxycrswg). Peculiar to St. Luke. In medical language it was used for a " disturbance of the system," " an affection of the eyes," &c. Hipp. Epid. 1174 : 17 koiXujc vapKioaig 17 tCjv aWwv ^vyxvaig. Dioscor. Mat. Med. ii. 127 : ^vpaOlv de avv o'lvo) avyyyaug koI irXi^yag ocpOaXpCJv KauicFTijai. Dioscor. Mat. Med. iv. 12 : to. ^vAXa w^eXeT avyxvaiv 6(l)BaXpu)v. Dioscor. Medic. Parab. i. 37 : irpog cl Tag Ik irXriyrjg avy\v- aeig koi (f)Xeypova.g Idiojg ttouX oTOt/3tjc Kapirog. Gralen. Comm. ii. 39, Epid. ii. (xvii. A. 381) : tov 8' vypov avyxvcnv viropivovTog koi TrepX to oTopa avvayopevov aiaXoxpoi r/crar. Galen. Medic. Def. 326 (xix. 433) : IXkwo-ewv twv Trspl Tohg ocpOaXpoiig diacpopai elcnv irpoTTTOJcng, xjiptiiaig, avyxyaig. Do. 339 (xix. 435) : avyxvyig tcrrt ttote plv Ik irXriyrig, ttotI Se 6^ avToparov pri^ig tCiv Iv (5d9ti x«7"wv(uv. Galen. Medicus. 16 (xiv. 768) : Trepi Se tjjv 'ipiv, cipyepov, ve^eXiov, axXvg, (Tvyxyffig. Do. (776) : avyxvcng ci 1(ttiv otuv to. tv tm 6(p0aXpcipvyya o'lvij^ avorjjpf.T. Hipp. Vie. Rat. 372: Tolai ?£ mroiaL \pitaBai Tolai ^pi/iim kqi ^rjpoTcrt KaX av(TTi]poX(n. Hipp. Morb. Acilt. 404 : oKoaa Se riov irofiaTwv aKpr\TiaTipa tortv }) avarripoTepa. Hipp. Decor. 24: -^^pri rbv ir}Tpbv t'x*'*' Tiva evTpaTreXitjv TTapaKUfxivr\v, to. yap avarr^pov SvairpoaiTov koi toTctw vyiaivoicriv koi roTcrt votriovai. Aretaeus, Cur. Acut. Morb. 96 : rjv St kol iiriOlTOidL Sirj '^(^phaQai, (poivi- KEc ev oivi^ av(TTt}pi[) devOivreg. Aret. Cur. Acut. Morb. 108 : Ttyyeiv ol \ypi^, o'lvi^ ai/(rrj/p(j> koi pooivio i) f.ivpaivio Xiirai — (poiviKig ol TTioveg Iv o\v(^ fxiXavi ai»crr>?pw devOevrsg Ig fia^av Tpil5ovTai. Aret. Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 79 : x'^vSov kol iroXXbv Tov yXvKsog Trieiv tov avOpijoirov. Aret. Cur. Acut. Morb. 122 : rpocpal ainoSeeg, evTrswTOi, £v;^u/uot — yaXa, olvog jXvKvg. Aret. Cur. Morb. Diuturn. 130 : olvog XevKog XsTTTog yXvKvg, arv^piog t^wv log prj 'i(r\£iv Trjv jaaripa. Aret. Cur. Morb. Diuturn. 144 : Ig dvvafxiv Si Krjv olvog yXvKvg oKoXog aifxa hj Ig rrfv avTOV yivvav. Dioscor. Mat. Med. V. 9 : 6 plv yap yXvKvg olvog — KOiXirjg t£ /cai Ivrepojv TapaKTiKog ilxnrsp KaX to yXevKog, o Si avoTripog ovprjTiKOj- Tepog, &G. 13. * usaTovaOai. Peculiar to St. Luke. * fieaTovaOat and fi£(TTog alvai are used in medical language. Hipp. Affect. 522 : 17 Se vovcTog uavaT(jooi]g, aXXivg rf /cai rjv ri yacTTrjp peaTwOeicra vdarog. Galen. Usus. Part. x. 5 (iii. 783) : 1} ojg peaTovpsvog 'ivcouev 6 payonorig lirX TrXtlaTOv kKTeivsTai te kuX BtaTtiverai. Hipp. Morb. Sac. 307: al yap (^AtjScc peaTat £iappaKov iTTiOivTa Ty Tpioafi TrpocTTiXXsiv arpipa, axpi inp av irpua- Trayy. ^^ Lxxx.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 191 § LXXX. Acts, III. avvTpix^iv. * avvSpoimii. * vTroTpi\Hv. * Ka7arp£^\£tv. * oXoKXrjpia. * airoKaTCKTraaig. uTtvit^HV (verse 4, §53). vooadoKav (v. 5, §74). * (^aaig (v. 7, § 23). * arepeoiv (v. 7, § 23). * Gcl,vpa (v. 7, § 23). wapaxprina (v. 7, §57). * l^dWiaOai (v. 8, §23). tt/ju- 7rAr,;ut (v. 10, §60). *avaxljvKig (v. 19, §74). * Trpo- X^ipiZ^ryOai (v. 20, § 82). 11. "And as the lame man which was healed held Peter and John, all the people ran tor/ether {crvveSpa/xe) unto them in the porch that is called Solomon's, greatly wondering. avvrpix^iv (used also Mark, vi. 33, and 1 Peter, iv. 4), as well as the three following compounds of rpixeiv, were employed in medical language. Hipp. Flat. 298 : to aifia (rwrpix^t Kol Sd^SKTi Kara iravTog rov awfiaroq Iq to, uapfiOTaTa. Hipp. Acut. Morb. 398 : avvSedpanrfKOTog ^e aXeog rov depfiov uiravrog avb) £C TVV Kt(l)aXriv. Hipp. Fract. 755 : kqX fxrj ^wBthpafxiiKOieu oi fiViQ. Hipp. Epid. 1184 : ev ToTai Tpw/xaai to aifxa ^vvTpkx^i. Galen. Comm. iii. 47, Fract. (xviii. B. 606) : cpiXovai ol /uveg dg lavTovg awTp^x^i-v TrapaXXaTTOvTtov tiov oaTlujv. Galen. Renum Affect. 3 (xix. 657) : lirl iracry yap Kivi]au (pvaiKy awTpix^i- to oifia. Galen. De. Dieb. Decret. i. 7 (is. 807) : /x/jre roXg iroXXnlg tCjv kpltikCjv atjfxiiwv avvTpexovGwv. Galen. Meth. Med. ad Glaucum. ii. 1 (xi. 75) : pa^iwg VTroTpix^i- to alfia Koi avOig tTrippel. Galen. De Typis. 3 (vii. 485) : Tpng ajua Trapo^va/movg tig fxiav lopav avvSpajLiiiv. Galen. Comm. i. 1, Fract. (xviii. B. 329) : tov pvhg wg av tig avTov oXov avvrpi- XovTog. * awdpofjiri. Acts, xxi. 30 : " And all the city was 192 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [paht n. moved, and the people ran together {lyivero awcpoiJii'i tov Xaoii). Peculiar to St. Luke, and a technical term in medical language, denoting a " concourse " or " concurrence of symptoms." Galen defines it (Med. Defin. 169) : aw- ^pofxi) iari (TVvodoQ tCjv (JVfXirTWfxaTwv v tCov avfiTTTOJfiaTWv aOgoiafxa rj to tCjv av/uinTCjfxaTijjv adpoiafia (paivofxivtJV Ivap- 7WC anamv. Aretaeus, Cur. Acut. Morb, 104 : aXXa Kal Toiai iraXaiOTepoKn Irjrpolcfi loir} rig ^vvBpofjirig TrXevptTig £7rtic/\/j(7K6ro. Gralen. Comm. iv. 55, Morb. Acut. (xv. 831) : SiaKpiveiv airo Tt]g TraOoyvtofioviKrig avvdpofxrig tu eTTiyivo- peva — i) plv yap TradoyvMpoviKi] avvcpoprj to tov voaijparog eiSog ivSeUvvTui. Galen. Comm. i. 18, Praedic. (xvi. 554) : HKog S' £(tO' ore yiveaSai ti)v tCjv npripivojv avpiTTdjpaTwv CTuvSpojuTjv. Galen. Comm. i. 31., Praedic. (xvi. 575) : aXX OTi avv^popag iTfpoyevMV (rr^pdwv ov XP^) TTOiuaBai. Do. (576) : Stort ju//T£ hnOiaTO TToWaKig eiropevov to ovpirTiopa TovTo Tij TrpoKiipivrj avvdpopy. Galen. Comm. ii. 41, Praedic. (xvi. 600) : iraXiv t) avv^poprj tCjv ilpr^pivwv avpiTTwpaT(i)v avTOTTTiKi] eaTi. Galen. Comm. ii. 60, Praedic. (xvi. 642) : (paiveTai yap £^ avopoioyovutv fvtore avv^popag TToiovptvog. Galen. Comm. ii. 86, Praedic. (xvi. 674) : Iv liOpoiapaTi tt\h6vix)v arijituov c£ avvdpopag 6vopa(,ovai. Galen. Comm. iii. 29, Praedic. (xvi. 789) : t^ avopoioytvojv avpTTTwpaTivv aQpoiZfU avvBpopiiv. * vTTorpi^uv. Acts, xxvii. 16 : " And running under {vTTo^papovTig) a certain island which is called Clauda, we had much work to come by the boat." Peculiar to St. Luke. Hipp. Nat. Oss. 277 : i)v te vTTodpapy to aipa Ig tovto pipog Ittitv^v cvpv\(i)pir}g. Plipp. Nat. Oss. 279 : avTri Se VTrodedpajuy^Ke KaTutdev tov TTodbg VTTO TOV Tapaov. Hipp. Plat. 299 : £i Se Trjv cidcr- TuaLv VTTodpdp^j irvtvpa. Hipp. Loc. in Hom. 423 : kuI oTov a(pa1pai Iv Ty yaarpl vrcoTpi^ovaiv oSvvai. Hipp. Morb. 508 : to aXpa avTiKa Bippavdlv vtto Trig (5irig Koi vwodpafiov ig Tag (p\i(5ag. Hipp. Morb. 509 : tTrrjv Tig § Lxxx.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 193 irXr^yij KapTepwg, VTTOTpi\u vtto 7rXrj7>)v aifxa. Hipp. Fract. 768 : KOI TO olBrjfxa okXijijov yiveraL koI tt tov EuktvXov iirayayoig l^aiipiTai, arap kuX avQiq viroTpi^^ii Ta\kog. Galen. Comm. iii. 15, Fract. (xviii. B. 557) : to tpevOog l^adpaTUL Koi uvdig vTroTpi)(^H Tu\ewg kuto. to peyeOog. Galen. Meth. Med. ad Glauc. ii. 1 (xi. 75) : v7roTpi\ii to alpa koI iwdig iirippd. Galen. Medicus. 16 (xiv. 774) : vtto tyiv ktyi^ovu TOV j^iTwvOQ VTTodpapovaa vypaaia Kol Tijv (pXvKTaivav ano- TeXicraaa. Diosfior. Medic. Parab. 38 : vnodpopag Se a'lpaTog BepaTrevei. * Kararpe'xEtv. Acts, xxi. 32 : " Who immediately took soldiers and centurions, and ran doivn {KaTidpapsv) unto them." Peculiar to St. Luke. Hipp. Praedic. 80 : olaiv Ik piysog nvpaTol K07ri(A)Seig, yvvaKiia KUTaTpixei. Hipp. Coac. Progn. 206 : to. i^ai([)vr]g XiVKo. KaTaTpi)(^ovTa iwl Tpwapt^. Hipp. Acut. Morb. 401 : koI ovpa TTa\ia koi ^pipia kotu- dpaptj. Hipp. Acut. Morb, 404 : to El cnrb TTopctTwv oKoaa ptv vEapia (dpadvTropwTepd iaTL koX lyKVKXieTai Kcii InnroXa^^ei irepl inroxovEpia kqI Ig ovpr}(nv ov KaTaTpi^uv. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 404 : kcu cnrb Siiirvov TrspnraTrjaai oXiyov iwg ovpa KciTuEpapy. Galen. Comm, iii. 7, Epid. ii. (xvii. A. 399) : yvvaiKeia KaTaTpi-)^ii. Galen. DeFasciis (xviii. A. 829): orrivg tv9a pev HKog civadpapHv aoTiv oArjv tijv iTTideaiv, avTiXriif^ig avTiig yiyvoiTO an\ tu)v roTreivorlptov," tvOa Et KUTadpapuv, £7ri TMV vypViXoTtpojv. 16. "And his name through faith in his name hath made this man strong, whom ye see and know : yea the faith which is by him hath given him this perfect soundness [oXoKXrjpiav] in the presence of you all, * oXokXr^pia. Peculiar to St. Luke. The noun oAo/cXrjpta does not seem to be used in the medical writers ; the adjec- tive oXoKXripoc, however, is frequently, both in its more general meaning of " complete," " entire," and also in the same sense as by St. Luke, of " complete soundness of body." 2 C lU THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. Galen. San. Tuend. v. 1 (vi. 311) : vjiaivovTu dia iravTCJv (pvXa^aL avoaov, avujdvvov, oXoicXrjpor', ti ye firj TravTUTracnv £s apxjl^ vocTwdr^g eitf TiTv\r]KU)g, aihpLa. Galen. Meth. Med. iii. 3 (x. 186) : jujjSe Itti rwv opyaviKiov oXokXij/oov e^evpuv ^vvaaOai tyjv depairdav. Galen. Ars Med. ii. (i. 263) : diacpipei Be tocjovtov, otl {xopia fxlv oXoKXrjjoa Kara tovto to jivog {voaov). Galen. Comp. Med. ix. 5 (xiii. 289) : potai oXoKXrjpot K. Galen. Comp. Med. ix. 6 (xiii. 309) : wa wjua bXoKXnpa Svo. Galen. Remed. Parab. i. 2 (xiv. 329) : apvydaXa oXoKXr^pa. Galen. Eemed. Parab. i. 13 (xiv. 380) : KoxXiuiv bXoKXnpwv. Galen. Antid. i. 13 (xiv. 65) : dvo pr]vwv oXokXi'ipwv. Dioscor. Meth. Med. i. 11 : juaXa- j3a0pov adpavaTov ^e Koi 6XokXi]|0ov. Do. i. 25: KpoKog apicFTog 6 TrpoacftaTog re koi oXokXij/joc- 21. " Whom the heaven must receive until the times of restitution {aTroKaTaaTacreojg) of all things, which God hath spoken by the mouth of all his holy prophets since the world began." * airoKarcKTTacng, peculiar to St. Luke, was a technical medical term to denote " complete restoration of health" — " the restoring a dislocated joint to its proper place," &c. Galen. Medic. Defin. 11 (xix. 352) : OepairiVTiKov Sa rb TTipl TYjv 'laaiv ?) avaKXriaiv Tijg cie^uappivrig vyiaiag koi aTroKaTaaraaiv avTi^g Trpayparevopevov. Aretaeus, Sign. Acut. Morb. 11 : kyiv Itti rwv Siaipwv, TraXivSpofxiy r) X°^'^ ^^' uvTtj ^e (()Xiypa, CKTcpaXrig ri cnroKaraaTCKTig. Aret. Cur. Morb. Diuturn. 135 : rt 7](jvy(iTi] Ig cnroKaTaaraaiv rov Iv ry alwpy Tupdxov. Aret. Cur. Morb. Diuturn. 139 : aXX oaa aapKwv T£ avaTrXao-tv Troiurai koi Svvapiog tcr^^uv Kai rrig pag aTTOKUTdaTUGLv XajSowo-jjc avvTOfxuyg lirX to. dOicrfiiva aTrav- uyuytiv. Galen. Comp. Med. iv. 8 (xii. 754) : Sa ^1 ck § Lxxxi.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 195 ciacTTiinaTwv rpuov rj Tiaaapwv wpHtv ey^vfiaricravTsg lav fxiXPL cnroKaTaaTd(T£(jjg koX tots Xoveadai Trapaivelv. Galen. Medicus. 3 (siv. 681) : tCov Se h t(^ cwjiaTi to fxlv tu^ ro7r(^ aWoTpiov u)g \JTr6\vfxa kol t^apOpr^fxa kuX KaTayjua airep ivoeiKvvTai Trjv fXiTcidemv i) aTroKaTaaTamv (Iq tov 'iSiov TOTTov. Galen. Medicus. 20 (xiv. 796) : Kara Se to yovu (JVVExnQ iw^i' V Etc TO i^tjj l^apOprfaig Koi pqSia y\ cnroKaTci- cfTaaiq Sta avyKafXXpioog. § LXXXI. A c T s , I V. * SiairoveiffOat. KaTairovaiv. * diavsjistv. * kuOoXov. *lv6£i]g. * TTpocrEe'iadai. * ia-rrepa (verse 3, § 67). irifxirXrinL (v. 8, §60). awTr^pia (v. 12, §98). *avfx^aX\Hv (v. 19, §68). *Umg (v. 22, §17). 2. "Being grieved {diaTrovovfievoi) that they taught the people, and preached through Jesus the resurrection from the dead." * SiairoveiaOai is peculiar to St. Luke, and occurs again, Acts, xvi. 18. TTovog, irovelv, and some of their compounds, are much employed in medical language. Hipp. Rat. Vic. 364 : ovdlv yap tov (TWfiaTog SiaTre- TTOvrjTai irpog ovdiva ttovov. Hipp. Rat. Vic. 369 : ^p?) 06 TOV ToiovTOv iKdipaTTEvdrivat loSe, diaTTOvijcravTa ev Tolai yvfxvaaioKn. Dioscorides, Animal. Ven. Proem. : rj to Sia TOV (pakayyiov ^i]yfxaTog IvLifxevov Kai oXov to auyfxa Stairt- irovovfiEvov. Galen. Oomm. i. 3, Aph. (xvii. B. 363) : Kara TOV (5i6v diaTTovovfxivot. Galen. Usus. Part. ii. 7 (iii. 114) : TrXtlcTTag kuI avayKaiOTUTag koi (KpodpoTciTag Ivepydag i] ^£i() iv TovTtt) TM axi]paTi ^laiTovovpivr]. Galen. Parv. Pil. Exer. 3 (v. 903) : £T£pa vevpa koi fxveg BiairovtiTai irXiov. Galen. San. Tuend. ii. 9 (vi. 139) : tvTovov plv yvpvaaiov, to 196 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. (5iaiu)g avev raxovg SiaTrovovv. Galen. San. Tuend. ii. 11 (vi. 147) : ra St 7r\ayta fxigi) rfjc pa^iu)Q r\ Kivr^aig tJSe SittTTovH. Galen. San. Tuend. ii. 11 (vi. 146) : irpog rovroig £TL TO Tci /niv 6cT(f)vv ficiWov 7] ■)(^sipag 77 (TKiXt] diairovelv. Galen San. Tuend. ii. 9 (vi. 152) : Tivtg fxiv ivioyzim, aKiXt} f.iaX\.oi> r] )(^upag rj d^paKa, Tivsg Se oac^vv ?j KetpaXrjv rj pa.-)(iv J] yaaripa riveg S' onovv aXXo fiipog virep raXXa SiaTTOVOlKTlV. KaTairovetv. Acts, vii. 24 : " And seeing one of them suffer wrong, he defended him, and avenged him that tvas oppressed (rw KaTaTrovovfxivi^), and smote the Egyptian." KaTairovHv is used once elsewhere in N. T. (2 Pet. ii. 7.) Galen. San. Tuend. ii. 7 (vi. 130) : ol irporr^aTM Kpvsi KaTairovriOivTeg advfxoL ri den kol okvijooi Kivtiadai. Galen. Progn. ad Posth. 3 (siv. 613) : IttX Se ra Kara "EuSjjjuov InavHfii. KarajrovovjUEvog yap virb tCjv rpiiov TETapraiujv awiiXinaTo irpog tmv larpCov. Galen. Morb. Acut. 4 (xlx. 192): oTav S' ETTtTTCffOvra TO. voari/xara (jraaiv riva koL avap- Xiav ipyacrrjTai, £0' orrov av l(T)({)(Tri to. TraOt], etti ToaovTOv i] (pvaig KaTciTTovHTai. Galen. Comm. i. 12, Morb. Acut. (xv. 436) : rove IvavntoTaTOig aywyaig etti twv irvpaTTovTuyv XPOJ- pivovg larpovg, rovg re paKpdig cKTiriaig KarairovovvTag rovg Ka/iivovTag. Galen. Comm. iii. 1, Epid. ii. (xvii. A. 385) : TOig 0£ yvvcu^X tovtI to iTog paXiaTa Kivdvviodeg r)v, oti 17 ■XoXrj Tw Trig KaTaaTacrEug ah^^fuo Te9t]pni)vivr] Trjv vypav ^vmv olKTpiog STpve koI TToXvH^ujg KaTa7Te7rovr]iJLivr]v cKplei. Galen. Comp. Med. vii. 7 (xiii. 986) : ug to uvto avapiE,ag Trdcrag rag dwajuaig fxaXaacrE koI avyKOtrTS. 'itog av aXKifxov Koi kutq- TTETTOVYifxivov yivr\Tai. 17. " But that it spread (diavEfiriOy) no further among the people, let us straitly threaten them, that they speak henceforth to no man in this name. * Biavifxeiv. Peculiar to St. Luke. * diavifxeLv, * Siacnrei- peiv, and * ava^idovai, were the three great medical words to denote " the spreading," " distribution " of nourishment — the nerves — the blood, &c., through the body. It is remark- J Lxxxi.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 197 able that all three are used by St. Luke, and by him alone of the N.T. writers. Galen. Comm. ii. 6, Nat. Horn. (xv. 143) : al ^XfjSsc Siavi/jiovdiv avTo To7g tov ^wou fxopioig airacnv. Gralen. Comm. ii. 10, Aliment, (xv. 292) : waino Ik 7r»jyf}c tivoq iSiag ttovtI Ti^ awfiaTL ^lavifx^rai. Galen. Comm. iv. 6, Aliment. (xv. 390) : Kcii to ravTiig aprripiag viroXonrov lirX ttjv aptCF' Tspav oXtjv X^^P^ '^'*' '^^^ w/i07rXarrjv ciavifjieTai — odev koI 1] Tolg IvripoiQ Siav6f.iofXivr} irapayiveTai. Do. (391) : oaai ds ug aWag rov awfxaTog ywpag KaOiKacrrov dcavinovrai. Galen. Comm. ii. 10, Acut. Morb. (xv. 531) : duKTrtirTH irpbg TO ^utcppayfxa Tolg irpwroig /het avTO diavs/uLopevov aujiiamv. Galen. Comm. i. 1, Humor, (xvi. 12) : Siavip-ovTsg avTo T(j) atjjfxaTL iravrX tfKi^tg. Do. (13) : ciavifxovcn Se (cat 7rapayov(Tiv elg oXov to Z,Cjov al apTr\piai. Galen. Comm. iii. 127, Praedic. (xvi. 788) : Ik awX^vbg kripav (pXi^a ap\op.ivi]v diavifxeaOai To7g apicrTspoXg /xepeaiv. Galen. Nat. Facul. ii. 6 (ii. 105) : ovk av dvvaiTO Sexoiuevov Trjv Tpo(j>yiv ovTtjjg tig oXov lavTO diavifxeiv. Galen. Anat. Ad- minstr. iii. 10 (ii. 400) : al tCov fxeyaXiov vsvpcov diave- pijasig. 18. ''And they called them, and commanded them not to speak at all {KaBoXov) nor teach in the name of Jesus." * KaOoXov, peculiar to St. Luke, is very common in the medical writers. Dioscorides, Mat. Med. i. 13 : kuOoXov eoti iroXvxpw- Tov. 27 : KaOoXov dspfxaviKt) vTrapxovcra. 62 : KaOoXov TravTOJv £OTi \pTi](jLfX(jJTaTOv — KaQoXov IgtXv apaiMTiKOv. 71 : HdOoXov jbiaXaKTLKrfV £;;^£i ttjv dvvafxiv. 146 : /ecu KaOoXov 7rapaXap(iuvtadai del ttiv xprjdiv avTwv. Galen. Comp. Med. viii. 4 (xiii. 167) : avaTtXXovTeg to. mTia kox KaOoXov £s ov virovoijCTOj/xev yivecrOai. Do. (175) : Kot KaOoXov TravTU ocTOig £7ri TbJV KapSiaK(vv \piofXiOa. Do. (175) : KaX kuOoXov TTuv TO Tpo^Codig. Do. iii. 2 (564) : Ik tov t6v ye KaOoXov TooTTOv Tijg Oipawaiag tTrivoiijcTai. Do. V. 4 (802) : Kal KaOoXov laTiv T] cvvapig OuvpaaTii. 198 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. 34. " Neither was there any among them that lacked {Iv'Btri^ inrripx^v) : for as many as were possessors of lands or houses sold them, and brought the prices of the things that were sold." * IvBeric, peculiar to St. Luke, was a word of very fre- quent occurrence in medical language. Hipp. Affect. 528 : viravaXicrKeL ravra to aC)fxa Koi ovrt Iv^dg Icrriv ovts TrXripeg. Hipp. Artie. 807 : o-KlAea /jl^v kol X^^P^Q TeXsLovvTai, ravra Se ivdei(TT£pa yivovrai. Hipp. Artie. 821 : TO St rJ7C Kv//|Uijc oorla av^iTui fjiev, ov ttoXw St ivoe^- zaTipisyq — Tov St TTr]\vv /cai aicprjv Trfv X^^P^ oXiyu) evozecfTEpriv Tov vyuog. Hipp. Fract. 766 ; evdeecTrepov XP^ BiaiTav o-xpt ripsptiov SeKct. Hipp. Morb. Sacr. : svdEldTspov tovto tov awfiaroQ to (5\a(5lv avajKr] tlvai. Gralen. Morb. Acut. ii. 44 (xv. 601) : evBeri Triv )(|0£tav Trig avaTrvorjg Ipya^iTai koi dia TavTxiv ttiv tv^uav. Galen. Comm. iii. 4, Epid ii. (xvii. A. 322) : oral* rj ^^wXo^ftcra Tpo(j)ri IvSelorcpov avadiBoTai. Galen. Comm. i. 17, Aph. (xvii. B. 432) : tyiv dvvaniv tpyat^eTai koi r/rot TrXrjObjpiKov rj Ivdieg rj kukoxv/xov to crwjua. Galen. Comm. iii. 7, Aph. (xvii. B. 574) : ri ds ^ijjoorrjc ivdeecFT^povg fxlv no TrXijdei Toiig x^P-^^G epyd^iTui. * TrpoadiiaOai. Acts. xvii. 25: "Neither is worshipped with men's hands, as though he needed ■anything {TrpoaSeo- pevog Tivog), seeing he giveth to all life, and breath, and all things." Peculiar to St. Luke, and, like Iv^eijg, much used by the medical writers. Hipp. Yet. Med. 15 : koi rrixpLog ovdefxirig vpocrdetTai. Hipp. Praedic. 87 : SiaiTrj/xaTiov re iSiwv TrpoaSfOjUfvat eKacrToi KOL (})apiuLaKevai(i)v. Hipp. Praedic. 105 : depandrjg St wpocr- SeiTUL n voixTog avTr]. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 385 : rouTtotai koI dig horiov rjv ti SoKty irpoadeiv. Do. 393 : wv ov^iTspov elg Tip(jopir]v TTpocrShTai fxeXiKprfTOv. Hipp. Artie. 805 : tovtcov di. ovg I'lKKTTa KUTeaylv TrpoadteTai. (809) : eg TroAAa yap vocrrfpara irpoddioi av avTrig. Hipp. Ulcer. 874 : Kat ovTwg h]TpHriv irpoacpiptiv OKoirig S' av SoKjrj irpoadnadat. Galen. S^ Lxxxii.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 199 San. Tuend. i. 12 (vi. 68) : liravopOovcrOai jueOoSov rivog hipag TrpoaSeiTcu. Galen. Facul. Med. v. 22 (xi. 774) : koL dia TOVTO (5pa)(yTtpag liriKOvpiaQ t/c (j)apiJ,a.K(i)v irpoa^uTcu. LXXXII. Acts, V. atr^aXcta. aa- XiLav. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 396 : 'iwg av Iv a(T(f)aXdrj yivoiTO 6 VOGiWV SitTClt ^i. aGCpoXuitQ KOI fXtTpiOTY^TOg fXtTO. (pAeJDO- TOfxir]v. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 397 : x'^Aov St npocr^ipHv OKOTav £K Kpicnog Iv acKpaXibj r)8») y. Hipp. Aph. 1253 : TO dipfibv iKTrvrjTiKOv, OVK IttX TravTL sAkei piyicfTOv arjpuov fc aacpdXeiav. Galen. Comm. i. 3, Humor, (xvi. 92) : koi cKT^aXsiav vyieiriv arffxaivovai — to Ta^oq Kpianjjq kqi a(T(j)a- Xsiav Koi vy'uiav criXuxrovai. Galen. Comm. iv. 22, Aph.. (xvii. B. 685): TTfTrao-jiiot ra^vrrjra jcpio-Ecuc, a(T(j)aX£iav vyieivrjv arifiaivovai. Galen. Comm. iii. 2, Progn. (xviii. B. 238) : OTav TO. Tr]g ua^aXuaq ar]iXHa vrapy. aacpaXi'ig. Acts, xxi. 34: "And some cried one thing, some another, among the multitude : and when he could not know the certainty/ {to aoifpaXig) for the tumult, he commanded him to be carried into the castle." Used also xxii. 30, and xxv. 26. Hipp. Judic. 52 : aripaivet yap acr^aXia ttjv vovaov 'iaeaSai. Hipp. Progn. 211 : voaTwosg Bl koi Aeukov iv XP^' vioKTi OVK a(T(paXig. Hipp. Vic. Eat. 372 : 17 Oepainirf acr^a- XeaTeprj viro Tiig ciaiTt^g wSf. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 406 : aa^aXiaTipr] yap yiviTui ri BtpaTrtir}. Aretaeus, Sign. Morb. Acut. 11 : a(T(paXrjg 17 aTrOKaracrTaaig. Aret. Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 49 : acr^aAiOTfpjj Be koi amvicTTipr] r] Tyoe tov ttvov ocog. Aret. Cur. Acut. Morb. 96 : ovk ao-c^aAtc i^tv aladi)- aeai, vivpoiai St ayudov. Aret. Cur. Morb. Acut. 112 : ov Kapra aacpaXlg iirl (pXeyfxovycri. Galen. Comm. iv. 74, Acut. Morb. (xv. 862) : ovk aacpaXiig 7] Sia Tbjv ovpu}v a^ixiiwatg. Galen. Comm. i. 10, Epid. vi. (xvii. A. 852) : TrgojTri kuX acr^uXiGTaTTi Bidyvwaig elg tov Tpoirov tiov 7rvptTU)v. darpaXwg. Acts, xvi. 23: "And when they had laid many stripes upon them, they cast them into prison, charg- ing the jailor to keep them safeli/ " {da^aXiog). Used again. Acts, ii. 36. Hipp. Praedic, 108 : t6t£ TrpoXiyeiv ifiSopaiag iraixraadai tj iyyvQ TOVTtbJV koi a A Awe di KK^aXaq av^Quai ts kcu yvvaic,\v aacjjaXiog laXi]g. Acts, xxvii. 9 : " Now when much time was spent, and when sailing was now dangerous '^ (cTrio-^aXouc)- Peculiar to St. Luke, and frequently applied to disease by the medical writers. Hipp. Vet. Med. 11 : okotuv Se T\)X}i)aL peyaXu) te koi l(X)(ypt^ kcil tTrtcr^aXsi voay]fxaTi. Hipp. Aph. 1245 : ETrto-^aXlc Si. to toiovtov /cat irpog Tag kutcj KaOapcriag. Hipp. Aph. 1258: al Trapacppoavvai al plv pera yiXioTog yivopevoL aa(paXiaTipai al da paTo. (TirovSifig aTnaaXaig tlai TOig ovtio SiaKaipavotg. Galen. Comm. iii. 1, Progn. (xviii. B. 235) : paTa avpTTTojpaTwv avioTa Troialadai ti)v Kpiaiv aTTiatpaXwv Galen. Progn. De Decub. 3 (xix. 535) : airiacpaXr] iraOrj. Do. 5 (541) : aarai ri voaog aTTiacpaXrig koi airiKivSwog. Do. 11 (561) : aaTai i) voaog aTrKKpaXrjg anb 7rX{]0ovg koi Kpai- iraXrig. 30. " The God of our fathers raised up Jesus, whom ye slew {Siax^iphaaOa) and hanged on a tree." 2D 202 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. * SiaxeipiK£(yOai. Peculiar to St. Luke, and is used again Acts, xxvi. 21. In medical language it was employed, as was also x^'-P'^^^^^^^h of surgical operations in particular. Hipp. Progn. 45 : o S?) aTa^vXrjv KoXiovcn koX yivrjTai to inkv (jLKpov yapyapeiovog fxul!,6v re koi 7repi(j)£pig, to St avo)T£pit) XeiTTOTepov, Iv TovTtio T(j^ Kaip(^ a(7(f)EXig diax^ipi^tiv. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 384 : OKoaa av^dvpiog Sta^^ttpt^ecrOat, djg avu)- SvvojTaTa ttolUlv. Hipp. Morb. Mul. 638 : Set Se tov opOiog TovTa SiaxeLpiovfjievov SiayivaxTKtLV eKaarore rat; (picnag twv yvvaiKoJv. Hipp. Offic. 741 : ourwal Se to fxiv xnpi^o^ivov IvavTLOv Ty auy»J, tov Se xf'iO'^o»'^« IvavTiov tio xnpiZ,ojXivi^, ttKyiv o)(TTe jurj ETTttrKora^eti', oiitoj yap av 6 fxlv Spwv o/owjj, to de X£(/ot^O|U6voi; ovx opioro — 6 c)£ x^'^P'-^^f^^^^^ "^^ X^'P'^^'^'"' T(^ a\\(j^ TOV (TU)fxaTOg fxipH VTrrjperiirw ^ kaT^ojg i) KaBr]fxiVog. Hipp. Fract. 757 : 6 Se \wpog opSiog fxev iwv x^^p^Z^^^^) ^^^ iTspou TToda ETTi v\pr}XoTipov Tivbg f'x'^^' KaTopOwaag Si ToXai Oivapai TO oariov e-neiTa £7rtS£irw Tag ts apxag (daWojuevog Im TO KaT^yna icai raAAa iravTu uxnrep irpoTspov iraprivWrj X^tpiK^Tw. Gralen. De Fasciis. 1 (xvii. A. 768) : avwdvvio'g du giax£(f>i^£(T6lat. Galen. Comm. iii. 21, Progn. (xviii. B. 271) : a(T(j)£Xig diax^tpiK^iv. Galen. Comm. i. 10, Offic. (xviii. B. 681) : TTTspvyLov rj lyKavOida x^'P'^OjUtvoc. Do. (682) : T(^ T£ fxri (T(j)odpwg aviacfOai tov x^'P'^^juevov. * 7rpoxiipiK^(^dai. Acts, xxii. 14 : " And be said. The God of our fathers bath chosen thee (TrpoexEtjoio-aro ae), that thou shouldest know his will, and see that Just One, and shouldest hear the voice of his mouth." Peculiar to St. Luke, who uses it again iii. 20, xxvi. 16, and employed by the medical writers, as also irpox^ipog, and many derivatives of x£ip> ^- 0- Smx"p«(T)u6c, a medical prepa- ration, Hipp. 1022 : xE'PK^iwoc. Hipp. 741 : an operation, X'^ipicfixa. Hipp. 808 : surgical treatment, x«'jot^'e- Hipp. 756 : a surgical operation. Galen. Comm. iii. 36, Acut. Morb. (xv. 696) : Kadamp KuX V. fxiXi fiox^^pov i) TTTKTavrjv r) o^og rj olvov rj ti tolovtov irpox^i-phaio. Galen. Anat. Administr. iii. 2 (ii. 348) : iv ^ Lxxxii.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 203 71 jjiipoq Tov Ka)Xov vpo\£ipLaaiuevog. Galen. Nat. Facul. iii. 2 (ii. 146) : irpo^itpicracrOcu fxopia arro tov atofxaTog. Galen. Difficul. Eespir. ii. 10 (vii. 879) : vTroXo'nrovg ht rpug cifjpioaTovg Trpox£tpi(j6pe9ct. Galen. Oaus. Puis. i. 12 (ix. 51) : Xoiirbv av e't'ij TTpo\Hpi(yap.tvov iva riva a(^vyp.ov Itt' avTov h'^a^ai TO xP'V'iwoi^- Galen. Diagn. Puis. ii. 2 (viii. 845) : TTpo\tipijv pijviyya, «XXa Xprj npiovTa, lirsiBav oXiyov ttcwv Siy ^unreTrpiaOaL TravaaaOat irpiovTa — £v yap BiaTrpiijJTt^ oaTetj) — Hipp. Vuln. Cap. 913 : KoX yap TToXv BaacTOv SiawpieTai to ogtIov r}v vttottvov te Ibv ^dt) KaL cidirvov Trpitjg. 36. "For before these days rose up Theudas, boasting himself to be somebody ; to whom a number of men, about four hundred, joined themselves: who was slain; and all, as 204 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [paet ii. many as obeyed him, tcere scattered (duXvOricrav), and brought to nought." * StaXveiv. Peculiar to St. Luke, and of very frequent occurrence in medical language. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 387 : TTEipriOrivaL SiaXvaai Trjv odvvrjv. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 392 : Koi r) ETTi TO. irepa ai) fxerafdoXi) BiaXvei aio/xa. Hipp. Morb. Mul. 649 : Krjv fxlv EiaXm^rai koi aaBevrig yiverat ri yvvi} SmXajUj3av£tv £? oaov Sa ■)(^p6vov, rjv Se fxrj SiaXvr]Tai. Hipp. Flat. 298: KoiTa re apOpadiaXvovTanrporiovTrvpiTiov. Hipp. Flat. 300 : aiirai o£ BipfxavBuaaL SiaXvovrai koL ^laXvovai rrfv ^varamv tov aljuiaTog. Dioscor. Mat. Med. i. 101 : Bp6fi(5ovg ali^iaTog diaXvH. Dioscor. Mat. Med. ii. 98: x^^P^^f^^ diaXvet. Galen. Comm. i. 35, Acut. Morb. (xv. 804) : Ittix^ip^I julv yap i) i/ji(j)VToq Bepfiaaia ^laXvuv tz kqi X*^^ tovq Kara to awfxa XVfJi^ovg. Gralen. Comm. i. 12, Humor, (xvi. 112) : wg to Trdxog SiaXvBij tCjv x*^jUwv. *a7roXvnv: see § 16. § LXXXIII. Acts, VI. * avyKivuv. * KaBnfxipivog (v. 1, § 67). viro^aXXuv (verse 11, § 68). * avvapTTaZ^HV (v. 12, § 91). Wog (v. 14, § 58). aTivit,HV (v. 15, § 53). Acts, VII. KaKOvv. * (TVvaXavveiv. * aireXavveiv. * avarpicptiv. * (Bpvx^iv. * l^wOeXv. * (TKXrjpoTpaxvXog. * CFiTiov (verse 12, § 97). * /xtraicaXaa^ai (v. 14, § 85). * avyyivHu (v. 14, § 87). avaipuv (v. 21, § 84). KaTairoveTv (v. 24, § 81). (T(OTt}pia (v. 25, § 98). ava- Xap(5ctvaiv (v. 43, § 65). * Siadix^aBat (v. 45, § 73). * avTirriTTTeiv (v. 51, § 66). * diaTrpktv (v. 54, § 82). uTtviZiiv (v. 55, § 53). vi. 12: ^^ And thci/ stirred up {awEKivrirTav) the people. § Lxxxiii.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 205 and the elders, and the scribes, and came upon him, and caught him, and brought him to the council." *^C- vii. 20 : " In which time Moses was born, and was ex- ceeding fair, and nourished up (avtTpa(j)'n) in his father's house three months." * avarpi^uv. Peculiar to St. Luke, who uses it again verse 21, and xxii. 3, was the term in medical language for " to carefully nourish after illness so as to give strength." Hipp. Artie. 817: ETrstra avaOpiipat to aiofxa koi airaXvvai. Hipp. Epid. 1229 : yaXa ttoXXi^ ti^ vSuti fxiyvvg kSidov koi aviTpecpe. Hipp. Praedic. 88 : aXXa ttXeiovi Trorw %p^(70aj T] ov cvvaaOuL avaTpa(l)t]vai ear av to. Toiaiira irorig to ovpov. Aretaeus, Cur. Acut. Morb. 115 : oKoog U tov veKpwdwg Ivradiir} kqi avaTpa(pdi] to ^ivirupov — o'lSs avaTpo(pi]g OKCog aoTiTOKot TTuX^eg diovrai. Galen. Comm. iii. 29, Epid. vi. (xvu. B. 83) : awag XeiTTVcTixbg X^^^J '^^ Sepiua, TrepLreivsTai e/nTraXiv avarpefpo/uiivbov, a.vadpe\pig Si ravavTia TritpVKt TToielv. Gralen. Comm. i. 3, Aph. (xvii. B. 364) : 'iva ovv £X*J X'^P'^^ avOig avarpicpsaOai to aiofxa, Xveiv XP^ P-^ (3paSi(i)g Trjv eveUav. Gralen. Comm. ii. 6, Aph. (xvii. B. 461) : Sia TavT ovv Iv )(povoj ttXeiovl XP^I '"" ToiavTU (T(x)/xaTa avarpi- \iyp.a \a\vph}g vdaplg, koX aXyiei Ki]\og. This word, used by the LXX., is found in St. Luke alone of the N. T. writers. He, how- ever, was accustomed to the use of it in his medical practice. Hipp. Coac. Progn. 161 : Tpu)(r}\og aKXrjpog kuL liroj^vvog Koi yevvtvv (Tvvdecrig koI ^XefSiov a^ayiTidojv rraXfjibg l(T)(ypog Kcn TivovTwv ^vvTuaig, oXiOpiov. i LXXXIV. ,AcTs, VIII. * avaipacFig. avaipHv. * Siaairdpeiv. * Xvfxaivecrdai. Karip- Xeadai. Biipx^adai. * Su^ipxeadai. * iiravipxiadai. * avTiTrapip^EaOai. * TrpovTrup\eiv. vTrap^Hv. * TrapaXveaOai (verse 7, § 5). * piaxifx^gia (v. 26, § 67). *KoXX~aaQiu (v. 29, §66). 1. "And Saul was consenting unto his death (ry avaipiaH avTov). And at that time there was a great persecution against the church which was at Jerusalem ; and they were all scattered abroad (SteaTrapjjdai;) throughout the regions of Judtea and Samaria, except the apostles." * avaipdaig. Peculiar to St. Luke. This word and avaipuv and avuiptTiKog, were much used in medical language. 2E 210 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [fart ii. Galen. Morb. Acut. i. 2 (xv. 421) : ttiv Bipairuav t^v tCjv vo(7*/juarwv avaipeaiv tjSij jijsvr^fxivwv ov yivofiivwv In. Gralen. Comm. ii. 22, Aph, (xvii. A. 503) : ri XiyovTeg ovk alvai dspaneiav rriv avaipsaiv tCjv 7roiovvTU)v rag vocrovg alritDv. Gralen. Opt. Sect. 47 (i. 217) : rriv fxuwaiv koI tyiv avaipecnv tCjv voa^fiaTiov. Do. 218 : koL i] SiaOecng t^v avai- pecTiv fxovov IvddKvvTai tCjv vo(Tr)fxaT(ov. Gralen. Inaequal. Intemper. 6 (vii. 746) : rt plv r^g vyiiag (jtvXaKri Stci t^jv 6/iottt>v ij §£ rwf vov pei^ elg arrav avTO SiacrirdpcTai. Galen. Comm. iii. 10, Aliment, (xv. 292) : ox^erovg dt l^ avTtig ug oAov to awpa diacTTTsipopivovg. Galen. Comm, i. 12, Humor, (xvi. 124) : Bi oXov yap (Twparog diecxirappivov tov 7rX£ovat,ovTog. Galen. Comm, ii. 41, Praedic, (xvi. 602): tu re tov awpaTog popia ilg a Siacnreipercu vevpa. Galen. Natural, Facul. iii, 14 (ii. 211) : o^ETOi TToXXoi Kara iravTa to, pipr] oieaTrappivoi irapayovaiv avToTg aipa. Galen, Anat. Administr. iii. 2 (ii, 353) : Tag apxag rwv slg to Sippa Sia(nr£ipopiv(jt)v vtvpwv. Galen, Anat. Administr. iii, 3 (ii, 356) : tov Bl dg tov BeXTOH^r] pvv Biaairupopivov. Galen. Anat. Ven. 2 (ii. 786) : dg oXov TO mrXayxvov Biaaweipopevog. Galen. Anat, Ven. 6 (801) : apaxvoeiddg a7ro(pvovTai Tolg tTrnroXrjg xwpioig Bia- (TTTEipopsvai. 3, " As for Saul, he tnade hamch [iXvpaivtTo) of the church, entering into every house, and haling men and women com- mitted them to prison." * Xvpaiveadai, peculiar to St. Luke, was an usual word in medical language to describe the ravages of disease — the injury done by unskilful medical treatment. Hipp. Vet. Med, 13 : ravTU plv icvpivv kuI to> avdptjjTrOj) kvtovTa Kai Xvpuivopeva tov avdpujirov. Hipp. Vet. Med, 17: 212 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [paut n. ft Se TTfiarf Tij av9pwwiv7j (pvaei ijv kukov iravTag av iXvfiaivero. Hipp. Morb. Sacr. 307 : kuI Iv tovto^ SjjXov 6ti yvway on ovx o Oiog TO (yu)/xa XvfiaiviTai aXX r) voarog. Hipp. Artie. 790 : ttoWovq ovv otSa ItfTpovg raWa ov (pXav- p(i)g lovrag oi TroXXa rjSti IXvfjirivavTO. Hipp. Apboron. 825 : Bel Se to. av{]KeaTa ^vviivai wg firj fxaXiara XvjUaivJjrat. Dioscor. Animal. Yen. Proem. : tow GKoprriov koi tCjv aXXdiv Twv ToiovT(t)v ry oapKi Xvfxaivofiivwv. Dioscor. Medic. Parab. ii. 63 : icai ovre oTOfxayov Xv/iiaiviTai. Gralen. Comm. 4, Nat. Hom. (xv. 121) : Im fxh' ovv twv avaOvixidcTEtov XvfxaLvo}iivit)v ToTg au)iuaov Iv Ty KoiXiij iTToirjcFE KOL dii^rjXOBv £s(i>, ovdlv piya aivog irapa&X'^^' Hipp. Progn. 40 : tort St to. TOiavra E,v(TpaT(jJE£a koi xoXiodea, TTOTE ptv opov Su^epxopeva aXX)iXoi(ri ttote Se Kara pipog. Galen. Comm. iii. 2, Aliment, (xv. 266) : ov SOvaTai 6 Jk 214 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. riov (TiTiwv X^f^^^' /o?^^^C StE^f'px^"^^"* ''"'^^ ^^ rjTTari <(>Xi(3ag. Galen. Comm. iii. 6, Aliment, (xv. 277) : aWh rrig ava^o- (TEiog pi>iLi\l (pepo/Litvog Sii^iip\tT av hoifxujg St' oXou tov (TTrXayxvov. Gralen. Comm. iv. 4, Aliment, (xv. 383) : 6 Se TOV TTvevjuovog xitcov, na^vg kcu nvKvog kol dia tovto ovclv irXriv TO XsTTTOTaTov la ^li^iQxtaOai. Galen. Comm. iv. 5, Aliment, (xv. 390) : S<£^fp;^ojU£vov Se to. twv ot o-ttovSuXwv Tprj/naTa. Galen. Morb. Acut. i. 17 (xv. 458) : Bu^tpx^'^^'- yap TOV OwpuKo. Galen. Comm. iv. 24, Morb. Acut. (xv. 782) : ovK fTTtrptTTft TO Su^epxeaOai to TTvtvfxa. * e7ravipx^<^Gat. Luke, x. 35, and xix. 15, a much used and tecbnical medical term: see § 21. * avTLTrapipxtrrQai. Luke, x. 31: see § 21. 9. " But there was a certain man, called Simon, which heforetime in the same city used sorcery {TrpovirriQx^'^\ ^^^ bewitched the people of Samaria, giving out that himself was some great one." * TTQovirapx^iv, peculiar to St. Luke, and used also Luke, xxiii. 12, was employed [in the medical writers to describe a pre-existing disease, &c. Hipp. Epid. 1120 : Trpoi/Trrjpx^ ^^ b^vvr) Tig avu)Tipw. Hipp. Aph. 1247 : kclI Trepi tov Swpaica aXy^jxa r)v ti irpovw- ap\u, paXXov TToviovai. Hipp. Morb. Mul. 589 : ijv ol KaTeXdovTa l^ayayi} to. irpovTrapxovTa, Iv cl toXctl TpiTaioiaiv cipia-Ta plv ireicfeTai. Hipp. Aliment. 380 : Tpo^rj opoiul cl Ig ^vvaijiiv, OKOTav icparlfi fxlv ri iTriovaa, iiriKpaTiii cl r] 7rpovTrapxov(Ta. Galen. Comm. i. 2, Aliment, (xv. 233) : koX dvvapig 17 npovirapx^^^^ tTrtKparttt kcu to TeXog Tpic^tu. Galen. Humor, iii. 13 (xvi. 412) : koL wapo^vvei Tag irpoinr- apxo"<^«c oBvvctQ Kara tov OtvpuKa. Galen. Comm. ii. 5, Epid. iii. (xvii. A. 623) : xw/oic Trig ev ti^ adojxaTi Trpovirapxovcrr]? vo(T(l)dovg KaTa(TK£vii}g. Galen. Comm. ii. 10, Aph. (xvii. B. 466) : (jvvdia^OaipiTcu yap rj lireKJiovaa Tpo(pri Ty Trpovir- apxouo-y KUTci to awjua KaKoxvpiq- Galen. Comm. in. 17, Aph. (xvii. B. 610) : kuX Trapo^vvdiivai Tag 7rpoinrapxov(Tag o^vvag KUTu tov OwpoKu. Galen. Meth. Med. xiii. 14 § Lxxxv.] THE JklEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 215 (x. 909) : Tio TTjOOUTTapxo*^^' Kara to airXayxvov ai/xart jxiy- vvTai. virapxsiv. This word is used sixty-tico times in the N. T., St. Luke using it forty-tivo times; all the other tenters hut twenty. It was very frequently employed in medical lan- guage, particularly by Galen, who has it in almost every page in some of his treatises : see vols. x. xi. j^assim. § LX XXV. Acts, IX. TTtipaadai. * BfiTTvmv (verse 1, § 89). TrtfnrXriiLU (v. 17, § 60). * tnroirLTrTuv V. 18, § 25). * AsTTt'c (v. 18, § 25). Trapaxpmia (v. 18, § 57). *(Tvyx(civ (v. 22, § 79). iraparnpalv (v. 24, § 72). avaipitv (v. 23, § 84). x"*^"*^ i'^' 25, § 61). KoXXaaOai (v. 26, § 66). * lirixiipuv (v. 29, § 57). diipx^^^^'- V. 32, § 84). Karipx^crdai (v. 32, § 84). * wapaXieaem (v. 33, § 5). * vwi.Q(^)ov (v. 37, § 78). * avaKudi^Hv (v. 40, § 10). Acts, X. * oBriTTopi'iv. * Eiodeveiv. * ap;^)). * oOovr}. * al(TKa\Hv. * fx^TaKaXeiv. arevlKiiv (verse 4, § 53). * SKaramg (v. 10, § 28). avaXain- (5aviLV (v. 16, § 65). * dtaTropelv (v. 17, § 74). irpoado- K^v (v. 24, § 74). KoXXcKrOai (v. 28, § 66.) avaipttv (v. 39, § 84). lirj^emg (v. 43, § 59). ix. 26 : " And when Saul was come to Jerusalem, he assayed {lireiparo) to join himself to the disciples." TTEipaadai, used also xxvi. 21, and once elsewhere (Heb. iv. 15), was a word very frequently employed in the medical writers for " to attempt some method of cure or surgical opera- tion." There was also a class of medicines called TrHpr\Ti]piov. 216 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. Hipp. Morb. Mul. 625 : TreiprjTripiov' jUwAu^av oKopodov (iTToZiiaaQ TTQOadiXvaL u)pav' arepov Treiprjrijpiov. vItojttov oXijov, &c. Hipp. Artie. 829 : olo-t S' av fxri e/xj^XtjOi] ra oaria fitide Triipr}9)j s/LilBaXXecrdai, ovtoi TToXvirXtiovsg TrtpiyivovTai. Hipp. Vul. Cap. 902 : irpCjTOv SiaylvuxTKiLV TTup^adai ii tl iriTTOvOs TOVTO TO OGTioV. Hipp. Vul. Cap. 920 : OuSt KlV^VViVilV Til 6(TTta 7T£tpu)fX£vov QipaipisLV TT/oiv T] avTOjuaTu eTraviy. Hipp, vul. Cap. 913 : koi TretpacruaL avaKiviwv to oariov avajSaX- \hv. Hipp. Epid. 1194 : tovtovq ouSe avaaraati TTiiZfOpi- vovg ovSev a^iov Xoyov ojcpiXei, ovts yaarpog Tapa)(rj, ovn ^XejSoTOfjiir} oaa liTHpaQiiv. Galen. Comm. i. 7, Humor, (xvi. 80) : OTL 7] TTiipa IrrKripaXrig sariv ovdtig ayvou tovto Si 7ra(T^£( Ota to vTTOKEifxsvov TTEjOi o 17 Tixyi] laTiv, ov yap cipfxaTa kol ^vXa koi irXivOoi, locFirep tCjv aXXiov t£)(^vwv vXt) Tijg laTpmrig laTiv iv olg i^ean TreipaaOai avev Ktvdvvov, aXX Iv avOpuJTreiw acopaTi, e(p' ov Trupaadai Ttov aTTHpaaTwv ouK aa^aXig. Galen. Comm. i. 7, Humor, (xvi. 85) : Stt yovv tCov iravTojv lov iv ry tarptKy XP^^** fxtyaXr] TrsipaaOai ojg £X£t TTpbg TTjv Tov KupvovTog (pvcTLv. Galeu. Comm. i. 14, Humor, (xvi. 153) : Trjg c^oSpae al/xoppayiag ^or]dr]fxa ttiv cpXel^OTopiav elvai, rifxeig yap TroXXaKig tovtov eireipadripav. Galen. Aph. Comm. ii. 29 (xvii. B. 523) : Iv oTg eXiriZ^i aojuijcTetjdaL tov napvovra TTHpanQai \py] to. fxeitiu) [5oridi]/xaTa. x. 9 : " On the morrow, as they tvent on their journey " {oSoiTTOpOV VTlOv) . * odoiTTopiXv, peculiar to St. Luke, was much used in medical language to express, besides its ordinary meaning, the taking of exercise by patients — the passage of humours through the body — the course of the nerves — the passage of a calculus, &c. Hipp. Loc. in Hom. : avTi) ok ?? vypori^g anb rjjc KOiXhjg u7ro(ppu(T(ropevr] Ig rriv KtipaXi'iv wSoiTTopr/aei/ adpor]. Hij)p. LiOC. in Horn. 417 : ottotuv yap poog cnro(f)pax9rj Kai fii) e'xV OTTJ) ooonropir) oBonropeovcra eg to. apOpa ptl Ig to vttukov kuX lv ahro Biodtvov oiiK iaTrioiyfxivov iv tio pop'ii^ to irauog lpyaZ,iTaL. Galen. Loc. Affect, i. 6 : uXXuyg Se to. tCjv VTro\^cOpivu)v 7ra(T)(OU(n (pavTaa/xaTa, pi'iTa Osppaivopevtov twv 6(j>6aXfxu)v fxrire oiaTavo- fj.iv(t)v aXXa povov arpov SioStvovTog avTOvg. Hipp. Flat. 298 : Travruiv yap tiov toiovt(vv aiTiri tov nvivpaTog i) Ci6~ ^evaig. Hipp. Progn. 78 : fxeff' alpoppayiav peXavwv ^ioBog KUKov. Hipp. De Genitur. 232 : avrrj Se i) ciodog viro tt^q vopiig ovXiig yavopiviig aTepn) yiyoviv. Hipp. Nat. Oss. 280 : iv 7a() OTEvo^WjOtr? Tiig StoSou IvidpvTai. Hipp. Rat. Vic. 355 : Tpo(j)r)v Se ti^ aM/utTL irXdcTTriv Siotomv ute crj riavxri Sexo^'^'O' rpo^jyi' al cioSoi. Hipp. Loc. in Hom. 412: 2 F 218 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. ayei o?y to c,r]pov tov ahjf.iaTOQ to ek tiiq (C£0aA?/c vygov kqi aiLia Kol SioSoi elaiv rtj* ayovTi /uaAXov 17 ro> ayofxivm. Aretaeus, Cur. Acut. Morb. 106 : al tHjv ^XejSwv K£vu>aieg evpvT£pr}v TTJv TOV TnnvfxovoQ Troiiovai xwpriv Ig diodov Trig avciTTvorig. X. 11 : " And saw heaven opened, and a certain vessel descending unto him, as it had been a great sheet {696vr]v fxeyaXrjv) knit at the four corners [rkaaaQaiv apyaig), and let down to the earth. * apy^ai. * oOovn- apxai, in the Sense it bears here, is peculiar to St. Luke, as also is oOovrt ; and the phrase apxal 6B6vr]g bears clearly on the face of it the mark of a medical hand, for this strange use of apx^^'h "the beginnings," for "the ends," was the technical expression in medical language for the ends of bandages, instead of iripaTa employed in ordinary language. Galen remarks on this use, Comm. Offic. ii. 8 (xviii. B. 748) : Kctt TLCfiv tSo^Ev apx^g eindtcriuLwv ukovuv civtI tov TTtjOara, kuitol yeviKtJTspov ovojuia to iripag tori Trig ap\rig. The bandage itself was termed l-nrLdecriiiog, 666vn and odoviov, oOoviov being the term in Hippocrates; in the other medical writers it is as often dOovri as oOoviov. We have thus in this passage a technical medical phrase apxal oOovrig — the ends of a bandage — used for the ends of a sheet, an expression which hardly anyone except a medical man would think of employing. Still further, it would not be out of the way for a physician to speak of a sheet or bandage having more than two ends, apxai, as it had fre- quently eight, six, or four ends, according to the purpose for which it was required, the bandage being sometimes at its extremities split into a certain number of strips, the middle being left entire: e.g. Gralen. De Fasciis, 8 (xviii. A. 783) : diaipovpsv TO puKog tig (TkAij Tiaaapa to p.iaov avvi.x}^g lujvng. Do. 9 (783) : SuAovrsc TO paKog tig aKiXri 6kt(o tov piaov Iiaxj-OTOV KUTaXtiTro/xivov. Do. 7 (782) : avppsTpov fjUKog XajiovTeg iTriaxiKofJiev ilg ctkAi) t^. For this use of apxn in connection with oOovri, odoviov, ^ Lxxxv.] T'IIE medical LANGUAGE OF ST. LITRE. 219 &c., compare Hipp. Fract. 753 : tireiTa tnLduv tu) dOovioj t7]p apX^I^ (^ciXXo/iievog kuto. to KaTtiyfia — tCju Se Stvrtpwv oOoviojv T))v fxlv upxuv (daXXeaOai Itti to KaTrijfxa. Hipp. Fract. 763 : TO. irpCjTa odovia — jSoXAtcr^w 81 rriv ap)(riv Kara to KaTi]yfxa. Hipp. Fract. 767 : piyiaTov yap Igtiv to yivwaKeiv kuO oirolov Tpoirov xpi) Trjv apxi]v (SaXXeaOcu tov uuoviov — ?)v opOiog TiQ jSaXXijTcu d/v apxH^ i*^"' T^t-iZy- Hipp. Fract. 773 : Tf\v iiTiBiaiv iroLteaOai Ik fxiaov tov odoviov ap;;^0|U£i/oi' wr £7ri TO TToXv (hg £7rt dvo apxidiv vTTod£(Tfxlg inroduTcu. Hipp. Fract. 779 : iTrtdiXv Se xprj ti\v re apxyiv tov TrptoTov odoviov (5aW6fievov Kara to (iXa(pOiv. Hipp. Artic. 802 : tTTftra u)g UTTO Swo apx^i^v IwidiiTai ovTcog oOovito eg aira^ irspifdaXieiv. Hipp. Artic. 828 : oTav Si 7/S»/ eTridsdifisvog hj, Ivog Tivog tmv oOoviiov XP^h olaiv tTTtSltrat t))v apxv^ Trpocra^pat rrpbg to. KUTU) tov irodog l-mdiafxaTa. Galen. Comm. ii. 34, Artic. (xviil. A. 463) : Trjv p.lv apx^)^ (daXXeaOai Ti]g oOoinig oirLaOev TOV x^iXowC' Gralen. de Fasc. 7 (xviii. A. 783) : ovno re Tag XsiTTomivag Tiaaapag apX'"^Q ayovTsg ecjicnrTOfXiv. Galen. Comm. i. 23, Fract. (xviii. B. 370) : ovTojg fioi voei kutu to KUTayf.ia (daXXecrOai t£ kuX fxi) (daXXecrOai Trjv apxvv Ttjv ouoviijJV — apxnv [iaXXeadai fxi) Iwl to tXKog aXXa IttI to ufifxa. odovT] was used as well as oOovlov. Aretaeus, Cur. Acut. Morb. 114 : Ig 696vi]v apairiv IvSijcravTa KaTinraaauv. Aret. Cur. Acut. Morb. 116 : lyxpicravTa Sk eg oOovrjv IttI Trjv koiX'div TiOevai. Dioscor. Mat. Med. ii. 68 : liLnrXaaOdcra elg o06v>]v. Dioscor. Mat. Med. iii. 84 : lyxp^ydng dg odovriv. Galen. Comp. Med. iv. 2 (xiii. 598) : eK(t)d£v aiiTov iraXiv £7r(/3aAX(u iroXvTTTVXOvg odovag tXaitjj 8ta/3po\owc aig avOig e^toOev liriSerrixov £^ oOovrjg £7^^j3aXXw. * elaKuXtlv. X. 23 : " Then called he them in {alcricaXead' fxevog), and lodged them." * fiiTaKuXuv. X. 32 : " Send therefore to Joppa, and call hither {/niTaKuXeam) Simon, whose surname is Peter." These two compounds of kuXbTv, peculiar to St. Luke, were used in medical language for "to call in " or "seud 220 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [paut ii. for " a physician. Hipp. Progn. 36 : ol Bl kol taKaXscra/xevoi TOP irjTpbv TTapaxfiiifxa ireXevrijaav, ol /mlv ri/xepriv piriv ^ijcrav- Tig, 01 0£ oXiyii) TrXiiova -^^povov, nplv rj rov IrjTpbv ry Ti)(yy TTpog CKaoTov voanfxa avTaytoviaaaOai. Aretaeus, Sign. Acut. Morb. 7 : rov h]Tpov ol Ee ecTKoXeaafiivoi, ovdlv mvuvto. Galen. Progn. ad. Posthumum, 2, (siv. 607) : tha irepX T>)v iawipav (.leTaKciXsaafx^vog pe koi ttoXiv tov a(j)vyp.bv avrov KiXEVGOQ a^aaoai, rriv avT^v airo^acnv ■^Kovaev fjv irpo tov XovTpov, Kal paWov tVt OappaXe^Tepov T] tots. Gralen. Meth. Med. i. 1 (x. 4) : p.eTaKaXovvTm tCjv larpHiV oh Tovg apiaTOVQy aXXa TOVQ (Jwr^dsaTaTOvg. § LXXXVI. Acts, XI. * apxil (verse 5, § 85). * 696vn (v. 5, § 85). * 'iK,7Tamg (v. 5, § 28). arevl^Hv (v. 6, § 53). * avaawav (v. 10, § 75). * SiacTTTSipsiv (v. 19, § 84). 7rpo(TTidivat (v. 24, § 59). KaTipx^adai (v. 27, § 84). * iVTropnaQm (v. 29, § 74). Acts, XII. ^LaTp'i^Hv. * TaKTog. KUKOvv (verse 1, § 83). uvaipeiv (v. 2, § 84). irpoaTtOivai (v. 3, § 59). tKiriTTTZiv (v. 7, § 66). * TrpoaSoKia (v. 11, § 74). "avvaSpoiZeiv (v. 12, § 77). * SaaxvpiKeaOai (v. 15, § 54). * KUTaadeiv (v. 17, § 59). * rapaxog (v. 18, § 57). Kar£p^£CT0a< (v. 19, § 84). Trapaxp^pci (v. 23, § 57). * kKi^{,xeiv (v. 23, § 24). xi. 18 : " When thej heard these things, thei/ held their peace {i)(jvxa(Tav), and glorified God, saying, Then hath God also to the Gentiles granted repentance unto life." riavxaK^tv isusedalso ch. xxi. 14; Luke, xiv. 4; xxiii. 56; ^ Lxxxvi.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 221 and ouly once elsewhere in N. T., 1, Thess. iv. 11 : it was the medical word for patients keeping calm and quiet. Hipp. Morb. 488 : (pvXaTT^aOai Sptjuiojv 6d/.iag Kcd to. ToiavTa KoL i^cru^^a^etv diairy fxaXOuKy xpwfxivov. Hipp. Morb. 495 : jUETa Si Tag Kpicnag avaKOfiit^eiv (jLTioiai K0v(j)0i(n, kol ijcTvxaK^iv. Hipp. Intern. Affect. 737 : rjv Se fxr) ^vfif^ti^ioaiv^ ■)iav\aZ,iT(ji) wc jitaXtora ti^ (TwfxaTL. Hipp. Nat. Mul. 567 : VTTO Se tF/c oSui'jjc oh Svvarai ijcrvxa^nv, aAAa ptiTTSi twvrj/v. Hipp. Nat. Mill. 579 : rauriji' ■)(^pri (jjg oTi /ttoAtora ii(TV\atiHv Kcd fxrj Kiveiadai. Dioscor. Venen. 15 : i7(7u;^a^E£v Se avrovg avayKCL^eiv Set, uirwg tov oivov ireirwKOTeg £K7r£i//woiv. Dioscor. Medic. Parab. ii. 21 : avf.nrepL(5a\\(i)v ar^sg riav^aacu Ka\ 'iva l-u) piytjay Trpo(javaXei(j)ia6(i) Xittei, koi idpwau woXv. Gralen. Comm. ii. 51, Acut. Morb. (xv. 615) : eA/coc e'xwv ev KVYi/xy, Biov riavxaZttv re kol KaraKHcrOai. Do. (616) : dai, koi Tag ^vyyevdag wg t^ovcn wpbg aWriXovg. Galen. Comm. iii. 31, Humor, (xvi. 479) : £t o£ -)(oX(jL)cr]g, (ji})(pov Koi Itti twv \onrwv Kara tyjv tov ■)^vpov avyyiVEiav. Galen. Comm. iii. 4, Epid. vi. (xvii. B. 113) : ^aaKOVTtg £7r' liXXo KOLvwviug aiSog avTOv piTeXi]XvOivai to Kara r})i; rwv xvpojv avyyivaav — Sm tov j^ypov rj)v avyyt' vetav TTTva tttvovulv. Galen. Comm. iii. 100, Artie, (xviii. A. 635) : upr)Tai poi KOI irpoaQiv wg Tag KOivwvtag Kot oiov avyy^vdag riov popiwv adeX^iE,iag s'livdev ovopa'Cuv. Galen. Comm. iii. 35, Fract. (xviii. B. 587) : oTTfp iuodapev Xiyeiv^ wpoiu)Tai, Kctl KOivu)V£l, Kal avyyivaav e'x^'' '^'^^^^ KaX£ti; iiwOav 6 'linroKpaTtig ^jSfA^iarat ti]v 7roAA7)v tCjv irpaypaTwv otK£tOTjjra Kai (jvyyiveiav IvEtiKVvptvog T(j^ ovopuTi. 36. "For David, after he had served {vTrnpirnaag) his own generation by the will of God, fell on sleep, and was laid unto his fathers, and saw corruption." * vvripiTaLv, peculiar to St. Luke, and used again, Acts, XX. 34; xxiv. 23; was much employed in medical language. I § Lxxxvii.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 225 Hipp. Coac. Progn. : koI KOiXirig rf/c avio KoXtJg virripa- Tovamj. Hipp. Flat. 300 : e'AicsTat kcu TiTupuKTai to. f-dpr] tov (TwfxaTog, vTT^piTovvTog T(o 0opv(5u) fcat rojoa^f^ tov alfxaroi'. Hipp. Offic. 742 : to p^v ovv awrrj t} tTriSsaig iriTai, to Se rote lu)/j.ivniaiv VTn]peTeei. Hipp. Insomn. 375 : 1] yap ipv^i) ejp{]yopev- OTav ptv ovv atofxaTi vTriipzTOvaa ??. Galen. Comm. iv. 5, Aliment, (xv. 386) : tovq Si rate tCjv TrepiTTiofxaTwv tKKpiasaiv viri^p^TovvTag pvg. Galen. Comm. v. 2, Epid. vi. (xvii. B. 236) : i) yXCxraa TTpog tyjv ciapOpwaiv avTrjg kroifxivg vTrt^peTiX. Galen. Comm. i. 7, Artie, (xviii. A. 318) : ot irepi- KSifXEvoi ry diapOpwati p-veg virripaTOvai re koi avfXTTpaTTOVcnv awry. Galen. Comm. iii. 110, Artie, (xviii. A. 655) : TtTTapa S' larlv tipOpa to. irpog jSadiZeiv vTrrfpsTovvTa. Galen. Comm. i. 30, Fract. (xviii. B. 377) : ^evripov tHjv liri^ifffxttyv elg Svo Xpdag virr}peTovvTog. Galen. Usus Part. xv. 6 (iv. 244) : tov ciyyiLOV tovtov Trig ^XejSoc vTrr}piTovvTog tio aTv\ay)(yi^. vm^piTtjg : see § 57. 50. "But the Jews stirred up {trapujTpvvav) the devout and honourable women, and the chief men of the city, and raised {iTriiyupav) a persecution against Paul and Barnabas, and expelled them out of their coasts." It is remarkable that St. Luke — and he alone of the N. T. wnters — uses the three words * TrapoTpvvuv, * iTrt- yaipeiv, and * irpoTpiireiv, which were the chief medical terms for " to stimulate." * TrapoTpvvsiv. Peculiar to St. Luke. Both this word and oTpvvHv are used by the medical wiiters, but not very fre- quently, their principal words being the other two, iTrayeipeiv and irpoTpiireiv. Hipp. Morb. Mul. 654 : cnraaa de 7rp6(j)aaig iKiivi] Tag vaTBpag TrapoTpvvat i]v i^wai ti (jtXavpov. Al'etaeus, Cur. Acut. Morb. 115 : Iv xoXipy i) rwv (pepofxivojv iTriax^tyig KaKov' uTTiTTTa yap' \pri wv i)p.ag priioicjg avTopara oi\e(Tdaij jjv Se py, OTpvvsiv di^ovrag vBuTog eufcp/jrou pvpijiaivuv. * aTreydpeiv, peculiar to St. Luke, and used again, xiv. 2. This word was very much employed in medical language. 2 G 226 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. Galen. Comm. ii. 21, Humor, (xv. 279) : 6 Tra^jo^ua^oc iiraydpH kuX kivh. Gralen. Comm. iii. 96, Praedic. (xvi. 712) : Sia Trjv ^vaLV ekXeXv^evjiv i.irtyeipBiv. Do. 144 (xvi. 804) : eveydpeL rijv ^vmv elg airoKpicnv tov TrapiTTOV. Do. 152 : tTreyeipei Trjv ^vaiv airoKplvai to Xvttovv. Galen. Mot. Mus- Cill, ii. 5 (iv. 442) : aprripiag julv ovv KLVi^aiv koX Kupdiag OVT8 TTavHv ovT iTrsydpHv. Galen. San. Tuend. ii. 6 (vi. 123): Tag Ivepyaiag iTnysipuv. Galen. San. Tuend. iv. 6 (vi. 277) : i) aXXivg LireydpH Tr\v 'iario Kivrjaiv avTU)v. Galen. San. Tuend. v. 3 (vi. 321) : t] rpl^pig iTnydpovaa tov Z,h)TiKov Tovov avTU)v. Hipp. Humor. 47 : ?j olov ai airo KavfxaT(t)v iTTiyeipofxevai (pXvKTeig. Hipp. Epid. 1168 : Xarivai, Tpaxv- vai, (7K\r]pvvai, fjiaXOa^ai, tci fxiv, to. Se fxt), lireys'ipai vapKUjaai Koi TciXXa oaa TOiavra. * TrpoTpeTTsaBai. Acts, xviii. 27 : " And when he was disposed to pass into Achaia, the brethren wrote, exhorting {rrpoTpitpafxevoi) the disciples to receive him." Peculiar to St. Luke, and much used in medical lan- guage. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 392 : o/nwg ri kuto. kixttiv KaOapmg vtt' avTOV yivofxivy) pveTai, jjv TTporpiTrr^Tm okoIov Set. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 394 : eg ovprjaiv irpoTpeTTTiKov. Galen. Medicus, 14 (xiv. 760) : TrpoTpeTTTiKo. Be oaa kivh koX irpoTpiiru to. ^apjuoKo, d)c jWEi' ayapiKov, 'ipig, &c. Galen. Ven. Sec. (xix. 525) : koi vdtop ^Xmpov Bidovreg, efxeiv irpoTpiirofxev. Galen. Usus Part. v. 14 (iii. 391) : to. fxlv yap aKaiptog Ikohv KwXwEt, to. 8' £V Kaipio TrpoTpiirei — fv Kuipo] Se TTpoTpi- TTOvaiv ol Kara to iiriyaaTpLov airavTsg pveg. Galen. XJsus Part. V. 15 (iii. 398 : o irpoTpixpH p.ev lirl ttjv kutio a(Tiog (pavsprig. Hipp. 1257 : arep (pXiypoviig. Aretaeus, Sign. Diuturn. Morb. 63 : Krjv av Bvaovpirig arsp. Do. 69 : (TKv^aXov iiTsp. Dioscor. Animal. Yen. 17 : koX ovk arap ■nBovng. Galen. Comp. Med. vi. 14 (xiii. 932) : aXXi] l^iTTioTiKi) vypojv Kai a.Tro(JTr}paT(x)v, paXiara Iv yovaai kol apdpoig, arep Toprjg iXKOvaa. oxXog was used in medical language for some disturbance of the system. Hipp, de Corde 268: 6\Xov koI (5ri\a Trapixn. Hipp. Gland. 272 : avrolg oxXog TroXvg. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 389 : oKwg av jito^a t£ o^Aov koX oyKOv kuI (^vaav kclI arpocpov ry KOiXiy irapixH. Hipp. Morb. Mill. 595 : kol irpog irav on uv (paywaiv i) iriwatv oxXog. Hipp. Morb. Mill. 645 : ijv yap aOpoiog larCovTui at varipai ig to. kuto) kuI oxXog yiverai — ap[5Xvu)(Taov(TL yap i) «|U0i r»)v (papvyya oxXot Kal raXXa. Hipp. Epid. 1121 : yXCjaauL ^WKeKUvpivaL TptTtj kuX oxXoi irepX iKTi]v Kal ij^doptjv. Hipp. Epid. 1190 : ol o^Aot, at dioEoi, OTL ToXat napaKpovovai Xriyovaiv odvvai TrXevpiwv — 232 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. £(Tr£ o' olcn TTvptToi, tart §£ oT<7tv ow, aXAu avv iBpuxnv, tart o olaL avv oy(\i^. uo)(Xog, 6-)(Xi](ngf 6)(\wdriQ, o^Xij/ooCj avo')(\i]aia, and diox^^lv, were also medical words. XV. 24 ; " Forasmuch as we have heard, that certain which went out from us have troubled you with words subverting {avaaKEvat^ovTig) your souls, saying, Ye must be circumcised, and keep the law." * avacTK^vaZeiv, peculiar to St. Luke, was much employed in medical language to denote the removal of a disease. Dioscor. Mat. Med. ii. 144 : Svvafxiv St £;^£t to, ^uAXa alyiXivTria avaaKevaK^iv. Dioscor. Mat. Med. iii. 9 : TO. (})ayt- BaiviKOL eXki} uvaaKivaiiovaa depainvti. Do. 132 : avaaK^va^n Se Ktd GvppLyyag. Dioscor. v. 25 : tte/oi to aropa ayjirridovag avctCTKEwa^oi/. Gralen. Comm. i. 16, Aph. (xvii. B. 426) : (pvXaTTeaOai yap ai/riov Set Sm tu)v vypiov ti)v (pvaiv, ovk avacTKevatieaOai KaSarrsp to. voai]fxaTa. Gralen. Comm. vi. 38, Aph. (xviii. A. 61) : tvioi St oi/St rovroig KapKivoig avaaKSVa- tisaOai euxTiv. Galen. Comm. i. 7, Artie, (xviii. A. 320) : ov- div pev tUv Kara (jyvaiv STravopuMaewg Seirat, ^vXarreLv piv yap I'lplv, OVK ava(JKiva(!liiv avra TrpoKHTai. Galen. Comp. Med. vii. 5 (xiii. 104) : avaaKevd(!isi ^povtouc Trvptrovg. Galen. Comp. Med. ix. 4 (xiii. 280) : koXiktj y (Tvv£\u)g £;)^p/j(Taro, TtXiwQ anaWaTTovcra koi civaaKivatiovaa. Galen. Medicus, 19 (xiv. 787) : lav piyag Xiav 6 rvXog y, Trepiatpovvng avaaKava(^opev. * aTToaKiva^Hv. Acts, xxi. 15 : " And after those days we took up our carriages {airotxKivacrapBvoi), and went up to Jerusalem." Peculiar to St. Luke, and used medically. Dioscor, Animal. Yen. Proem. : koi Trpo ptv rrig KaraaKy^psojg nov TTaQCov TTOiKiXwg SiayvwaTioVi iU^XP' '"^^ TravreXCjg avrrjv — ti)v ovvapiv (jiOopoTTOiov airoaicivaddrivai tCjv atvpaTOJV. oKtvuGia was the term for a medical preparation, and (TK£va(:iHv that for to compound it. XV. 39 : " And the contention was so sharp (wupoKvapog) ? Lxxxvni.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 233 between them, that they departed asunder one from the other : and so Barnabas took Mark, and sailed unto Cyprus." irapo^vafxoc is used once elsewhere (Heb. x, 24), and was common in medical language. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 398 : SuKpvXXnTTOJv rovg Trapo'^uajnovr Twv TTvpeTMv. Hipp. Epid. 954 : oi irapo^vcrinol tv aprirjai, Hipp. Epid. 963 : tlal ct rpoTroi Kui KaTacTTCKTiEQ kcu Trapo^va- poi TOVTtiov inaarov tmv 7rvpeTu>i'. Hipp. Aph. 1250 : uko- (TOKTi irapo^vapol jivovrai. Aretaeus, Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 34: 1] kTri\i]\piii, Brfptuj^eg ph' Tvapo^vapo'icn kol kcito^v kcu oXWpiov, t'/crfti'£ yap (core Trapo^vrrpoc; tig. Dioscor. Medic. Parab. ii. 39 : \apai(TVKr] irivopiin] ttuvh tovq wapo^vcrpovg. Do. 46 : K(i)\iKOiQ £y avrolg To7g 7rapoi,vapu7g Sidov SuKpavtg — Galen. Comm. i. 24, Morb. Acut. (xv. 476) : tchq irepiamug ijpipaiQ irepioSovg tmv Trapo^vapuiv (pvXa^uypiOa. Galen. Oomm. i. 12, Humor, (xvi. 134): el Be awt^elg jitr ol Trvptrol, SrjXov Si Tiva Tvapo^vapov (ptpovai. Galen. Comm. ii. 1, Praedic. i. (xvi. 491) : TTfjOt Trig ap\i]g irvpsKTiKi^v napo^vapwv. Trapo^vveaOm. Acts, xvii. 16 : " Now while Paul waited for them at Athens, his spirit was stirred {Trapw^vveTo) in him, when he saw the city wholly given to idolatry." This word is used once elsewhere (1 Cor. xiii. 5), and, like the last, was common in medical language. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 404 : kciI at tl aXXo aXyripa tit] pepa- OriKog TTpoadtv irapot^vvtitv av. Hipp. Praedic. 74 : Trvptrog irapo^vvtrai o^vg. Hipp. Fist. 889 : Kot tov (pappuKov Trrap- piKov Trpbg rrjv plva irpoaTiOtvai Koi irapo^vvtiv tov uvOpwTrov. Hipp. Epid. 963: tiravaciSol Si kcu irapo^vvtrai kuB' i}pipav tKaorrrjy. Hipp. Epid. 966 : TTvptTog o^vg, 'iSpwatv iv vvkti lirnruvwg Sevripij, ttuvtu Trapw^vvBr]. Hipp. Epid. 979 : t^ jcut OfKorp irapio^vvBt] vvktu koi dva(p6piog, ou;^ inrvoxjt. Hipp. Epid. 982 : oi. irvptTol Trapo^uvopevoi aXXore uXXoiiog liTttKTwg. Galen. Comm. 20, Vic. Eat. (xv. 204) : to. St tig tptTov Trapo^vvrj. Galen. Comm. i. 43, Morb. Acut. (xv. 500): £i;£Ka TOV pi) Trapo^vvat tviv oixpav tov KupvovTog. Galen. Ars Medica. 34 (i. 397) : uSvv\] Tt ttucfu Traoo^vvti to. ptvpaTa. 2 H 234 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [paut ii. § LXXXIX. Acts, XVI. * enaKpoaadai. * (TTEpsovv (verse 5, § 23). Smrpj'/Beiy (v. 12, § 86). avaipt7v (v. 27, § 84). * diairovHaOai (v. 18, § 81). * k-rap^a«T£tv (v. 20, § 57). WoG (v. 21, § 58). aa(paXwQ (v. 23, § 82). * TTtpipptiyvvfii (v. 22, § 61). fisaoi'VKTiov (v. 25, § 67). irapaxpviua (v. 26, § 57). tp'^aa'ia (v. 16, § 91). (TWTt}pia (v. 17, § 98). 7rapa(iiaK^aOm (v. 15, § 77). Acts, XVII. * iKTTifxrrHv. avairiixrcuv. * wvoy. * tfiTrvhiv. virepopav. iiioQa (verse 2, § 58). * 6>(\oTroiuv (v. 5, § 88). viTO^ij(iaBai (v. 7, § 73). TTaQo^vvtafiaL (v. 16, § 88). * avp^aWnv (v. 18, § 68). * £7rtSr,/x£7v (v. 21, § 79). * TTQOalHaBai. (v. 25, § 81). Ko\\~aijQai (v. 34, § 66). xvi. 25 : " And at midnight Paul and Silas prayed, and sang praises unto God : and the prisoners heard them " {iTrr]KpoCovTo) . * iiraKpoaaQai, peculiar to St. Luke, and applied in this passage to the attentive listening of the prisoners, was the term employed in medical language for the application of the ear to the human body, in order to detect the nature of internal disease by the sound — ausi-ultation. Hipp. Morb. 476 : Erepoc plv rug ^(^tlpag s^^^^j ^^ ^^ ^^i' u)fxov atlujv aKpoaZ,eadai tg oKortpov civ tCjv irXevpewv to iradoQ \po(j)iri. Hipp. Intern. Affect. 544 : Xoixrag ttoAA*^, Koi Beppio, tCov wfxwv Xapupivog cruaov iir^ aKpoacrdai, Iv OKOTipu) av Tiov irXevpiwv paWov K\vtir]Tai. xvii. 10: "And the brethren immediately sent away {l^impL^puv) Paul and Silas by night unto Berea." 1 § Lxxxix.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 235 * iKiriiLnrnv is peculiar to St. Luke. Both it and avanifx- TTnv were much used in medical language. Hipp. Coac. Progn. 213 : to Ss iKirijiirofitvov X'nrng 'i(t\ov ovpov viroaracnv To7 awfxctTi KUKudev TTpot; lyKi}K£r' on'OTre/UTrr} Tovg ciTfxovg. Galen. Adver. Jul. 4 (xviii. A. 262) : xoXr) Xafx- (Suvovaa fxlv ovv tyiv avaTTvoriv tt,tv iravro'ia avaniinTrei ^vai)- l^iaru ^iovau. Galen. Comm. iii. 102, Artie, (xviii. A. 640) : 236 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. TtlVO/iltVOQ h' OVTOQ TtVMV c'lVaTTE^TTet T1]V TCKTIV tTTl TOV fXVV avTov, oOiv Imi^v. Galen. Progn. iii. 30 (xviii. B. 285) : jLiiXaivav avuQvfxiaaiv irpog rr)}' K^cpaXriv avaTri/xTTH. Galen. Usus Part. iv. 17 (iii. 326) : rbv Iv rij jaaTpi Tmn^fxiiivov \vfxov avawifXTTovrn. Galen. San. Tuend. vi. 10 (vi. 428) : avaTrifiTTtiv te ttqoq ttjv KicpaXrjv cit/liovq lariv 6t£ fxoyQr]f)Ovq. Galen. De Succis. Aliment. 11 (vi. 807) : Sm t?)v KoiXiav avaTrijiTTOvaiv aTfxovg )(yfiu)v juo^a»)pwv. xvii. 25 : " Neither is worshipped with men's hands, as though he needed anything, seeing he giveth to all life, and breath {nvoi]v], and all things." *7ri/o7;, peculiar to St. Luke, and used also Acts, ii. 2, was employed in medical language to denote in particular the first breath of the child in the womb. e.(/., Hipp. Nat. Puer. 237 : ravry Kcd T) TTvoi), koI to irpioTOv (T/jUKprj i) TTvorj yiviTcti koX to oiifia oXijov ^wpiei airb Trjg fxrjrpoQ, OKOrov cl i) TTVori Itti TrAtTov yivrjTtti, fxaWov f'Aicfi to aifia. Hipp. Nat. Puer. 236 : KUKtivco r?)y irvoiiv Kid iiaio Koi £^w TTOueaOai to irpioTov — uti t) yovri iv v/xivi tari kuI TTvoriv e'xft. Hipp. Nat. Puer. 238 : kqi Si) koI toXoiv uvm TTJV TTVOriV TTOlieTai TO) T£ aTOjUUTl KOL TJJ pilH, Ka\ TJ TE KOlXia ^vduTai KOI TCI £i/r£jOa KaTarpvawfjiEva kotu to avu)Oev iiriXaju- (5avti Tijv Sia TOV o/LKpaXov ttvoyiv koi cifxaXSuvei — tovtwv Ss SiapOpovTai VTTo Tt]g irvoyq eKciaTa. Hipp. Nat. Puer. 245 : 6 OjU^aXoc icTTi, KUKSivr) irpwTov Tr]v m'oriv tXKSi ig twvTijv Koi jutOhjaiv i^w. Hipp. Morb- 470 : j)v (TTac^vXlg tv rrj (papvyyi jivr]Tai — liriXaiLijSavei Tr)v Trvoi]v. Hipp. Morb. 482: Kfli T^nv TTvoiriv £7rl\£t. Hipp. Morb. 506 : koi ov Swafxevov TO (TU)fia VTTO aadeviirjQ t^iv Trvor]v 'iXKtiv. Hipp. Epid. 1153 : £;;^aXa tjjv ttvoi^v. * ifxrrvkiv. Acts, ix. i : " And Saul, yet breathing out {IfxTTvtwv) threatenings and slaughter against the disciples of the Lord, went unto the high priest." Peculiar to St. Luke, and, like avairvhiv, elaTrvitiv, tKirvieiv, used in medical language, but not so frequently. Hipp. Flat. 296 : tovto dl fwvvov an EuiTiXiovaiv inravTa I ^ I.XXXIX.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 237 ret Ov>]Ta ^(7)a irp^aaovTct, totI fxlv e/xTTvloi^ra, rort St eKTTviovTa. Aretaeus, Cur. Acut. Morb. 87 : arap i)^.l ItovTiOKTi ifiTTViovGi iQ i)Sovi]v. Galen. Comm. i. 18, Humor, (xvi. 175) : iv tIj tov aljuaTOQ tttiktu XvcriTtXtc /uZ/re (5oav xvii. 30 : "And the times of this ignorance Grod winked at {vwsfjiSiov) ; but now commandeth all men every where to repent." * vTrepopav, peculiar to St. Luke, was the term in medical language for overlooking, not paying attention to, disease, or to some symptoms in comparison with others. Hipp. Fract. 758 : ^vf.i^ipei KaTciKelaOai TOVTOv tov \p(ivov, itXXu yap ov ToXpiovaiv vir^popMi'Tsg to voarfjuia. Hipp. Epid. 1169: pridtv hki], fin^lv virepopav. Aretaeus, Cur. Acut. Morb. 103 : ;;^o?y Si priSi rijv KttTio njrptu/i/ vTTspopijv. Aret. Cur. Acut. Morb. 106 : arap pii^e twv dia GToparoQ wcpeXovvTiov (j)cippaK(ov VTTtpopijv pr]^iv. Aret. Cur. Morb. Diuturn. 127 : pi) ivv p}]Se ra GpiKoa vinpoptjv (iXjia. Aret. Cur. Morb. Diuturn. 135 : vvv Se xpi) ovSlv virepopijv /iijSt irpiiaGHv Ti iiKi]. Galen. Comm. ii. 28, Epid. vi. (xvii. A. 953) : ovTio KairX Tiov OepaTrevTiKiov ov\ virepopa.i> rivbg Xpi"! TWV coKovvTwv dvui piKpCjv. Galen. Comm. ii. 29, Epid vi. (xvii. A. 954) : OtpaTravTiKriv (rvpjSovXriv KaXs'iv f'Etdrt aoi, TOTe pridlv virepopav kuX to prjSlv ftfcjj — T(ov yovv IdCoVj wc piKpov TTapadeijpuTog v-mpopCoaiv ti'tot tiov laTpwv — Tivlg S' ovx vTTspopCocTi Galeu. Comm. i. 5, Humor, (xvi. 77) : ail yovv pi) vwtpopa Tivog, ovot tiKij kol upaaaviaTcog TTicTTevt Totg Hpripivoig tmv depaTravTiKCJv Svvapeaiv. xvii. 26 : " And hath made of one blood all nations of men for to dwell on all the face of the earth, and hath deter- mined [bpiaag] the times before appointed, and the bounds of their habitation." opi^iiv, used six times by St Luke (Luke, xxii. 22 ; Acts, ii. 23 : x. 42; xi. 29; xvii. 26, 31), and but twice in the rest of the N. T. (E.om. i. 4; Heb. iv. 7), was employed in medical language in describing the different membranes, &c., which 238 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. separate different parts of the body — also of fixed times and periods, as here, &c. Galen. De Dieb. Decretor. ii. 2 (ix. 844) : r; TiXnioaig Se KOI i) TrapaKfiii iv \^povioig u)pi(jjuivni(; yivirai. Do. (845) : o>c Teray/xivov ti ^py]fxa tariv ij (pvcrig — avaXoyiaig tkhv wpiafxivaiQ koI Tnpio^oig Tzrayfiivaig at Ki\n]<7ug avrrig yivov- rai. Hipp. Nat. Puer. 246 : rjv Se jStaiov TraQr\fxa iraOrj to TTaiciov KOI irpoauev rov opicrfiivov ^povov puyivrojv Ttov vjuevg bpiZ,ov(nv eKaripwOev ai ysvofxevai. Gralen. De Oss. 1 (ii. 743) : 77 pacpij 17 irpog rriv avu) yivvv avrriv 6pi(!,ov(Ta. Do. (744) : opii^iTat ptv viro rfig Xapj3SoeiSovg pa(pt]g. Do. 3 (749) : opit^ovcTi St aura /oa^at recraapig. Gralen. Anat. Ad- ministr. iv. 2 (ii. 428) : loars aKpijiiog wpiaOai rag Svo ttA^u- pag Tov pvog. Gl-alen. Meth. Med. vii. 11 (x. 512) : iv (optaptvaig nepioSoig aTroarofxovjuevov ayytiov. §xc. Acts, XYIII. TTpoacjyaTwg. * opore^vog. tKTivaaaitv. * aTTOTivaacretv. * ilTLViVilV. * EVTOVWg. KaTepx^oOai (verse 5, § 84). KaKovv (v. 10, § 83). * t,{]Ty]pa (v. 15, § 88). * hirtXaijvHv (v. 16, § 83). aicpt^wc (v. 25, § 93). * irpoTptTTiaOai (v. 27, § 87J. avmfiaXXeiv (v. 27, §68). 2. " And found a certain Jew named Aquila, born in Pontus, /afe/i/ [Trpoa^aTwg) come from Italy." Trpoo-^aroc, met with also Heb. x. 20, was the medical word for anything new — fresh. Hipp. Coac. Progn. 164 : to. Se Trpu(T(paTa twv Iv rolaiv vTroxovopiotaiv lTnipp.aTix)v. Do. 186 : Kai oLna TTp6aTa ttuvtu 'i(T\vv ttXhovu 7ra()£\£rai tiov (iWiov. Dioscor. Mat. Med. i. 14 : lK\eyov Se to ■!rp6a7 to Tpavfxa TO Trp6(7(j)aTov. Galeu. Comp. Med. vii. 2 (xiii. 55) : appoZii (diiTTovai )(^poviii)g Kot irpoa tw irvEvpovi IcrOiopEtiog. * airoTivaaaeiv. Acts, xxviii. 5 : " And he shook off (oTroTtva^ae) the beast into the fire, and felt no harm." Peculiar to St. Luke, and employed, but not very fre- quently, in the medical writers. Galen uses it in connexion with a process in the preparation of barley for making a ptisan for the sick. Galen. De Ptisana, 4 (vi. 821) : £7r6 ^t' S)v iTrivevopiv re koI avavavopev Koi TTEpmyOjuev avrrfv Ig ra wXayia. Galen. TJsus Part. xii. 8 (iv. 31) : avTiKCt ji Toi tCjv iTTivivovTuyv TB KOI avainv6i>Twv rrjv K{:(j)aXi)i' pvuiv. Do. 9 (37) : ovTLjg ?/ Trpairr/ fxoXpa tojv pvMV TovTiov eTTivtvtiv avTrjv TTi^tVKtv. Do. 10 (43) : Iwiveveiv 0£ KOI aviwtuiiv Kara tov vioTOv. Do. 12 (53) : apu §' Itti- § xc] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 2tl vsvtiv T£ Kal avaviviiv aXXoT ciXXo jUtpoc rf/c pa^^ewg dvvtiTov ijv. Do. xiii. 3 (iv. 8G) : Iv St rolq Kara jov TQa\^]\oi> o'l t Iwivivovrtg sitji i^iveg ti)v K£(j)aXiiv. Do. (92) : iTriviveiv kuI iivavivaiv koi inoK^iptiv tov T(^a^^r]\ov. Do. i. 4 (iv. 13) : EYP'/i' ^*^o yiviadai rf/c KScpaXrjg rag Kiviicraig tTt^av fxlv tiri- vev6vT0)v Kol avavevovTwv — al fitv inveg avavevovcriv, at Sf tnivtvovcnv. Do. 7 (26) : r)g tpjov r)v avavtvtiv te Kal Ittl- veveiv. 28. " For he mighti/i/ {evTovwg) convinced the Jews, and that publickly, showing by the scriptures that Jesus was Christ." * iVTovwg, peculiar to St. Luke, used also in Luke, xxiii. 10, is one of the words most frequently employed in the medical writers, opposed to cirovog. Hipp. Medicus. 21 : evrovuJTipri yap 1(ttiv 17 crapK tov TTOvijcravTog. Hipp. Morb. 457 : oaoi fxlv veivTspoi elcriv are TOV (TwpaTog tiiTovov. Aret. Cur. Acut. Morb. 124 : yvvaiKog tvTovov. Aret. Morb. Diuturn. Cur. 129 : ^ tktl SaKTvXoKTi Kivteiv iVTovwg. Dioscor. Mat. Med. i. 13 : ovk eiiTovov Tij oapy. Dioscor. Mat. Med. i. 136 : tWi St evTovwTepog 6 dia tov o'lvov EKdXi(36pevog. Dioscor. Mat. Med. ii. 76 : og (JXitofjiivog irpbg KaOapaiv iVTOvutTtpog yivtTai. Galen. Aph. Comm. iii. 5 (xvii. B. 570) : awpivra tVTova. Galen. Comp, Med. iv. 10 (xii. 732) : tvTovuyg avaKctdaipei. Galen. Theriac. ad Peson. 15 (xiv. 276) : ttjv c£ (^vaLv ivepyttv euTOVwg. 2 I 242 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE .OF ST. LUKE. [hart ii. §XCI. Acts, XIX. * \p(jL)g. Ipyaaia. * crvvapTra^nv. *avwTepiK6g (verse 1, §70). KaTipx£ (v. 25, § 77). * ih-nropia (v. 25, § 74). iripirXwi (v. 29, § 60). * a{,yxv(nQ (v. 29. § 79). *(jvyx^etv (v. 32, § 79). *KaTa(Tdeiv (v. 33, § 59). *icara(7rlXXav (v. 35, § 92). * 7rpo(5aXXeiv (v. 33, § 68). *(xv paXiara yivH to dipfia kol ol pveg U(t]v i(pt^rig Be ol vfxiveg kol airXayxva. St. Luke, therefore, in using XP^^ here is speaking quite professionally. Hipp. Intern. Affect. 544 : koi 6 XP'^^ iTroiBaXiog koi ol TToSag ol^iovai. Hipp. Nat. Mul. 567 : kuj 6 XP^C ^Xvktuivojv KaTaTTiixirXaTiu. Hipp. Fract. 767 : koI yap d vyirig XPti'C evOev KOI tvdev eiridtOdii. Hipp. Artie. 812 : koL tijua Ta oaria tu KciTtr^yoTa IvBpaamL ovtu) paXXov tov xP^"^^- Hipp. Morb. Sac. 304 : okogoigi plv TruiSioiai ^ovaiv t^avOeH 'iXKia ig TTjv KS^aATji/ Kcd ig to. ovutu kiu eg tov aXXov XP^'''"- Hipp. Humor. 47 : 6dp.al xpt^^o'c- Aretaeus, Cur. Acut. Morb. 110: rjv Sa iTrnrvpsTaivwai, ra iroXXa koX rijai (pXty- fxaaiyai tmv xP^"^^^' yiy vovtui irvpeToi. Dioscor. Mat. Med. ii. 135 : piyvvTut ot apfiyfiaai irpoaujirov koX tov aXXov § xci.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 243 XpwTog. Galen. Def. Med. 436 (xix. 449) : yuyy^aivu Ian /xerajSoAj) tov ;^joa»roc rod kuto. ' {]Tran plv oSe i}v (pXtypavy rfjuXv rj aKippov 'ia\y to r'wap, uTpiTTTOv Si to ig Ipyaaiav — rjv ovv wpoTcpov TO ijTTap Tj)i' uXXrjv TpocpTjv Xa(3ri, Trjv plv loujv epyaair^v TTovin — aire^li] Si q Iv kwXijo ^^oXijg larX IpyaaiT}. Aret. Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 54 : kpyaali] yap Tpo(j)rig 7] Ig -rri^iv airopog. Galen. Usus Part. vii. 8 (iii. 541) : TO S' £K TWV Tpa\tlU)V CipT1]piOJV TTViVpU TO t^loOsV iX\dlv ev plv T^ aapKl tov irvEVfxovog t!)i' irpdyrriv Ipyaaiav Xaju[5avei. Galen. Nat. Facul. i. 10 (ii. 21) : oarovv S' 'iva yivr]Tai, TToXXov fxlv SuTai )(^p6vov, TToXXifg 8' ipyaaii]g Koi /xfrajSoATjc rt^ u'l/iaTi. 29. " And the whole city was filled with confusion : and having caught {avvapiraaavTtg) Gaius and Aristarchus, men of Macedonia, Paul's companions in travel, they rushed with one accord into the theatre. * avvapiruZ,Hv is peculiar to St. Luke, and used also in Luke, viii. 29 ; Acts, vi. 12 ; xxvii. 15. This word and 244 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. avapTTo^ftv and i^apTraKnv are used indifferently in medical language, to denote the sudden exertion of some of the natu- ral powers. Hipp. Aer. 292: ov yap dvvavrai en ^vvapiratieiv ai fxriTpai t^v y6vr]v. Gralen. San. Tuend. iv. 11 (vi. 301) : SideiKTai yap iracri To7q virb (pvcreojQ dioiKOvpivoig VTrap\ovaa SvvufiiQ ejucpVTog 7] eXktoc}) rwM op.o'nt)v \vfxuiv v(p^ tUv kuto. to t^irap l^apwdKei ^XejSwv. Galen. Nat. Faeul. iii. 8 (ii. 202) : ev Se tovtw too ^povoj Ei£p\op.tvri TO tvTspov ciTTav Tj Tpoi^i), oia tCjv tig avra Kadi]K6vrwv ayyddjv avap7ra^£rat. Galen. San. Tuend. iv. 10 (vi. 299) : IfXTr'nikaTai Tovroig ri t^ig aTTtTrrtov ^VfiCjv, ovg dvapTrd^ii. Do. 11. (301) : dvapTrd^aaOai TrXtiarTov wpbv XVfxov iig TOV oyKOv tov ^wou Sid iroWdg alTiag. Do. 11. (303) : (TvvapTrdZovaiv ai KadifKOvaai tovtoiv to tTipov, ijTOi a(painuv TeXewg rj peiovv. Do. : viroaTiXXopsx' Tci (TiTia. Galen. Morb. Acut. 6 (xix. 204) : ev Si rote irapo^vapolg virocTTiXXtaBui xp^- It was also used in the sense of "to shun — avoid." Hipp. Aph. 1249 : Tovg laxvovg, Tovg evrjpiag av(jj cpappa- KiVEiv, vTTOfTTeXXoiiitvovg x^t^f^^^^^ — Tuvg St Svcrripmg kg), ptauyg evcrapKOvg kcitu), VTrocTTtXXopivovg Oipog — rovg Si (pOivwSeag inrocFTeXXoibiivovg Tag avu). The metaphor, taken from keeping back food from patients, " I have kept back no spiritual food from you, for I have not shunned to declare to you all the counsel of God " (verse 27), is of the same nature as that which St. Paul employs in 1 Cor. iii. 2 : " I have fed you with milk, and not with meat." * KaTacTTiXXeiv. Acts, xix. 35 : " And when the town- clerk had ajjpeased {KaTaaTiiXag) the people, he said." Peculiar to St. Luke, and used also in verse 36. In me- dical language it is used for " to check the spreading of dis- ease — eruptive affections — ulcers"; also "to calm," as opposed to Trapo^vviiv. Dioscor. Mat. Med. ii. 1 : KaracrriXXei to. VTrepaapKOvvTa. Dioscor. Mat. Med. ii. 96 : ku\ rag l-rfi tCjv lXe(pavTiwvTwv 248 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. virepoxag KaTa\piOjxivr] KaTaariWu. Dioscor. Mat. Med. iii. 32 : koL tirovXal eAkj) Km KaTaariWei. Dioscor. Mat. Med. iv. 70 : KaraoreXXei rriv Oipfx^v. Dioscor. Mat. Med. V. 87 : hvvarai Se arv^tiv, ^r\paivEiVj XtTTTVvsiv, KaracrTiWeiv . Dioscor. Mat. Med. v. 88 : koI KaraartWei Tag vir£po)(^ag. Dioscor. Mat. Med. 107 : icaracrrfAXai HXkyi. Galen. Comp. Med. iv. 13 (xiii. 738) : KaraaTsXXei Koi to. Iv 6(p9aX/xo7g aracpvXw- para. Galen. Temper. Medic, vi. 1 (xi. 808) : lird Se ov povov oi) Txapo^vvu aAAa koi KaraareAActv iri^vKtv. Galen. Remed. Parab. i. 3 (xiv. 334) : KaraartAAft rag a^xppivag (^Xeypovag. * avcTTeXXiiv : see § 24. § XCIII. Acts, XXI. * (JvvBpvTtTHV. * aar]pog. airoa-rrav (verse 1, § 75). rjavxaZnv (v. 14, § 86). * airo- aKev^Knv (v. 15, § 88). * Wog (v. 21, § 58). * eKirX^iptj^mg (v. 26, § 64). *piiv. * avvtlvai. * avpiraptlvai. y. Galen. Comm. i. 10, Epid. iii. (xvii. A. 551) : rj)c cKyq/xtog ytvofxiviig paa- Til)vi)g. Galen. Comm. ii. 23, Aph. (xvii. B. 509) : oo-a riaXv riixipaig acpoBpwOivTa peTO. ravra aaiijuiog ippa fUKpbv Si tovto tig aKpi'jStmi/ diayvwaeiog. Galen. Comm. 19, Nat. Hom. (xv. 61) : rriv aKpi(5£iav Trig St' oXwv avTMV Kpaaewg IvStiKvvTai. Galen. Comm. V. 13, Epid. v. (xvii. B. 268) : irphg to TrdOeadai ty] jcara rjjv SiaiTav uKpi^dq. Galen. Comm. i. 9, Aph. (xvii. B. 378) : Hg aKpi(5elai> tov to iroaov Xa[5tiv Trig viroKaTa- (diKTiMg. Galen. Ars Medica. 24 (i. 370) : iv Se Tolg iSia- fxaai TriipSLug aKpi[5iia. Hipp. Vet. Med. 12 : ToiavTiig a/cpijStrjc kovcrrig Trepi Trjv Te\vi]v — ttoXXo. Se tlota icar' IriTptKrjv tg TorravTriv aKpi(5iriv rjKSt. * aKpijii'ig. Acts, xxvi. 5 : " Which knew me from the beginning, if they would testify, that after the most straitest sect {kuto. Triv aKpifiearaTriv aipEGiv) of our religion I lived a Pharisee." Peculiar to St. Luke. Hipp. Affect. 519 : Set (pvXaKrig Tt TrXiiaTrig koi dipairiitig oKjOtjSfararij^'. Hipp. Eract. 768 : rriv pivTOi Siatrav a.Kpi(5i:(TTipr}v koL ttXhu) xpovov \pr) iroiiea- Oai — ettI ToTaiv l(T)(ypoTUTOi ovv aKpi(5h)g Trig (pvrraiog to kciX- Xkttov yivETai irvov. Galen. Comm. iii. 24, Aliment, (xv. 360) : Trept ;^p£tac fiopiwv aKpi(5ujg iwecjKicpOai. Galen. Comm. i. 7, Humor, (xvi. 84) : ovTwg aKpi(5(og 1) Svvapig avTOV evpi(TKeTai KQi 17 avGTaaig. There is a great similarity between a part of the preface of St. Luke's Gospel and the dedication of one of his works to a friend by Galen, who states that he had written the work after having " accurately investigated all things " con- nected with the subject, emplojdng the word aKoi^iog. Galen. Theriac. ad Pison. 1 (xiv. 210) : kui tovtov aoi tov irtpX Tng Oi]piuKT]g Xoyov, tiKOifSwg i^sruaag cnravru, lipiare Yliaiov fjTTOVCdiwc tTTonjao. 252 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. xxii. 6 : "As also the high priest doth bear me witness, and all the estate of the elders : from whom also I received letters unto the brethren, and went to Damascus, to bring them which were there bound unto Jerusalem, for to he * Tijuojpuv, peculiar to St. Luke, and used again. Acts, sxvi. 11, in medical language denoted, to treat medically — to relieve — to succour. Hipp. Morb. 496: jjv juiv oiiv avTOfxarov cip^tjrat iTTveadai Iv TOVT(j^ t(jo ■)(p6v(jj), rjv ju?) <})apiuiaKOicn rifxtopieiv. Hipp. Morb. Mul. 604 : Tifiwpisiv ce mq firi Ik tovtov Eiappoia iTriyevopivt) (T(jL>paTL (})\avpw^ e\oi>Ti irovrfcryj piv. Hipp. Artie. 789 : ekto- adav 0£ rJjc f^(i<^X^^^^^ CKjaa pova tori T^wpta 'iva av tiq ta^opac Beiri Tipivptoixrag rtj) iradrjpaTi. Hipp. Grland. 272 : ripujpiojv o f-yKE^aXoc airoaTtpeei Trjv vypaairfv Koi eirX rag ecT^^ariag £$ii» airoaTiWsi to ttAeov otto rtov pocov. Hipp. Acut. Morb. 386 : TO tttveXov ivi(T)(^ijpevov icwXuEt ptv TO TTvtvpa ei(T(M) (pipeaOai, avajKa^si Ee Ta\i(i)g (j)iptauai koX ovTujg ig to kukov aWijXoicrt Tipioptovai. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 386 : fort St oTrrj koX dia(pe- povTwg TipwpriTiov. Aretaeus, Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 49 : rjv 06 ovpa AsTrra kuX ai'VTroorara koi oXiya to3 uSpw7r< Tiptopiei. Aret. Sign. Acut. Morb. 23: ov yap avvTipwpki t(^ nvivpovi. Aret. Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 56 : turc aXXoicn iipcpio Ig to KUKov GvvTiptopki. Arct. Sigu. Morb. Diuturn. 60 : awTi- pwphi yap aXX{]Xoi(yiv Eixpog (cai ttotov. xxii. 11 : " And when I could not see for the glory of that light, being led by the hand of them that were uith me {tCov — opiyavov avv o^ej — aiKvov ayp'iov pi^av avv o'lv^) — irsiripeiog KOKKOvg avv o^£<. Do. (3) : avv piXLTi arpovdiov — peXav- 610V avv Ipivdj — eXariipiov avv vSari. Do. 5 : OdXaaaa dipprj avv o^fT e\popivr}, &c. Galen. Remed. Parab. iii. 1 (xiv. 499) : aKOKiav avv o'tvqj XP'^ — ouvKog KprjTiKog aiiv olvij^ irivopevog — iXeviov ^oravTig 6 \yXbg avv vSari — pt^a orpojSfA/ou avv vdari — Kivapwpov avv fiiXni xXiapio — papaOpujv airtppa aiiv o'/vw — • vapur}^ ■)(X(M)p6g avv olvio l^rjOug — opiyavov avv piXiTi lipr]- viv — pvpiKTig avOog Koi (pvXXa avv oti'w — TTiVKiov 6 (pXoiog avv vSari — (^Xopov piZ,a avv oivi^ TTivofXivr] — arpovdiov (dora- vi]g rt pi^a avv piXiri — Xayioov KOirpog avv o'/vfjj Ospi^t^ TToBeiaa — KapSapoanopov Xtlov avv vSari — pai^tavov airippa avv v^aTi irivopsvov — avKapivov piZt}g 6 ^Xoibg aiiv v^ari — (dceXiov avv o'lvi^ — Kcipnog [5aXaapov avv vBciti irivopevog rj avv fliXlTl iKXti\6p£vog, &C. xxii. 25 : " And as tliej bound him with thongs, Paul § xciv.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 255 said unto the centurion that stood by, Is it lawful for you to scourge [fiaaTiZ^Hv) a man that is a Roman, and uncon- demned ? " * l.iu(jTiZ,iiv, peculiar to St. Luke, was used, as was also /(aCTTiste, in medical language ; scourging with nettles being employed as a remedy in cases of lethargy. Aretaeus, Cur. Acut. Morb. 90 : Biptnrda Xri6apjiKU)v. to. TrpioTa ij.lv u)v kol KviSy fxaari^Hv to. o-KtAta. Trpoai^ovaa yap T/ a\yr} ovk tg iraXXov fxtv SiapKSSi, uXvirov St 6daL,iaiJ.bv kuX TTovov h>Sido7, jU£rpia»e Se ipsBi^ei rt kol irapoiCLaKti Koi uepfxa- au]v TrpoKiiXiarat. Galen. De lienum Affect. 5 (xis. 674): Sn^sXBbv ve(l>povg, XWoug ixpiaTciTai Sta Ti)v tov ve 9. " And there arose a great cry : and the scribes that were of the Pharisees' part arose, and strove (Stfjuaxovro), saying, "We find no evil in this man." * Sta/xax^aOai. Peculiar to St. Luke. This particular compound of fiaxicrOai was used in medical language, as were also the nouns Sia/xaxn and Sta/uax»jo-tc. Galen. Comm. iii. 2, Epid. i. (xvii. A. 262) : tirl rTig 256 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. oy^orjQ iifxipaq, e^avOfijuara fxtO' l^pwroQ fcr^fv kpvOpa, arpoy- yvXa, (TjUtiCjOa, Trig (pvatcoQ uvtov Siaina\oiuivrfC eirl t)(yiuiag SiayvuxTiv. Galen. Loc. Affect, i. 1 (viii. 5) : ciKpifiiig Sid- yvuxjig Eic tovtwv yiverai. Galen. Comm. iii. 27, Aliment, (xv. 374) : T(j^ (5ov\o/xfvi^ oe aicptj3(uc VTTtp airavTwv tujv upr\- fxivtjjv Trig re ciayvivaewg ical Trig yevicreuyg pavdaveiv. Hipp. Nat. Horn. 228: tyjv Si Siayvwaiv ^pi) iKUTipwv wSe TTOiieaBai. Hipp. Rat. Vic. 369 : tort Trpodidyvivaig fxlv irpo tov Kajuiveiv, ^idyvojcng St tuiv atopciTcov tl TriirovOa. * SLayivu)(7K£iv. Hipp. Acut. Morb. 391 : ovSt yap riov ToiovT(i)v bpiu) ifxirsipovg Tovg h]Tpoug log >^(0?j BiayivwaKaiv rag dcrdevHag Iv ryai voixtokti. Hipp. Vuln. Cap. 902 : diayivu)- awvTto rj Koi ovK £'x£t' Hipp. Vuln. Cap. 908 : rjv pi) Siayivw(7Kt]g el ipptoye rj irtcpXaaTai rj Kai apipOTtpa tuvto. Hipp. Epid. 956 : TO. Of TTtpX Tag Kpiaiag It, ihv koX SiayivwaKopev i) o/ioia rj dv6~ poia. Hipp. Artie. 825 : SiayivcoaKtiv oinj skocftov kuI o'lojg Kot oiroTe TtXEvrijaei. Aretaeus, Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 62 : TOLcrce xpi) kui airocFTacnag oiayiyvwcTKeiv r/v wpoaytvMVTai TTvpaTog tg iairepuv ku\ piyta. Galen. Comm. i. 2, Morb. Acut. (xv. 421) : irpCjTov yap Siayviovai ^p?) ti ttots Igtl to irddog. Galen, ii. 21, Humor. Comm. (xvi. 281) : o-n-iog Be Ciayiv(jj(TKeiv kuI oTrwg SeX larrOai upcpw to. irddt} HprfTai. Galen. Comm. iii. 11, Humor, (xvi. 390): ojg kuI Taxicug tu voaiipaTa ciayivuj(TK£iv /cat KaXCJg OepaTrevnv Suv/jarj. TTpoyvwaig. Acts, ii. 23: "Him being delivered by the 2 L 2')8 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [paut ti. determinate counsel and foreknowledge [irpoyvwaH] of God, ye have taken, and by wicked hands have crucified and slain." 7rpoyiv(v(TKEiv. Acts, xxvi. 5 : " Which kiiciv me from the beginning " {irpo-yivwaKovTiq pe avcoOtv). Trpoyvbjaig is used also in 1 Peter, i. 2, and irpnyivwcTKiiv twice each by St. Paul and St. Peter : Eom. viii. 29, xi. 2 ; 1 Pet. i. 20 ; 2 Pet. iii. 17. Both words were much employed in medical language. By medical prognosis was understood the power of foresee- ing and foretelling what will take place in the course of a disease. The greatest attention was paid to this part of medicine by the ancient physicians. Hippocrates has writ- ten two works on the subject — KwaKat Trpoyvwang and -rrpo- yvwariKov. Galen has a Commentary on the latter, and has also written works, 7r£|0i irpoyvuxreiog — TrpoyvtoaTiKO. rrepl Kara- kXicecuc — irpoyvwaig TreTreipapivr} Kal 7rava\j}9{jg — irepl tov Trpoyivu)(TKiiv and irepl irpoyvManog a(j)vyp(ov, as well as irspl diayvuxTsijog (j^vyfihjv — and, from the importance attached to this branch of medical science, the words themselves must have been in constant use with medical men. irpoyvwiTig. Galen. Comm. iii. 5, Aph. (xvii. B. 570) : 'iva Koi Tag Trpoyvwaeig aKpifiianpov ironirai. Galen. Medicus, 7 (xiv. 690) : diaiptlrai Si Koi TO ariU£i(x)TiKbv tig Tpia, tig re tiriyvwaiv tHjv TTaptXr]Xv96Tii)v Koi tig Trjv tniaKtilnv rwv avvec- ptvovTwv Ku\ tig Trpoyvtvaiv rwy jUeXXovtwv. Galen. Comm. iii. 1, Epid. (xvii. A. 205) : cu TrottlcTOai Tag Siayvioatig koi irpoyvu)- atig — Tijv ap^Tjv Trig rt ciayvtoatijog utto tlov ttuOwv koi T^g taopiv^g TTpoyvwatiog airb tCjv koiviov iroiovptOa. Hipp. vie. Rat. 366 : aAXa yap at irpoyvivaug t^tvpripivai 'ipoiye Tiov liriKpaTiovTwv £v TM aijopttTi. Hipp. Artie. 807 : aXXa irtpl ptv TOVTivv tv Toiai wpovioicTL Kord Tcvtvpova voai'ipaaiv tlpi'i- atTai, tKti yap tlaiv avTiov ^apiicTTUTai irpoyvioaitg Trtpl tCov ptWovTwv tataOui. Aretaeus, Sign. Acut. Morb. 3 : 6ig Se ^vvr]dig TO wadog, i]v trroj y vovaog — tTriAr}TJjirf — irpoyvoxn tov ptXXovToc iW ipTTtipir]g. Galen. Comm. iii. 15, Aliment, (xv. ^ xciv.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. '259 313): Tiii' irpoyvuiatoog ou aiuiiKpag /.loi^ag outrtjc rfjc iarjOticTJc Koi w^£/\ ovv OiXovTi TTooyivojaKiiv a/cpt/Swc- Galen. Comm. 11. 00, Humor, (xvi. 320) : koi ttotI ptv ayaQa, ttotI Se f/iauAa atjptXa earai, airsp aSiivarov UKpijiiog vpoyviovai. Hipp. Progn. 46 : ^p?) Ss tov piXXovra opdiog 7rpoyiv(i)(TK£iv Tovg TTSptscFopivovg KCti Toiig airodavovpivovg . Hipp. Aer. 281 : ovTwg av Tig epivvio/xevog koi 7rpoyiv(i)(TKWv Tovg Kaipovg — kut opdbv ^ipoiTo oi/jc fAaYi<7ra Iv ry t^X^'V' Hipp. Morb. Sacr. 307 : OKoaoi 08 i}Srf lOd^eg Hal t)j vovcti^, irpoyivivcrKovcnv 6k6- Tav piXXtoai XijxPsaOai. Aretaeus, Cur. Morb. Acut. 117 : uepig ot kots tov i)}Tpov TrpoyiyvwcTKOvra auipa Ta irapeovTu log ov v^ipa Kup^ilSapiij vcodpy evvaadai. Aret. Sign. Acut. Morb. 20 : irpoyivioaKOvai pev ovv Trpwr/ora pev ihJVTioKJi tov jSiov Trjv piTaXXayijv. Galen. Comm. iv. 55, Morb. Acut. (xv. 832) : Tag Swaptig iiKioX tiov cr/j/xttaiv iKXoyiZop^vov TrpoyivwcTKiiv l^ uvtCov to airo^i^aopivov. Galen. Comm. ii. 1, Humor. (xvi. 210): avayKolov^l ku\ irpoyviovai t'/re oXtdpiov fiVf TTspieirTi^Kog tit] to voarjpa. Galen. Comm. ii. 12, Humor. (xvi. 251) : oTTwg 8' av rig paXicrra ^vvaiTO irpoyivMCTKiiv ti)v ptXXovaav aKprjv tv y KOiaig yivsTai. 16. "And when Paul's sister's son heard of their l//ing in icait (rr/v Ivi^pav), he went and entered into the castle and told Paul." * Ivi^pa, peculiar to St. Luke, is used again in ch. XXV. 3. It was the technical term for the rest or fulcrum of the lever in surgical operations, and the position and pressure of splints. 260 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. Hipp. Fract. 773 : rjv o apa tov oariov to avio irapriWay- fiivov fxi) iTTiTtidsiov i)(ri eviSprjv tc^ /io;^Aw, aXXa Trapo^v o 7rapa(ptp£i, irapayXvipavra \pri tov ocrriov evtSprjv tij^ no^Xe^ a(Tad6vT£Q fxoi Trpia(5eig. Hipp. Praedic. 98 : voiuaL irovripal Sg koi Ittikiv^woi oaai fxiXava i\(l)fja avaSi^ovat. Hipp. Morb. 453 : orav yap Trpocnr- f^j/pajulfoc 6 TrXtv/Xivv dpvij ic ^u^vrbv — ovk en Se\(:Tai ovBiv ovTS avto ava^iSot ovSev. Hipp. Morb. 454 : aXX' avTO o^' itvvTov TO (j)Vjuia avaSiSol to ttvov. Hipp. Morb. 456 : jU7/7€ rj (pXixp aTtyvwOij i) TeTpwjuivr} aXX" oXXote koI ciXXots avacicol aifxa. Hipp. Morb. 459 : oure to muXov avaciSoT. Aretaeus, Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 66 : aAA' ovSl ttiv apxriv Iq tov ojkov avaSiBoX. Galen. Comm. ii. 4, Aliment, (xv. 239): avaBiSoTai yap £(c Tt]Q KOiXiag rj Tpocpri Trp\v irtcpOrivai. Galen. Comm. iii. 2, Acut. Morb. (xv. 834) : 77 fxeTaX^xpiq arravTwv twv avaciBoiiiivwv elg oXov to aivpa yiyviTai — cici ttoXXwv tmv cpXefiujv avnSoOtig. Galen. Natural. Facul. ii. 6 (ii. Ill) : avacicoaOai to Sia tCjv ^AfjSwv aif^ia vopiZ,ovaiv. § XCV. Acts, XXIV. KUTopBuipa. * avopOoiiv. * opOoc;. * avvTopwg. * aaKUV. aviCfiQ. * {iia (verse 7, § 77). aKptiiiaTipov (v. 22, § 93). * ava{5aX- XtaBai (v. 22, § 68). * ^layiviLaKUV (v. 22, § 94). * S^aSoxoc (v. 27, § 73). * VTrr^peTSiv (v. 23, § 87). * opiXtTv (v. 26, § 77). * iniTGKuXiladai V. 25, § 85). 2. "And when he was called forth, Tertullus began to accuse him, saying, Seeing tliat by thee we enjoy great quiet- ness, and that very xvorthy deeda {KaTopdwfxaTwv) are done unto this nation by tliy providence." 262 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [paut ii. * Kar6pd(t)/j.a is peculiar to St. Luke. KaropOdifxa, Kurop- dwati-, and KUTopOovv are all employed by the medical writers. Hipp. Epis. 1289 : h^TfjiKtig ri^^^vtig KciTopOwiuaTa fxlv oi TToAAot Tujv avdplQ CFVva- yevrjOrf rial koi Xeiirwv iripTTTog IjiveTO kcu tivu ToiiWTa ertpa, ra pev apiOpM, to. Si peyidei tov Trpocri'jKOVTog eacpaXpifa, kcu eiirep avve\Cog pev tovtu, airavia Ze eyiveTO to. KUTopBdipaTa. Galen. Comp. Med. iii. 1 (xii. 625) : eip^Tai Se poi -rrpoaOev wg ai ToiavTai Svvapeig ovTe KUTopOwpaTa peyciXa ttoiovctiv ovTe (j^aXpaTa. Galen. Hipp, et Plat. Decret. iii. 4 (v. 390) : KaOairep ev te To7g apapTtjpacn koL KaTopQwpaai.. Hipp. Fract. 757: KaropOcocrag Se Tolaiv uivapcn to 6(TTio}>, prfiSliog Se Karop- OcocreTai. Hipp. Artie. 792: crvpiropavvoi av txiv KCiTopOwatv el 6 pev avOpcoTTog inrriog KeoiTo. * avopOovv. Luke, xiii. 13 : see § 16. * opOog. Acts, xiv. 10 : see § 31. 4. " Notwithstanding, that I be not further tedious unto thee, I pray thee that thou wouldst hear us of thy clemency a few icords " {awTopwg — or "/or a short tu)ie'^). * (TvvTopwg, peculiar to St. Luke, was the term almost always employed in medical language to express the nearness of death or cure. Hipp. Aph. 1247 : roTcrt Se 7rp£a(5vTepoi(n KOTuppoi avvTo- puig uTToXXvvTeg. Hipp. Coac. Progn. 152 : TreXicuvupevov § xcv.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 263 o£ fVt TOVTiOiaiv ftXicpapov rj ^ftAoc v jOic? ctWTOfiwg Oava- aifxov. Hipp. Coac. Progn. 128 : dvairvooi yevofxevoi Ovija- Kovai avvTojubog. Hipp. Coac. Progn. 186 : oTai yap yivsrai iravra ravra avvTOfxioq Bv{](JKOvai. Hipp. Coac. Progn. 213 : Oavaaifxov Si Koi iv Toiai irXtvpiTiKoicTi (TVVTOfitjjg. Hipp. Coac. Progn. 216 : iv ■)^o\ioSe(nv ovpov «7roAr/i//tc KTtivtL avvTo/iicjQ. Dioscor. Mat. Med. i. 178 : luTat (jwroixtog. Dioscor. Animal. Ven. 33 : vtto Kr^paaTov Sr}\dHcn awTOjXMQ iTrafjLvvH. Galen. Antid. ii. 15 (xiv. 195) : inrodviiaKovai avvTopioTaTa. Gralen. Comni. i. 3, Aph. (xvii. B. 365) : TovTO piyLOTOv iaTiv avTolg (cokov cib koi Xviauai ouTai avvTOfiuygy &C. 16. " And herein do I exercise myself (avrog (ktku)), to have always a conscience void of offence toward God, and toward men." * uGKe'iv, peculiar to St. Luke, was in medical language, besides other uses, the term employed for " to practice the medical art" — and a(TKr](ng, for "medical practice." Hipp. Morb. Acut. 381 : koL toIchv aaKiovaiv Ig lvi.^'u]v. Hipp. Epid. 948 : aaKtlv Trept TO. vov(Ti}inaTa Svo, w^fAettv ?} fxrj l5XanTnv. Galen. Comm. i. 7, Humor, (siv. 85) : aAA' ovSiv acTKiiaovm tt/v Siayvwaiv. Galen. Comm. ii. 2, Humor, (xvi. 223) : twl rriv rrig larpiKiig acjKncnv. Galen. Comm. iii. 32, Epid. iii. (xvii. A. 684) : Kara tovt^ aXrig oi Kara rriv Ti)^vriv acFKOVfievoi Bvvavrai. Galen. Progn. Decubitu. i. (xix. 530) : oiroaoi Trjv larpiKriv aaKiovreg. Galen. Med. Phil. (i. 60) : Sg av 'linroKparovg a^iwg acjKiiar) Trjv T£-\yr)v. 23. " And he commanded a centurion to keep Paul, and let him have liberty iixnv rt I'lviuiv). 264 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. avtaig is used four times by St. Paul also ; in medical language it signified remission of disease or pain. Hipp. De Dieb. Judic. 56 : Ic rriv iTnovaav r}fxipi]v avaaig rriQ vovaov — ig rrjv Tpirtjv averrig tjjc vovaov. Hipp. Coac. Progn. 152 : Trvaiifxa fxavwrfpov avtmv Ig tyjv liriovaav arjfiai- v£t. Hipp. Coac. Progn. 156 : arijiHOv avicrtwQ TTvpiTOV. Aretaeus, Sign. Acut. Morb. 4 : aveaiQ Sj) irpocrdev ttvl^ioq. Aret. Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 47 : wTri^ot avraoKBig, vttox^ov- Spiojv avtmg. r\Ki rrort irovog Ig fierarppovov £7r' avian. Do. 38 : T)v Se ett' ixvicnv i]Koiev tov kukov. Galen. Def. Med. 127 (xix. 381) : virvog kcxrlv avaaig ■ipv)(r]g. Gralen. Morb. Temp. 5 (vii. 425) : to rjjc oArjc TraoaKfirig jLii^og e^eari KoXilv aveaiiK Do. (426) : (itto rrig irptoTrig elapoXrig axP' Trig la\^]g (v. 26, § 82). Acts, XXVI. * liriKOvpia. * fxavia. * irspiTpiTrtiv. * TrpoTpiirtLV. Wog (verse 3, § rj?>]. * Ihrnpa (v. 3, § 88). * aK^,j3/;c (v. 5, § 93). TrpoyLV(i)aKiiv (v. 5, § 94). avaipuv (v. 10, § 84). * KaraKXtitiv (v. 10, § 42). * KaTa(l>ipHv (v. 10, § 33). * Tifxwpuv (v. 11, § 93). * KoraTriVreiv (v. 14, § 34). * irpox^iplK^odai (v. 16, § 82). * 8ca- X£ipiKt(yOai (v. 21, § 82). cicpemg (v. 18, § 59). iTtipaa- dm (v. 21, § 85). Acts, XXV. 23 : " And on the morrow, when Agrippa § xcvi.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 265 was come, and Bernice, ivith great pomj) {fxira ttoXXFjc (pavTaatag), and was entered into the place of hear- ing," &c. * ^avTucria, peculiar to St. Luke, is employed in medi- cal language to denote the appearance presented by or ma- nifestation of disease, &c. Hipp. Aliment. 381 : pnrTaafxog, o^j^ieg, ^avraaiai, iKrtpocj XvyfioQ, &c. Aretaeus, Sign. Acut. Morb. 15 : dg vinpojnv Se rpETTOjUEi^j) avajioyiig ^avraatov 7rapi\£i. Aretaeus, Sign. Acut. Morb. 22 : ivrs ^avTaair] lyyiyviTcu irXivpiTidog. Aret. Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 53 : (pavracrai yXvKa(^ovTog yiy ve- tch. Aret. Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 65 : (pavTaait) r»}c p^xtog tg TU) aKtXeB KiveviJLivt]g. Aret. Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 67 : 17 6[5og xai advpirj aXoyog tg cnraapbv airoTcXevTa. Hipp. Coac. Praedic. 129 : iv Toiai puKpoiai KOiXirig aXoyoi iirupaug airaapojSaeg. Hipp. Coac. Progn. 185 : aXyrjpa aXoyiog a avcjTiXXeaBat. xxvi. 22 : " Having therefore obtained /lelj) {liriKovplag) of God, I continue unto this day, witnessing both to small § xcvi.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 267 and great, saying none other things than those which the prophets and Moses did say should come." * e-rriKovpia, peculiar to St. Luke, was frequently used in medical language. Hipp. De Art. 5 : Xiyovreg wg ravra fxtv koi avra vcp' avTU)v av l^vyia^OLTO tTn)(iipiov(Jiv laadat, a S' liriKOvpiag diXrai ov\ aiTTovTai. Hipp, de Arte, 8 : on fxev ovv kuI \6jovg Iv itovrf] evrropovg elg rag liriKOvpiag e)(^et i) laTpiKi). Dioscor. Animal. Ven. Proem. : av6vi]Tog i) uauvOtg liriKovpiaf rTjg (pdopoTTOiov Bvvafxewg KaTadpa^o/xivrjg tCjv auyjuaTOJv. Do. 30 : ovdoTiovv Trapa Trig tHjv larpiov iiriKOvpiag 6(j)e\og yivirai. Galen. Usus Part. xvi. 10 (iv. 316) : d fxtv 8?) fxridtv aX\o }j.{]T ciyjilov £v d(i)paKi, o Tijg avTrig liriKOvpiag tSaro. Galen. San. Tuend. iv. 7 (vi. 284) : ufxHvov ovv kern rolg iiriKovpiag Tivog iKojOtv elg Trixf^iv Eeopavoig Iv tovtc^ to^ KUipio SiSoadai (papiiiaKov. Galen. San. Tuend. vi; 1 (vi. 381) : l^ rifxtJv etti- KOvpiag SiiaOat irpo row fji£yuXr]v ytviaBai /xerafioXriv wg voativ rjdi] (Ta(pu)g' eTTiKOvpia S' eoriv e^ eSEo-jUarwv koi TTOjuarwr. Galen. Meth. Med. iv. 4 (x. 272) : row iravTog awfxaTog eiriKovptag deo- fiivov. Galen. Remed. Parab. 1. Proem, (xiv. 312) : ou/c in Se kol axei rriv £k tCjv lafxciTMv tTTiKOvpiav tVTTopov. Galen. Loc. Affect, i. 7 (viii. 67) : j(^p{]Z,ovaL ye koi riig tCov aprrtpitov (cai oprt Ig ptopwaiv rpi- TrrjTttt. Hipp, Aph. 1252 : okoctol Kvvay)(r]v Sia(j)£vyov(Tiv kg Tov TrXevjULOva avriotcn rpiireTai. Hipp, Progn, 44 : koi ov Xr^atrai oiry Tpiiparai to vovar]pa. Galen. Comm. ii. 15, Humor, (xvi. 262) : 6 yap alpaTU)Si]g xvpog dg xoXrjv TpiirsTai. Galen. Comm. iii. 27, Progn. (xviii. B. 278) : orav 6 TTvperbg ^ (Tvv£\rig elg rag cnrocTTaaeig TpiireTai xpovi- Z,(x)V, &C. * TTpOTpiTTUV'. ^CC § 87. § xcvii.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 269 § XCVII. Acts, XXVII. * iTTifxiXsia. * iTTifxiXCjg. * liri/xeXiXadai. * £juj3t/3a^£tv. *Trapai- veIv. * avavBarog. * fvOerog. /3o/j0Eta. * VTroZdovvvfii. * \elf^a(^£a^al. * aaXog. * aaiTia. * aairog. * (titiov. * StareXaiv. cnroTeXiTv. * iKTsXeiv. * aKucpt]. * avOvfiog. evOvfiiog. avQvfitlv. *ep£iSaiv. * aiTopp'nrTaiv. pmraiv. *dia(p£vyaiv. * KoXvix(5av. * /comJit^Etv. Krarf'pxfo-Oat (verse 5, § 84). * iiTKTcpaXijg (v. 9, § 82). * avvap- ■KaZ,Hv (v. 15, § 91). * vTTOTpixaiv (v. 16, § 80). X"'^^*' (v. 17, § 61). EKTriVrav (v. 17, § 66). * Ik^oX^ (v. 18, § 68). * MaT^vai (v. 28, § 75). TTQoa^OKav (v. 33, § 74). *i^ioeHv (v. 39, § 83). *j8i'a (v. 41, § 77). TrepiTrtVrav (v. 41, § 66). 3. " And the next day we touched at Sidon. And Julius courteously entreated Paul, and gave him liberty to go unto his friends to refrenh libmclf'' {liriiLieXdag rvxalvy " receive attention " ; E,. V., marginal rendering). * iTTifxaXaia, peculiar to St. Luke, like * aTrifiaXalcrOai, was very much employed in medical language to express the care and attention bestowed on the sick and invalids, and perhaps such is its meaning here. Hipp. Morb. Mul. 597 : Bapaireiag filv aTTo^prj ixTTapiwv, Tov c aXXov (Tuifxarog iTri/xaXiriv £X^'*^» '^^ '^'*' aiia^irt TOiavrt] ol y. Hipp. Morb. Mul. 612 : r]v Sa jui-) koI 6 poog airKpaivarat KOI pavaarai kut oXiyov otov Ix'^P aTriiJ.aXair}g irXaiovog Biarai. Hipp. Morb. Acut. 399 : okogokti Sa Trvparol aacjdaig alai koL vTro)(6v^pia avvTaivovcn kol to. uKpaa \pv-)(0VTai iravra TrXai(TTrig aTTifxaXaiag koi (jivXaKrig daovrai. Hipp. Medicus, 21 : avTai pav ovv ^u/i^opai TOiavrai crapKog alaiv koL to. pav tovtu)v av irepoig aripaXa StSrjXwrai koi rj xP^JO'T'^'o^' acTTlv airtpaXaici — airal TrXaiov nporiKTai Trig kqt lt]TpiKi)v airipaXaiag. Hipp. Artie. 823 : 7rXaiaTi]g ot ampaXairfg Baovrai oianv av vr]Tr iwraTOiaiv 270 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. lovmv auTj] 17 ^vficpoprj yivnrai. Dioscor. Animal. Yen. 3 : TTjV Jbllv OVV TU)V AlKTO'oS/jKTWl' ETTtjulXEtaV TTpwrrjV i^£0fjU£0a Galen. Comm. iii. 14, Fract. (xviii. B. 555) : kirifxiXeiav re Troiri(Tafj.evoQ riov Kara to iXkoq. Galen. Progn. De Deeubitu. 4 (xix. 538) : dib SeX o-e r^g Ki(j>a\riQ iTrijuLiXeiav ttoiuv. Do. (540) : -j^pr) OVV Trig KOiXiag TroieiaOai iTrifjiiXeiav Trpog to aTi-yvu)aai. Galen. Eenum Affect. 4 (xix. 669) : Tivlg yap Koi Trpo Trig ^XfjSorOjUiac naX Trig Xonrrig iTTineXeiag irapaXafx- (5avov(Ti TO. (daXavHci dia Trjv Trig oBvvrig (r^odpoTtiTci, ETE/oot oe lav ovdev i(TTL to KaTaiTHyov fxtTa rjjy ^Ae/SorOjUtav koi rriv XoLwriv iTTifXiXeiav. * lirifiiXtiaOaiy see § 21. * £7rt(U£Aa»c. Luke, XV. 8: "Either what woman having ten pieces of silver, if she lose one piece, doth not light a candle, and sweep the house, and seek diligently {lirifieXiog) till she find it ? " Peculiar to St. Luke, and very much used in medical language. Dioscor. Mat. Med. i. 24 : fii^ov iTrtjutXwc Triv p\]Tivriv — iTTLfXiXCog cnroTiOeao elg ayyiiov. Do. 38 : Koxpag liriiLiiXMg — aXijOovrnv einiJLeXwg. Do. 53 : du Se lirifxeXiog to iXaiov Tov ^vXov ;^cijpt^£ti/. Do. 62 : Trjv aKaOapmav Itti- fXiXojg a(j)aiph)v. Do. 84 : lafxri^ivov hirifxeXwg. Galen. Aliment. Comm. iii. 21 (xv. 344) : koi Set tov hiTpbv aKpi[5u)Q Kui ettjjueXwc vovv irpoaex^iv. Galen. De Dieb. Decretor. ii. 11 (ix. 883) : el Tig iirLxeipiicTHBv laTpevBiv lirifxiXiog. Galen Offic. Comm. i. 1 (xviii. B. 642) : tvg av tjv^jjjuIvjjc rJjc ^Xeyfiovrig kcrKOirovv iTri/xeXiog tov doKOvvTa kuto. (^tvaiv t\zu wjiiov. Galen. Comp. Med. vii. 2 (xiii. 52) : avaKoxpag liri- fieXwg. Do. (54) : fii^avTeg iTrifxsXCog. Do. (57) : Xsdvag lirifxaXCog. Do. (98) : aiiaag i;TnfisXu)g. 6. " And there the centurion found a ship of Alexandria sailing into Italy; and he put us therein" {lve(5i[5a(Tev iifxag t\g avTo). * E/i/3t/3a^£«v, peculiar to St. Luke, was in medical lan- guage employed for " to set a dislocated limb," " to place patients in a bath." § xcvii.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 271 Hipp. Artie. 783 : ra fxlv ovv veapa IjjLTriTTTU Oaaaov ?) wg av Ttg OLOiTO irpiv rj KaraTBTacrBai SoKieiv, arap koi to. TraXaia fiovvi] avrrj twv ifxjBoXiwv oir) re £^j3 ovv ravTa ayaOa i]v Kid apfxo^ovTa ToXcrt vov(ji]p.aaiv l(j>' olaiv irapijvtov Si^ovat. Hipp. Fract. 767 : tTraiTa iTn^eiTOj Tag te ap-)(^ag (iaXXofxei^og airl to KaTriy/xa Kal TaXXa iravTa wcnrep Trporepov TrapyvWt] ;^£«jOi^£rtt>. Hipp. Fract. 765 : ixti^avoTroiitaBaL \pr) ola inp tv toj j3pa\iovi Ti^ ^iaaTp£(po/xi:Vi](TaTo rrjv twv vjnivtov ovaiav — 7j (pvaiq. Galen. Usus Part. iv. 9 (iii. 291) : TirapTX] 31 XP^'-^ "^^^ TrepiTOvaiov tovtov (TKSTrcKTfiaTog, ciKpijdioQ ire^piTtrafxivov kuX acpiyyovTog airavra — ou cr/iticpa 8' owSs t) tov TTspiTovaiov (Soi'iOeia. Galen. Usus Part. v. 2 (iii. 344) : peyaXr]g ovv (SorjOdag IShto to \wpLOV tovto ug aaf^aXuav — }}v i] (pvaig £Tri(TTap.ivrj adtvioEeg ti aCofxa drjfiiovpyiicracra to KoXovfisvov TTayKoeag virsfTTuptcyi re kol TrepiilSaXev iv kukA(^ ttcicti. Galen. Usus Part. v. 16 (iii. 404) : r? Se KvaTig dg filv TOVTO /3o)j0t"iac ov Travv ti fxeyaXrig Sarat KXdeaOai ye Svva- fiivxi Koi xf^ptc fJivog. Galen. Usus Part. ix. 7 (iii. 712) : vJfrTTfp al Trig Kdpdiag dia ti)v rrKXrjporrjra tov aoJpaTog avTrig uOXiTTTOi i^iivovcTiv oi/SfjUtac £'C TOVTO /3orj0£tac i^codev deofxevai. Galen. Comm. iii. 1, Artie, (xviii. B. 817), of artificial appli- ances : a>OT£ Koi vvv TO. /iitv aTTsXrjXvOoTa irpocraKTiov Ecrri koi di aXXijJV /UEV /3o?)0»)/xaT(ui' kol St' lTndiap.h)v- St. Luke had thus the two words wTro^wvvv/it and [doiiOiia in his professional language used in a way similar to that in this passage. 18. " And we being exceedingly tossed with a tempest (X£t/ua^ojU£i/wv), the next day they lightened the ship." * x£ peculiar to St. Luke, was used in medical language for to be tossed by fever — to be chilled in it — to be exposed to cold. Hipp. Progn. 46: ol fxivToi TrXeioveg avToJv cipxpvTai filv irovitaQai TpiToloi ^Hfia^ovTui St paXiara Tre/crratot. aTroX- XdcrcTovTai Si. tvaToioi rj ivSsKaToioi. Galen. De Crisibus, iii. 11 (ix. 755) : ■)(^£ina^ovTai Si TrEfiTTTalot paXicfTa. Galen. Tremor. 7 (vii. 636) : o kol T6lg TaTapTdiKolg irepioSoig ecttIv oj(p{Xip,u)TaTOV, KOI paXiad^ orav vtto piyovg (T(poSpov xeipa- ^wvTat. Hipp. Eat. Vic. 367 : ayaOov yap tuj aMpiiTi )(^eipd- ZecrOai tv Ty wprj ovSl yap to. SivSpa pi] XH/iacrOivTa Iv Ty lopy SvvavTai KapTTOv (pipeiv. * (TaXog, Luke, xxi. 25 : " The sea and the waves [adXov] roaring." This word, also peculiar to St. Luke, was applied to the 276 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. tossing and uneasiness of the sick. Galen. De Dieb. Decretor. i. 9 (ix. 812) : jut/te ^riv 7rpwTi]v i^nipav /u>jr£ T7JV ^tvripav viroXrjTTTiov elvai Kpimfiovg, 6 yap olov aaXog 6 TrQor\yovp,i.vog ttiq \vai(OQ ovcafiojg tTrt^aviy^ £v ravraig yiverai. Galen. De Dieb. Decretor. iii. 8 (ix. 917) : apxvv Si Twv fiiTa. (ToXov TLVOQ oXXoiovaiov 6t,EU}g Tag voaovg 97jU£p(JL>v T771; rpirjjv airo rrig ap\rig deriov. Do. ii. 5 (ix. 863) : ov yap rrjv Xvcnv (nrXivg elvai Kpiaiv aXX yrot ttjv adpoav fi Tov irpb raurrje aaXov. Do. ii. 5 (ix. 866) : 6ti fiiv yap tKXvsTai Kara (dpa^xp to. Ei ayCjvog t£ kcu aaXov iravBaSai to. rocr/jjuara \poviZovTa KaXwg t'/prjrm' Galen. De Crisibus, i. 20 (ix. 637) : kqXXiov yap ov fiovov otl KaTo. Tovde TOV Kaiphv 7] voaog adpoav 'i^u ttjv Xvaiv aXXa koL TTOTzpov iieTci fxeyaXov Tivog ayCjvog ?) X^P'^^ (toXov ts kol Kivdvvov TravTog liricrTaaOai. 21. " But after long abstinence {amTiag) Paul stood forth in the midst of them, and said." * amTia, peculiar to St. Luke, was much in use in medi- cal language. Hipp. Morb. 454: TTjicErai 6 aaOevwv vtto 6dv- viwv laxvpwv icai acTLTirig koI ^T(]\6g. Aretaeus, Sign. Acut. Morb. 2: vavria to. ttoXXo fxev ctti airioig ov^ ^Ktora St koi £7r' aanir\ai. Aret. Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 67: ^apog plv lir aaiTiri, lEvdade TO Tradog. Aret. Cur. Acut. Morb. 95: /xjjS' ett' amTujg trj. Aret. Cur. Acut. Morb. 101 : Itt amTir^g fxir\v I'lfiipav ^vXa^- avra. Galen. Comm. i. 12, Morb. Acut. (xv. 436) : roue re p.aK- palg cKTiTiaig KarairovovvTag. Galen. Comm. i. 43, Morb. Acut. (xv. 508) : Tolg ovv oXiyov SiaTrveopivoig £y;\;(t>p£r aKpav aevyov(nv. Hipp. Morb. 480 : 171; Se koX ravrag Siacpvyri vyiatieTai. Hipp. Morb. 490 : ravrag Si dia(l>vywv vyirjg yivtrai. Hipp. Morb. 493 : BiKa ds. ripipag dia(j)Vyb}V. Trjv plv TrXevpXriv vyirig yivirat — ovrog rrp; EjSSojurjv diacpvywv vyiaivH. Hipp. Epid. 1194 : kuX ol plv diifpvyov ol St airtvXXvvro. Aretaeus, Sign. Acut. Morb. 11 : Siog rore paWov pi] TTvevpwv aSpoov ro irvog iXKvaag cnroTrvt^y rov avOpijjTrov, ra Trpwra icai ra pd0£ — KOI ayvorjaav a^ag rs avrovg kol Tovg liriTrjSdovg. Galen. Comm. iii. 98, Praedic. (xvi. 716) : koI wav onovv irauog to-^i/joov 6\(dpi6v icrriv ottov yap oiiSl oi Trjv Svvafxiv i'] (jb)Tr\pia. Galen. Meth. Med. xi. 12 (x. 772) : avTY\ yap dg atoTtipiav avQpwTTUiv ^la^ipst koi to acpaXfia avrrig tig uXiOpov TeXtvTa. Galen. De Crisibus, i. 14 (ix, 611) : tu 8' oXiOpov Kal (JioTripiag IvdsiKTiKo. axifxtla. Galen. De Dieb. Decret. i. 7 (ix. 806) : auiTripiav r) BavaTov Ivdd^aadai. Galen. Comm. iii. 5, Epid. i. (xvii. A. 278) : e^' (^ ng rj aiornptav ^ uuvaTov tXiricTEi — eirKpavri tl aoiTripiag arifxuov. 3. " And when Paul had gathered a bundle of sticks {^pvyavojv), and laid them on the fire, there came (Sje^eX- Qovaa) a viper out of the heat (Ik r^c dipfxng), and fastened on (KaOifi^pi) his hand." * ^pvyavov. Peculiar to St. Luke. A bundle of sticks {^pvyavov) was used in some medical operations. Hipp. Morb. Mul. 617 : otuv Se iVTptTritrijg (f)pvyavwv (paKeXov fiaXuaKtov, >'/ Tl TiJode loiKog tVTp£Tri(^£iv oaov tjjv kXivtiv ov TTfpio^ETai £7rt Trjv ■y*?'' pnrTOVfxivriv ware ipavaai Tolm Trpbg K£oig KUUTai, ouev kcu dicppvylg e/cXZ/arj oat to vtto i]\iov Kot (l>pvyav(i)v KaitaBai KCii ^i^poTroieiaOai /cat olovel (j>pvye(Tdai. It also denoted a botanical class. Theophrastus, Hist. Plant, i. 3, 1 : irai'T r} to. TrAeTora Trepiexerai raSe, Sivdpov, Oafivog, pvyavov, ttou. (ppvyavw^r]g is used by Dioscorides frequently, e.g. Mat. Med. iv. 48 : KOKKog jSa^tK?) Bafxvog larl fxiKpog pvyav(vdrig — and by Theophrastus, e.g. Hist, Plant, ii. 13 : TOiovTOv erepov rj divdpov i) ^jOvyavwSec — as is also (^pvya- viKog, e.g. Hist. Plant, i. 53 : irepl Se to. (fypvyavcKu kuI dufivuiBy], &c. It has been remarked previously that St. Luke at times, having used medical words in his description of some of the miracles, continues the use of such words in describing some of the attendant circumstances. There is a remarkable in- stance of this habit in the present passage, in which, besides using * TTinTrpaaOai and * kut air ittthv, he employs * Sis^ip- Xscrdai, * dipixT], * KaOaiTTeiv, * dt]piov = i^'-dva, TrpocrSo/c^y and aroTTOv. 3. " There came {Sie^eXBoiKra) a viper out of the heat " (e/c Tijc Oip/xYig). * dii^ipxt(T6ai : see § 84. * Oipfir], peculiar to St. Luke, was the usual medical word, instead of Qipp.6Tr]g, for " heat " : e.g. "the heat of a fever " — "of the body," &c. Hipp. Usus Liquid. 426: (HXnov Si Oepf^n irpog ra TrAaora. Hipp. Vet. Med. 15: aAA' ol TrvpeTcuvovTeg TOi(n KavcTOKTi TE KOt uXXoKTi ta^UjOoTcTt vovaijixaaiv ov raxiuyg t/c Tr]g Oipfxr^g airaXXaaaovTai. Hipp. Nat. Puer. 237 : at fxrJTpai dipfxrjv T(j^ aXX(jf) (Th)fxaTi Trapi)(ovaiv. Hipp. Nat. Puer. 238 : KOt TO. doTta a/cA>j|Oui/£rat vtto Trig Otpfxr^g Tri]yvvfXi.va. Hipp. 288 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [part ii. De Cam. 254 : Kai Oip/nri icui (ipvyfxbg koI a-KaafxoQ £\*'* Hipp. Morb. 503 : 17 jxlv iKfxag Sij fxivu iv rio GWfxaTi art wa^tia eovaa, rj Si Irlprj TTi^Quaa vtto ti]Q Oipfxrjg StaKexurat. Aret. Sign. Morb. Diuturn. 75 : Bepfiiov (pap/naKwv Ig ava- KXrfcnv Qipixrig XP^o? — depfiamri yap to. ts ^v/xTnirTioKoru fiipea ilg ojKOv rjyetjOE koX riiv ttrw Otpfxriv £ig avaKXriaiv i]yay£ — wg Se ewog HTTtiv Oip/jLrjg ettI ry ap\y xpv^iog hi IwX rw rlAet XP^OC* Do. 74 : aXX kird koL to. irvKva Zy l/jKpvTCf) Oipfxy koX madoiro T^Se Ty Oipfxrf. Galen, Comm. i. 19, Humor, (xvi. 184) : a^pivheg he Trort juev SriXtoau to TTvivfxa ^vcriocEg., ttotI Et Oepfxriv TroXXrjv. Galen. Urin. 8 (xix. 625) : to he fiiXav ttote jUEv evdeiKVVTai ^pv^iv ttote Se Oipfxr]v. 3. " Fastened on (KaOrixpa) bis band." * KadaTTTsiv, peculiar to St. Luke, was employed by all tbe medical writers. Dioscorides uses it of poisonous matter in- troduced into tbe body. Animal. Ven. Proem. : di' vXrig ^QopOTTOLOV KoSaTTTO/iEvrjc T^>iv (T(i) fiaTwv fxoviov airo fxtpeog (rvfiTTiTTTeLv. Galen, of fever fixing on parts of tbe body. De Typis, 4 (vii. 467) : Eo-Ti Se Kivdwwdrig 6 y\fxiTpiTaiog ov fxovov Tov aTOixa\ov Kot tov vivph)hovg KaOaiTTO/xevog koX kuBoXov TU)v fxiatjv — of medicines, deadly if tbey toucb some parts of tbe body. Medicus, 13 (xiv. 754) : d hi koX avojTipto ri TOLavTti 'iXKwaig twv IvTepwv Eirj, ovoe ovTwg ■)(^priaTiOv roXg Tpo)(iaKOig oi» yap Ets ovSkv droTTov e/x,7rccro'vvTat paSttJS. Galen. Antid. ii. 5 (xiv. 134), from Damocrites : — Ot 8' evXafiu)^ ^xovTes ws ciAt^^otcs, Av iTTiXd^taa-LV, iiepc^vcri, rrjv Tpof^rjv, %vv T<3 //.ct' avTrj<; KarairoOevrL (fiapp.a.Ku rhv iv ttJ ffapKl fiov ovK i^ovdevrfcraTe oiiSe i^eTTTvaaTe, oAA' uis iyyeXou Qfov iSe^acrOf /j.e, ws XpiCTThv 'irjcrovv. ris ovv iiv 6 fxaKapiaixhs vfj.S)v ; /naprvpu yap vfuv on, €i Swarhv, tovs 6ip9a\fiovs vfiwv i^opv^avres ti,v iStiKare fxoi. "When, therefore, St. Paul was suffering from this illness, or its effects, in Galatiaj he may have communicated with St. Luke, and expressed a wish to meet him personally at Troas on account of the state of his health. On this occasion St. Luke's medical services, if needed, were required no further than Philippi, for on St. Paul's departure from that city St. Luke was left behind, possibly in charge of the newly-founded Philippian Church. That he was not in St. Paul's company during the remainder of this second mis- sionary journey is evident from the change again from the first to the third person plural at ch. xvii. 1 : ^\dov els QeaaaKoviKriv, " they came to Thessalo- uica"; and we find him at Philippi seven years afterwards. 294 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [note. Second recorded meeting of St. Luke and St. Paul. St. Paul, accompanied by Timothy and Erastus, set out from Antioch on his third missionary journey (Acts, xviii. 23) : passing through Phrygia and Galatia, he came to Ephesus, where he remained three years : leaving Ephesus on account of the tumult raised by Demetrius, " he departed to go into Macedonia, and when he had gone over these parts, and had given them much exhortation, he came into Greece" (Acts, xx. 1, 2). The verses quoted are all St. Luke says of the period from St. Paul's leaving Ephesus till his arrival in Greece. We learn, however, from 2 Cor. ii. 12, that on his road he stopped at Troas, and from thence proceeded to Philippi. St. Luke was at this time living at Philippi, having been left there by St. Paul six years previously during the second mis- sionary journe}'. After remaining some time in Macedonia, St. Paul went on to Corinth, where he spent three months. When about to take ship here for Syria he changed his mind, and returned through Macedonia. Having sent forward the other companions of his journey, either from Philippi or Corinth, he and St. Luke remained some time longer at Philippi, and rejoined them at Troas; and from thence to Jerusalem St. Luke accompanied him. Now we learn from the Second Epistle to the Corinthians, which was written from Macedonia on his way to Greece during this journey, that just before coming there the Apostle had been suffering from an illness. He commences the Epistle (ch. i., verses 3-5) by thanking God for his deliverance from some great suffering and affliction — "Blessed be God, even the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, the Father of mercies, and the God of all comfort ; who comforteth us in all our tribulation, that we may be able to comfort them which are in any trouble, by the comfort wherewith we ourselves are comforted of God. For as the sufferings of Christ abound in us, so our consolation also aboundeth by Christ." And in verses 8-10 he expressly tells the Corinthians that this afflic- tion had befallen him in Asia — " for we would not, brethren, have you igno- rant of our trouble [virep t^s d\iy(/eus rifiuv) which came to us in Asia, that we were pressed out of measure, above strength, insomuch that we despaired even of life {S)(TTe e^airoprjdrivai Tj/j-as Kal rod (fjv), but we had the sentence of death in ourselves (aA\' avrol iv eavroTs rh airSKpifjLu rov Qavarov i(TXTlno.jxev), that we should not trust in ourselves, but in God, which raiseth the dead : who de- livered us from so great a death, and doth deliver : in ■n'hom we trust that he ■will yet deliver us." It has been supposed by some that the tribulation here alluded to was the danger St. Paul incurred in the disturbances at Ephesus. This is most unlikely, for, as Dean Alford remarks {Gr. Test., Prol., 2 Cor.), ' ' Anyone who has studied the character and history of the Apostle could scarcely refer this passage to the Ephesian tumult. The supposition lays to his charge a meanness of spirit and cowardice, which certainly never characterized him, and to avow which would have been in the highest degree out of place in an Epistle, one object of which was to vindicate his apostolic efficiency." "The NOTE.] THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. 295 words, also, ware (^aiTopri9i]vai rj/xus koI tov (rjv, ' so that we utterly despaired even of life,' are such as would not be used of a tumult where life woidd have been thcjirst thing in danger, if St. Paul had been at all mi.xed up in it, but are applicable to some wearing and tedious suffering, inducing despondency in minor matters which even reached the hope of life itself." And, further, the words of verse 9 (aAA.' avTol iv kavTots rh air6Kpi/xa tov Qavarov e'o'x'jKaM*''? "moreover we had in ourselves the answer of death" — to the question of life or death, om- answer, within ourselves, was death — we had no other expecta- tion, so far as our judgment reached, than that we were to die) point to a dangerous illness, in which he despaired of recovery. There is, besides, in the Epistle internal evidence that the Apostle, when he wrote it, was suffering from ill-health, coupled with deep and wearing anxiety. Mr. Conybeare {Life of St. Faul, ch. xvii.), while thinking that the "real weight which pressed upon him was the care of all the Churches," says, "it has been sometimes supposed that this dejection was occasioned by an increase of the chronic maladj' {(tk6ko^ iv ffapKl) under which St. Paul suffered, and it seems not unlikely that this cause may have contributed to the result. He speaks much in the Epistle, written at this time from Macedonia, of the frailty of his bodily health (2 Cor. iv. 7 to 2 Cor. v. 10, and also 2 Cor. xii. 7-9), and in a very affecting passage he describes the earnestness with which he had be- sought Ms Lord to take from him this thorn in the flesh, this disease which continually impeded his efforts, and shackled his energy." We thus find St. Paul, after a dangerous illness in Asia, and ^^•hile still labouring under bodily weakness and dejection of spirit, setting out to Mace- donia, taking Troas on his way, as he expected to meet Titus there with intel- ligence respecting the effect produced at Corinth by the First Epistle to the Corinthians, and, when he does not find him there, proceeding to Philippi, where he had left St. Luke six years before, and there, with St. Luke, waiting the return of Titus. Taking all the circumstances into account, it cannot well be regarded as an improbable or arbitrary assumption that one at least of the Apostle's objects in this visit to Philippi was to have the benefit of "the beloved physician's" advice on the state of his health. This at all events is remarkable, that now, on a second occasion, we find St. Paul, after an illness, in company with St. Luke, and that these two occasions are the only ones, up to this period of the history, on which we have any record of their meeting one another. It may also have been with the object of continuing his professional services that St. Luke now, after presiding for seven years over the Philippian Church, left it, and accom- panied St. Paul on his retmn to Jerusalem. 296 THE MEDICAL LANGUAGE OF ST. LUKE. [note. Third recorded meeting. — St. Luhe accompanies St. Paul to Rome, and remains with him there during his first imprisonment. Almost immediately after his arrival at Jerusalem from Philippi, St. Paul was seized by the Jews during the feast of Pentecost (Acts, xxi. 27, &c.). Eescued from their violence by the Eoman Commander, he was sent to Caesarea, where he was kept in military custody for two years, and afterwards sent forward to Rome, where he was detained in the same kind of custody two years longer. St. Luke accompanied him from Caesarea to Eome, and remained with him during his imprisonment. These are good grounds for concluding that during the voyage to Rome, at any rate at the beginning of it, St. Paul was in a delicate state of health. We have seen that at the close of his third missionary journey he was labouring under an illness of some kind ; that he probably availed himself at that time of St. Luke's medical skill ; and that possibly it was with the object of still further continuing his attention to him that St. Luke accompanied him to Jerusalem. We may also safely conclude that the chronic illness under which he suffered would not have been lessened by his imprisonment at Caesarea; for, although treated with indulgence, yet the nature of his confinement — chained as he was to the soldier who for the time being was his guard (Acts, xxiv. 27 : KareXnre rhv UavXhv SeSefj.evoy, " Felix left Paul bound" ; xxvi. 29: irapeKihs ruv heafxwv Tovrtav, "except these bonds") — must have told severely on his impair-ed health and naturally delicate constitution. We are not, however, confined to considerations such as these alone to determine St. Paul's condition on this occasion, for we are told by St. Luke, if not expressly in so many words, yet in language not to be misunderstood, if interpreted by the medical character of the writer, that St. Paul's state of health was such as to require care and attention. He teUs us (xxvii. 3) that at Sidon, "Julius courteously {(piKav- dpiSiirws) entreated Paul, and gave him liberty to go unto his friends to refresh himself" {i-KijuXeias Tvx^'iv). The words iwiixtXiias Tvx^'tv, "to obtain their care and attention," coming as they do from a physician, may be fairly taken to imply the care and attention bestowed on a sick or delicate person. This is the meaning of the word em/xfXeia in all medical language (sec § 97), and St. Luke has already used the verb iirifiiXiiaQai in this sense to describe the care bestowed by the Samaritan on the wounded traveller (Luke, x. 34 : iire/xeX-fidrj avTov, see iirififXt^aBai, § 21). Besides, another word used in this passage {(\)i\avQp\vTws, Acts, xxviii. 31, 290. aKoyos, Acts, xxv. 27, 265. *ai'afidK\e(Teai, Acts, xxiv. 22, 138. *ava$o\ri, Acts, xxv. 17, 1J^2. -auaSMyat, Acts, xxiii. 33, 260. avaipi'iv, Luke, xxii. 2 ; xxiii. 32 : Acts, ii. 23; v. 33. 36; vii. 21. 28. 28; ix. 23. 24. 29; x. 39; xii. 2 ; xiii. 28 ; xvi. 27 ; xxii. 20; xxiii. 15. 21. 27; xxv. 3; xxvi. 10, 210. *ava'tpe(Tts, Acts, viii. 1 ; xxii. 20, 209. *a.vaKa6i(eiv, Luke, vii. lo : Acts, ix. 40, 11. *avaKinrTftu, Luke, xiii. 11 ; xxi. 28, 21. avaKa/xfidveiv, Acts, i. 2. 11. 22 ; vii. 43; X. 16; xx. 13. 14; xxiii. 31, 125. *a.vdx-r]^t9, Luke, ix. 51, 12^. dvaTTffjLtrfiv, Luke, xxiii. 7. 11. lo: Acts, xxv. 21, 235. *avd-K7]pos, Luke, xiv. 13. 21, llfS. *avaTrTvcrs, Acts, ii. 36 ; xvi. 23, 200. *aTeKvos, Luke, xx. 28. 29. 30, 91, 92. arevlCeiv, Luke, iv. 20 ; xxii. 56 : Acts, i. 10; iii. 4. 12; vi. 15; vii. 55 ; X. 4 ; xi. 6 ; xiii. 9 ; xiv. 9; xxiii. 1, 76. *&rep, Luke, xxii. 6. 35, 230. *'droiros, Acts, xxviii. 6, 289. *ah-y7], Acts, xx. 11, 2I^6. *av(Trr]p6s, Luke, xix. 21. 22, 188. *avT6TTT7]s, Luke, i. 2, 89. &(rts, Acts, xxv. 21, 256. *Sio5exe(rflai, Acts, vii. 45, 157. *5ia5oxos. Acts, xxiv. 27, 157. *Sia\eiireiv, Luke, vii. 45, 120. *Sia\veiv, Acts, v. 36, 204. *SLa/j.dxeo'dai, Acts, xxiii. 9, 255. *SiavefxeLV, Acts, iv. 17, 196. *Siav67iixa, Luke, xi. 17, 72. *SLai'VKTepeveii', Luke, vi. 12, 117. *Sia7rove7(76ai, Acts, iv. 2 ; xvi. 18, 195. *5iairope7v, Lvike, ix. 7 ; xxiv. 4 : Acts, ii. 13; v. 24; x. 17, 165. *5iaTrpay/xaTeve(r6ai, Luke, xix. 15, 159. *Siairpieiv, Acts, v. 33 ; vii. 54, 203. SiappT]yvv/j.t, Luke, v. 6 ; viii. 29 : Acts, xiv. 14, 113. *Sia(reieiy, Luke, iii. 14, 102. Siaffirdv, Acts, xxiii. 10, 169. *SiaaTre(peiv, Acts, viii. 1. 4; xi'. 19, 211. *Sid(rTr)iJ.a, Acts, v. 7, 171. Siaffrpecpeiv, Luke, ix. 41 ; xxiii. 2 : Acts, xiii. 8. 10 ; xx. 30, 172. Siaffw^fiv, Luke, vii. 3 : Acts, xxiii. 24; xxvii. 43. 44; xxviii. 1. 4, 8, 2S4. *5iaTapd(r, Acts, xiv. 14, 227. iKTrivTdv, Acts, xii. 7; xxvii. 17. 20. 29. 32, 130. *ficTr\r]povv, Acts, xiii. 33, 122. *iKTr\f)pa>(ns, Acts, xxi. 26, 123. *iKara/3aAA.€i!/, Luke, xii. 5, 137. *e/j.^LPdCeiv, Acts, xxvii. 6, 270. e/nirifnr\duat, Luke, i. 53 ; vi. 25 : Acts, xiv. 17, 107, 108. *ifji.irlirTeiv, Luke, vi. 39 ; x. 36 ; xiv. 5, 130. *i/j.iri/eiiu, Acts, ix. 1, 236. *eV5e7js, Acts, iv. 34, 198. *ivSexe(T9ai, Luke, xiii. 33, 158. *iu45pa, Acts, xxiii. 16 ; xxv. 3, 259. *eveSpeveii', Luke, xi. 54 ; Acts, xxui. 21, 260. *ive7vai — to. evSvra, Luke, xi. 41, 137. *evL(rxv€iv, Luke, xxii. 43 : Acts, ix. 19, 80. *evox^^7t/, Luke, vi. 18, 7. i^ais, Luke, xxiii. 10 : Acts, xviii. 28, 2il. *ev(f)ope7v, Luke, xii. 16, 14i. *(evyos, Luke, xiv. 19, 149. *0]ri]ixa, Acts, xv. 2; xviii. 15; xxiii. 29 ; XXV. 19 ; xxvi. 3, 228. *^, Luke, xxiv. 42, 183. *K\ivdpiov, Acts, V. 15, 116. kAIvt), Luke, v. 18; viii. 16; xvii. 34, 116. *KMvi5iov, Luke, v. 19. 24, 116. KoWucrdai, Luke, x. 11; xv. 15; Acts, V. 13; viii. 29 ; ix. 26: X. 28; xvii. 34, 128. ^'KoXvuPSu, Acts, xxvii. 43, 283. *Kov(pi(eiv, Acts, xxvii. 38, 281. KpdPliaros, Acts, v. 15 ; ix. 33, 116. *KpaLird\T}, Luke, xxi. 34, 167. 3^ V INDEX. 303 '\eirls, Acts, ix. 18, 39. Kfirpa, Luke, v. 12, 5. \fTrp6s, Luke, xvii. 12, 5. *\fipos, Luke, xxiv. 11, 177. *\6yos — Kara, \6yov, Acts, xviii. 14, 266. \oveiv, Acts, ix. 37 ; xvi. 33, 110, 112. *Kvfjia'ivi(TBa.i, Acts, viii. 3, 211. \vir-r], Luke, xxii. 45, Slf, ''KvaiTiMlv, Luke, xvii. 2, 151. fMoXaKia, Matthew, iv. 23 ; ix. 35 ; X. 1, 63. *fj.avia, Acts, xxvi. 24, 367. *lj.aiTTl^fiv, Acts, xxii. 25, 255. *fie(Tri/x$pla, Acts, xxii. 6, 132. fMiffovvKTLov, Luke, xi. 5 : Acts, xvi. 25 ; XX. 7, 132, 133. * ^leffTovaQai, Acts, ii. 13, 189. *lxeTafid\\e(Tdai, Acts, xxviii. 6, 14^0. */xeTaKa\e7(rdai, Acts, vii. 14; x. 32; XX. 17; xxiv. 25, 219. */j.eTeupiCe(r0at, Luke, xii. 29, 1^5. *fiua, Luke, xix. 13. 16. 18. 20. 24. 25, 150. *6SonTope'iv, Acts, x. 9, 216. *65wacreai, Luke, ii. 48 ; xvi. 24. 25. : Acts, XX. 38, 32. *6d6vri, Acts, X. 11 ; xi. 5, 218. *olvos Kal e\aiov, Luke, x. 34, 28. *6\oK\rjpia, Acts, iii. 16, 193. *dij.i\e7i/, Luke, xxiv. 14. 15 : Acts, XX. 11; xxiv. 26, 178. *6/iJT6x«'os, Acts, xviii. 3, 239. *6irT6s, Luke, xxiv. 42, 182. *6pd6s, Acts, xiv. 10, 46. *6pepios, Luke, xxiv. 22, 132, 134. opBpos, Luke, xxiv. 1: Acts, v. 21, 132, 133. 6pi((iv, Luke, xxii. 22 : Acts, ii. 23 ; X.42; xi. 29; xvii. 26. 31, 237. *6 Acts, v. 16, 7. ♦oxAoTroieij', Acts, xvii. 5, 230. oxf^os, Luke, xxii. 6, 230. *7rapa0idC«Tdai, Luke, xxiv. 29 : Acts, xvi. 15, 279. *irapa5o|oi/, Luke, v. 2G, 71. * irapaiviiv, Acts, xxvii. 9. 22, 271. TrapccKo\ovd€?v, Luke, i. 3, 90. *Trapa\ve(rdai, Luke, v. 18. 24 : Acts, viii. 7 ; ix. 33, 6. "irapareivdv, Acts, xx. 7, 245. .iraparripeTi', Luke, vi. 7 ; xiv. 1 ; XX. 20 : Acts, ix. 24, 153. *irapaT^pr)(ris, Luke, xvii. 20, 153. irapaxprjfia, Luke, i. 64 ; iv. 39 ; v. 25 ; viii. 44. 47. 55 ; xiii. 13 ; xviii. 43; xix. 11; xxii. 60: Acts, iii. 7 ; v. 10; ix. 18; xii. i 23; xiii. 11 ; xvi. 26. 33, 96. *irapeyox?-fi, Acts, xix. 40 ; xxiii. 12, 174. *ff(pvpd. Acts, iii. 7, 35. ffti^eiv, Luke, viii. 36, 8, 285. a-coTrjpia, Luke, i. 69.71.77; xix. 9 : Acts, iv. 12 ; vii. 26 ; xiii. 26. 47 ; xvi. 17 ; xxvii. 34, 286. 3H yt INDEX. 305 *TaKT6s, Acts, xii. 21, 222. *Tdpaxos, Acts, xii. 18 ; xis. 23, 93. *TeK/j.ripwy, Acts, i. 3, 183. *Ti\i(T(pope7v, Luke, viii. 14, 65. TTjprjcris, Acts, iv. 3 ; v. 18, ISIf. *Ti/j.(i>pf7i', Acts, xxii. 5 ; xxvi. 11, 252. *Tpavfia, Luke, x. 34, 28. *rprjna, Luke, xviii. 25, 60. vyiaiveiv, Luke, v. 31 ; vii. 10 ; xv. 27, 10. *vyp6s, Luke, xxiii. 31, 175. *vSpc»wiK6s, Luke, xiv. 2, 2i. virdpxftv, Luke, vii. 25; viii. 41; be. 48 ; xi. 13 ; xvi. 14. 23 ; xxiii. 50 : Acts, ii. 30 ; iii. 2. 6 ; iv. 34. 34. 37 ; v. 4 ; vii. 55 ; viii. 16; x. 12; xiv. 8; xvi. 3. 20. 37 ; xvii. 24. 27. 29 ; xix. 36. 40 ; xxi. 20 ; xxii. 3 ; xxvii. 12. 21. 34 ; xxviii. 7. 18, 215. *inr^pop^v. Acts, xvii. 30, 237. *virep^ov, Acts, i. 13 ; ix. 37. 39 ; xx. 8, 185. *inrr]pere7v, Acts, xiii. 36 ; xx. 34 ; xxiv. 23, 224. vvrfpeTris, Luke, i. 2 ; iv. 20 : Acts, V. 22. 26 ; xiii. 5 ; xxvi. 16, 88. *viri/os fiaOvs, Acts, xx. 9, 49. ^vno^dWeiy, Acts, vi. 11, I4I. uTroSe'xeo-floi, Luke, x. 38 ; xix. 6 : Acts, xvii. 7, 156. *imo^wvvviJLi, Acts, xxvii. 17, 272. viroKajx^dveiv, Luke, vii. 43 ; x. 30 : Acts, i. 9 ; ii. 15, 125. viroa-TeWeiv, Acts, xx. 20. 27, ^46- viroffTpecpeiv, Liike, i. 56 ; ii. 20. 39. 43. 45 ; iv. 1. 14 ; vii. 10 ; viii. 37. 39. 40 ; ix. 10 ; x. 17 ; xi. 24 ; xvii. 15. 18 ; xix. 12 ; xxiii. 48. 56 ; xxiv. 9. 33. 52 : Acts, i. 12 ; viii. 25. 28 ; xii. 25 ; xiii. 13. 34; xiv. 21; xx. 3; xxi. 6; xxii. 17 ; xxiii. 32, 174- * lyiroffTpiiivvvni, Luke, xix. 36, 73. *viroTpexeiv, Acts, xxvii. 16, 192. *viroxope'iv, Luke, v. 16 ; ix. 10, 114. *(pavTaffia, Acts, xxv. 23, 265. *(piKavdpuTTws, Acts, xxvii. 3, 296. *6^-t)rpov, Luke, xxi. 11, 161. *^pvya.vov, Acts, xxviii. 3, 286. *(pveiv, Luke, viii. 6. 8, 58. Xa^ai/, Luke, v. 4. 5 : Acts, ix. 25 ; xxvii. 17. 30, 112. *xd(r/xa, Luke, xvi. 26, 33. *XeifJ-<^C^o-^'''h Acts, xxvii. 18, 275. *XP(is, Acts, xix. 12, 242. *u6u, Luke, xi. 12, 135. THE END. 2 K DUBLIN UNIVERSITY PRESS SERIES. The Provost and Senior Fellows of Trinity College have undertaken the pubUcation of a Series of Works, chiefly Educational, to be entitled the Dublin University Press Series. The following volumes of the Series are now ready, viz. : — Six Lectures on Physical Geography. By the Rev. S. Haughton, M.D., Dubl., D.C.L., Oxon., F.R.S., Fellow of Trinity College, and Pro- fessor of Geology in the University of Dublin. An Introduction to the Systematic Zoolog-y and Morphology of Vertebrate Animals. By Alexander Macalister, M.D., Dubl., Professor of Comparative Anato7ny in the University of Dublin. The Codex Bescriptus Dublinensis of St. Matthew's Gospel (Z). First Published by Dr. Barrett in 1801. A New Edition, Revised and Augmented. Also, Fragfments of the Book of Isaiah, in the LXX. Version, from an Ancient Palimpsest, now first Published. Together with a newly discovered Fragment of the Codex Palatinus. By T. K. Abbott, B. D., Fellow of Trinity College, and Professor of Biblical Graek in the University of Dublin. With two Plates of Facsimiles. The Parabola, Ellipse, and Hyperbola, treated Geometrically. By Robert William Griffin, A.M., LL.D., Ex-Scholar, Trinity College, Dublin. An Introduction to Logric. By William Henry Stanley Monck, M. A. Professor of Moral Philosophy in the University of Dublin. Essays in Political and Moral Philosophy. By T. E. Cliffe Leslie, Hon. LL.D., Dubl., of Lincoln's Inn, Barrister-ai-Law, late Examiner in Poli- tical Economy in the University of London, Professor of Jurisprudence and Political Economy in the Queen's University. The Correspondence of Cicero : a revised Text, with Notes and Prole- gomena. — Vol. I., The Letters to the end of Cicero's Exile. By Robert Y. Tyrrell, M. A., Fellow of Trinity College, and Professor of Latin in the Uni- versity of Dublin. Faust, from the German of Goethe. By Thomas E. Webb, LL.D., Q.C., Regius Professor of Laws, and Public Orator in the University of Dublin. [Over. The Correspondence of Robert Southey with Caroline Bowles : to which are added — Correspondence with Shelley, and Southey's Dreams. Edited, with an Introduction, by Edward Dowden, LL.D., Professor of English Literature in the University of Dublin. Life of Sir Wm. Rowan Hamilton, Knt., IiL.D., D.C.L., M.R.I. A., Andrews Professor of Astronomy in the University of Dublin, and Royal Astro- nomer of Ireland, f, 3 vols. Svo. 36J. The History of England from the Fall of Wolsey to the Defeat of the Spanish Armada. By J. A. Froude, M.A. Popular Edition, 12 vols, crown, ^2. 2s. Cabinet Edition, i2vo1s. crown, ;^3. i2j. The English in Ireland in the Eighteenth Century. By J. A, Froude, M.A. 3 vols, crown Svo. iSj. Journal of the Reigns of King George IV. and King William IV. By the late C. C. F. Greville, Esq. Edited by H. Reeve, Esq. Fifth Edition. 3 vols. Svo. price 36^', The Life of Napoleon HI. derived from State Records, Unpub- lished Family Correspondence, and Personal Testimony. By BlanchARO Jerrold. With numerous Portraits and Facsimiles. 4 vols. Svo. £'i. 185. The Early History of Charles James Fox. By the Right Hon. G. O. Trevelyan, M.P. Fourth Edition. Svo. 6s. Selected Speeches of the Earl of Beaconsfield, K.G. Arranged and edited, with Introduction and Notes, by T. E. Kebeel, M.A. 2. vols. Svo. with Portrait, 325. The Constitutional His- tory of England since the Accession of George III. 1760-1870. By Sir Thomas Erskine May, K.C.B. D.C.L. Sixth Edition. 3 vols, crown Svo. i2>s. Democracy in Europe ; a History. By Sir Thomas I:rskine May, K.C.B. D.C.L. 2 vols. Svo. 32^. WORKS published by LONGMANS 6- CO. Introductory Lectures on Modern History delivered in 1841 and 1842. By the late Thomas Arnold, D.D. 8vo. 1$. 6d. On Parliamentary Go- vernment in England. By Alpheus Todd. 2 vols. 8vo. 37j-. Parliamentary Govern- ment in the British Colonies. By Alpheus Todd. 8vo. 21s, History of Civilisation in England and France, Spain and Scotland. By Henry Thomas Buckle. 3 vols, crown 8vo. 24^. Lectures on the History of England from the Earliest Times to the Death of King Edward II. By W. Longman, F.S.A. Maps and Illustrations. Svo. 15^-. History of the Life & Times of Edward III. By W. Long- man, F.S.A. With 9 Maps, 8 Plates, and 1 6 Woodcuts. 2 vols. Svo. 22>s. The Historical Geogra- phy of Europe. By E. A. Freeman, D.C.L. LL.D. Second Edition, with 65 Maps. 2 vols. Svo. 31.?. 6d. History of England un- der the Duke of Buckingham and Charles I. 1624-1628. By S. R. Gardiner, LL.D. 2 vols. Svo. Maps, price 241. The Personal Govern- ment of Charles L from the Desth of Buckingham to the Declaration in favour of Ship Money, 1628-1637. By S. R. Gardiner, LL.D. 2 vols. Svo. 24^-. The Fall of the Monarchy of Charles I. 1637-1649. By S. R. Gardiner, LL.D. Vols. I. & II. 1637-1642. 2 vols. Svo. 28i-. A Student's Manual of the History of India from the Earliest Period to the Present. By Col. Meadows Taylor, M. R. A. S. Third Thousand. Crown Svo. Maps, 7^-. 6d. Outline of English His- tory, B.C. 55-A.D. 1880. By S. R. Gardiner, LL.D. With 96 Wood- cuts Fcp. Svo. 2s. 6d. Waterloo Lectures ; a Study of the Campaign of 181 5. By Col. C. C. Chesney, R.E. Svo. los. 6d. The Oxford Reformers — John Colet, Erasmus, and Thomas More ; a History of their Fellow- Work. By F. Seeeohm. Svo. 145. History of the Romans under the Empire. By Dean Meri- vale, D.D. 8 vols, post Svo. 48.f. General History of Rome from B.C. 753 to a.d. 476. By Dean Merivale, D.D. Crown Svo. Maps, price ^s. 6d. The Fall of the Roman Republic ; a Short History of the Last Century of the Commonwealth. By Dean Merivale, D.D. i2mo. p. 6d. The History of Rome. By Wilhelm Ihne. 5 vols. Svo. price £3. 17s. Carthage and the Cartha- ginians. By R. BoswoRTH Smith, M.A.. Second Edition ; Maps, Plans, CO. CHEMISTRY and PHYSIOLOGY. Experimental Chemistry for Junior Students. By J. E. Rey- nolds, AI.D. F.R.S. Trof. of Chemis- try, Univ. of Dublin. Fcp. 8vo. Part I. IJ. 6d. Part II. 2s. 6d. Practical Chemistry; the Principles of Qualitative Analysis. By W. A. TiLDEN, F.C.S. Fcp. 8vo. IS. 6d. Miller's Elements of Che- mistry, Theoi-etical and Practical. Re-edited, with Additions, by 11. MACLEOD, F.C.S. 3 vols. Svo. Part I. Chemical Physics. i6s. Part II. Inorganic Chemistry, 2/^. Part III. Organic Chemistry, 3ij-.6(/. An Introduction to the study of Inorganic Chemistry. By W. Allen Miller, M.D. LL.D. late Professor of Chemistry, King's College, London. With 71 \Yoodcuts. Fcp. 8vo. 3^. 6J. Annals of Chemical Me- dicine ; including the Application of Chemistry to Physiology, Patliology, Therapeutics, Pharmacy, Toxicology & Hygiene. Edited by J. L. W. Thu- DiCHUM, M.D. 2 vols. Svo. 1 4J. each. A Dictionary of Chemis- try and the Allied Branches of other Sciences. Edited by Henry Watts, F. R. S. 9 vols, medium Svo. £i^.2s. id. Practical Inorganic Che- mistry. An Elementary Text-Book of Theoretical and Practical Inorganic Chemistry. By W. JAGO, F.C.S. Second Edition, revised, with 37 Wood- cuts. Fcp. Svo. 2s. Health in the House ; Lectures on Elementaiy Physiology in its Application to the Daily Wants of Man and Animals. ByMrs. BUCKTON. Crown Svo. Woodcuts, 2s. The FINE ARTS and ILLUSTRATED EDITIONS. The New Testament of Our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ, Illustrated with Engravings on Wood after Paintings by the Early Masters chiefly of the Italian School. New Edition in course of publication in 18 Monthly Parts, is. each. 4to. A Popular Introduction to the History of Greek and Roman Sculpture, designed to Promote the Knowledge and Appreciation of the Remains of Ancient Art. By Walter C. Perry. With 26S Illustrations engraved on Wood. Square crown Svo. 3ii-. 6(/. Lord Macaulay's Lays of Ancient Rome, with Ivry and the Armada. With 41 Wood Engravings by G. Pearson from Original Drawings by J. R. Wcguelin. Crown Svo. ds. Lord Macaulay's Lays of Ancient Rome. With Ninety Illustra- tions, Original and from the Antique, engraved on Wood from Drawings by G. Scharf, Fcp. 4to. 2IJ. The Three Cathedrals dedicated to St. Paul in London. By W. Longman, F.S.A. With Illustrations. Square crown Svo. 2\s. Lectures on Harmony, delivered at the Royal Institution. By G. A. Macfarren. Svo. 12s. Moore's Lalla Rookh. Tenniel's Edition, with 68 Woodcut Illustrations. Crown Svo. ioj. dd. Moore's Irish Melodies, Maclise's Edition, with 161 Steel Plates. Super-royal Svo. 215. WORKS published by LONGMANS 6- CO. 13 Sacred and Legendary- Art. By Mrs. Jameson. 6 vols, square crown 8vo. ;^5. 15J. 6(/. Jameson's Legends of the Saints and Martyrs. Witli 19 Etch- ings and 187 Woodcuts. 2 vols. 3i.f. 6'^'. Jameson's Legends of the Monastic Orders. With 1 1 Etchings and Si! Woodcuts, i voL 2\s. Jameson's Legendsof the Madonna, the Virgin Mary as rejjre- sented in Sacred and Legendary Art. With 27 Etchings and 165 Woodcuts. I vol. 2 1 J. Jameson's History of the Saviour, His Types and Precursors. Completed by Lady Eastlake. With j 13 Etchings and 281 Woodcuts. I 2 vols. 42i'. The USEFUL ARTS, MANUFACTURES, &c. The Elements of Me- chanism. By T. M. GOODEVE, M.A. Barrister-at-Law. New Edition, re- written and enlarged, with 342 Wood- cuts. Crown 8vo. 6j. Railways and Locomo- tives ; a Scries of Lectures delivered at the School of IMilitary Engineering, Chatham. Raihuays, by J. W. Barry, M. Inst. C.E. Locomotives, by Sir F. J. Bramwell, F.R.S. M. Inst. C.E. With 22S Woodcuts. 8vo. 2\s. Gwilt's Encyclopaedia of Architecture, with above 1,600 Wood- cuts. Revised and extended by W. Papworth. 8vo. 52J. ()d. Lathes and Turning, Sim- ple, Mechanical, and Ornamental. By W. IL NoRTiicOTT. Second Edition, with 33S Illustrations. 8vo. i8j. Industrial Chemistry ; a Manual for Manufacturers and for Col- leges or Technical Schools ; a Transla- tion of Payen's Precis de Chimie Industrielle. Edited by B. H. Paul. With 698 Woodcuts. Medium 8vo. 42j-. The British Navy : its strength, Resources, and Adminis- tration. By Sir T. Brassey, K.C.B. M.P. M.A. In6vols. 8vo. Vols. I. and II. with many Illustrations, 145'. or separately. Vol. I. 105. 6^/. Vol. II. price 3^. 6(/. A Treatise on Mills and Millwork. By the late Sir W. Fair- bairn, Bart. C.E. Fourth Edition, with 18 Plates and 333 Woodcuts. I vol. 8vo. 255-. Useful Information for Engineers. By the late Sir W. Fairbairn, Bart. C.E. With many Plates and Woodcuts. 3 vols, crown 8vo. 3IJ-. dd. The Application of Cast and Wrought Iron to Building Purposes. By the late Sir W. Fair- bairn, Bart. C.E. With 6 Plates and 118 Woodcuts. 8vo. 165. Hints on Household Taste in Furniture, Upholstery, and other Details. By C. L. East- lake. Fourth Edition, with loo Illus- trations. Square crown 8vo. I4J'. Handbook of Practical Telegraphy. By R. S. Culley, Memb. Inst. C.E. Seventh Edition, Plates & Woodcuts. 8vo. i6j-. The Marine Steam En- gine. A Treatise for the use of Engineering Students and Officers of the Royal Navy. By Richard Sennett, Chief Engineer, Royal Navy. With numerous Illustrations and Diagrams. 8vo. 2\s. 14 WORKS published by LONGMANS (2^• CO. A Treatise on the Steam Engine, in its vai-ious applications to Mines, Mills, Steam Navigation, Rail- ways and Agriculture, By J. Bourne, C.E. With Portrait, 37 Plates, and 546 Woodcuts. 4to. 42J-. Bourne's Catechism of the Steam Engine, in its various Ap- plications. Fcp. 8vo. Woodcuts, 6^. Bourne's Recent Im- provements in the Steam Engine. Fcp. 8vo. Woodcuts, 6s. Bourne's Handbook of the Steam Engine, a Key to the Author's Catechism of the Steam En- gine. Fcp. 8vo. Woodcuts, gs. Bourne's Examples of steam and Gas Engines of the most recent Approved Types as employed in Mines, Factories, Steam Navigation, Railways and Agriculture. With 54 Plates & 356 Woodcuts. 4to. 705. Ure's Dictionary of Arts, Manufactures, and Mines. Seventh Edition, re-wnritten and enlarged by R. Hunt, F.R. S. With 2,604 Woodcuts. 4 vols, medium 8vo, £t. p. Kerl's Practical Treatise on Metallurgy. Adapted from the last German Edition by W. Crookes, F. R. S. &c. and E. Rohrig, Ph.D. 3 vols, 8vo, with 625 Woodcuts, /^/\. igs. Cresy's Encyclopaedia of Civil Engineering, Historical, Theo- retical, and Practical. With above 3,000 Woodcuts, 8vo. 2^s. Ville on Artificial Ma- nures, their Chemical Selection and Scientific Application to Agriculture, Translated and edited by W, Crookes, F,R,S, With 31 Plates, 8vo, 2ij. Mitchell's Manual of Practical Assaying. Fifth Edition, revised, with the Recent Discoveries incorporated, by W, Crookes, F.R,S. Crown 8vo, Woodcuts, 31J. 6d. The Art of Perfumery, and the Methods of Obtaining the Odours of Plants ; with Instructions for the Manufacture of Perfumes &c. By G. W. S, PiESSE, Ph,D, F,C.S, Fourth Edition, with 96 Woodcuts, Square crown 8vo, 2ls. Loudon's Encyclopaedia of Gardening ; the Theory and Prac- tice of Horticulture, Floriculture, Arbori- culture & Landscape Gardening, With 1,000 Woodcuts. 8vo. 21s. Loudon's Encyclopaedia of Agriculture ; the Laying-out, Ln- provement, and Management of Landed Property ; the Cultivation and Economy of the Productions of Agriculture. With 1, 100 Woodcuts. Svo. 2IJ, RELIGIOUS and MORAL ^VORKS. An Introduction to the study of the Nev/ Testament, Critical, Exegetical, and Theological, By the Rev. S. Davidson, D.D. LL.D. Revised Edition, 2 vols, 8vo. 30J, History of the Papacy During the Reformation. By M, Creigiiton, M.A. Vol, I, the Great Schism— the Council of Constance, 1378-1418, Vol, II, the Council of Basel— the Papal Restoration, 1418- 1464, 2 vols. 8vo, 32^^, A History of the Church of England ; Pre-Reformation Period, By the Rev. T. P, Boultbee, LL,D. 8vo. 15^. Sketch of the History of the Church of England to the Revo- lution of 1688, By T, V. Short, D. D. Crown 8vo. js. 6d. The English Church in the Eighteenth Century. By the Rev. C, J. Abbey, and the Rev, J, H. Overton, 2 vols, 8vo. 36^'. WORKS published by LONGMANS &- CO. IS An Exposition of the 39 Articles, Historical and Doctrinal. By E. H. Browne, D.D. Bishop of Win- chester, Twelfth Edition. 8vo. 16^. A Commentary on the 39 Articles, forming an Introduction to the Theolog)' of the Church of England. By the Rev. T. P. Boultbee, LL.D. New Edition, Crown 8vo. 6s. Sermons preached most- ly in tlie Chapel of Rugby School by the late T. Arnold, D.D. 6 vols, crown Svo. 30J. or separately, 55. each. Historical Lectures on the Life of Our Lord Jesus Christ. By C. J. Ellicott, D.D. Svo. 125, The Eclipse of Faith ; or a Visit to a Religious Sceptic. By Henry Rogers. Fcp. 8vo. 5^. Defence of the Eclipse of Faith. By H. Rogers. Fcp. Svo. 35. 6d. Nature, the Utility of Religion, and Theism. Three Essays by John Stuart Mill. Svo. ios.6d. A Critical and Gram- matical Commentary on St. Paul's Epistles. By C. J. Ellicott, D.D. Svo. Galatians, 8^. 6d. Ephesians, S.f. 6ii. Pastoral Epistles, los. 6d. Philippians, Colossians, & Philemon, los. 6d. Thessalonians, Js. 6d. The Life and Letters of St. Paul. By Alfred Dewes, ]\I.A. LL.D. D.D. Vicar of St. Augustine's Pendlebury. With 4 Maps. Svo, ys. 6d. Conybeare & Howson's Life and Epistles of St. Paul. Three Editions, copiously illustrated. Library Edition, with all the Original Illustrations, Maps, Landscapes on Steel, Woodcuts, &c. 2 vols, 4to. 425. Intermediate Edition, with a Selection of Maps, Plates, and Woodcuts. 2 vols, square crown Svo. 2is. Student's Edition, revised and con- densed, with 46 Illustrations and Maps. I vol. crown Svo. ys. 6d. Smith's Voyage & Ship- wreck of St, Paul ; with Disserta- tions on the Life and Writings of St. Luke, and the Ships and Navigation of the Ancients. Fourth Edition, with nu- merous Illustrations. Crown Svo. "^s. 6d, A Handbook to the Bible, or, Guide to the Study of the Holy Scriptures derived from Ancient Monu- ments and Modern Exploration, By F. R. Conder, and Lieut. C, R, Conder, R.E. Third Edition, Maps, Post Svo, 7j. 6d. Bible Studies. By M. M. Kalisch, Ph.D. Part I. T/ie Pro- phecies of Balaam. Svo. loj, dd. Part II. The Book of Jonah. Svo. price \os. 6d, Historical and Critical Commentary on the Old Testament ; with a New Translation. By M. M. Kalisch, Ph.D. Vol. I. Genesis, Svo. iSj'. or adapted for the General Reader, 12s. Vol. II. Exodus, 15^-. or adapted for the General Reader, 12s, Vol. III. Leviticus, Part I. i<)S. or adapted for the General Reader, 8j. Vol. IV, Leviticus, Part II. 15^, or adapted for the General Reader, 8j, * The Four Gospels in Greek, with Greek-English Lexicon, By John T, White, D,D. Oxon, Square 32mo, 5^^, Ewald's History of Israel. Translated from the German by J, E, Carpenter, M.A. with Preface by R. Martineau, M.A. 5 vols. Svo. 63^. Ewald's Antiquities of Israel. Translated from the German by H, S. Solly, M.A. Svo. 12s. 6d. The New Man and the Eternal Life ; Notes on the Reiterated Aniens of the Son of God. By A. Jukes. Second Edition. Cr. Svo. 6s. The Types of Genesis, briefly considered as revealing the Development of Human Nature, By A. Jukes, Crown Svo. ^s. 6d. i6 WORKS published by LONGMANS CO. The Second Death and | The Wife's Manual ; or Prayers, Thouglits, and Songs on Several Occasions of a Matron's Life. By the late \V. Calvert, Minor Canon of St. Paul's. Printed and ornamented in the style of Queen Elizabetli's Prayer Book. Crown Svo. (is. the Restitution of all Things ; with some Preliminary Remarks on the Nature and Inspiration of Holy Scrip- ture By A. Jukes. Crown Svo. 3i-. 6^/. Supernatural Religion ; an Inquiry into the Reality of Di- vine Revelation. Complete Edition, thoroughly i-evised. 3 vols. Svo. 36^-. Lectures on the Origin and Growth of Religion, as illus- trated by the Religions of India. By F. Max Muller, K.M. Svo. price \os. 6d. Introduction to the Sci- ence of Religion, Four Lectures de- livered at the Royal Institution ; with Essays on False Analogies and the Philosophy of ^Mythology. By F. Max MiJLLER, K.M. Crown Svo. los. 6d. The Gospel for the Nine- teenth Centurj'. Svo. price lOj-. tid. Fourth Edition. Christ our Ideal, an Ar- gument from Analogy. By the same Author. Svo. Sj-. 6d. Passing Thoughts on Religion, BylNIiss Sewell. Pep. Svo. price 3^. 6d. Preparation for the Holy Communion ; the Devotions chiefly from the works of Jeremy Taylor. By Miss Sewell. 32mo. 3i-. Private Devotions for Young Persons. Compiled by Miss Sewell. iSmo. 2.c Bishop Jeremy Taylor's Entire Works ; with Life by Bishop Ileber. Revised and corrected by the Rev. C. P. Eden. 10 vols. ^5. 5,c Hymns of Praise and Prayer. Corrected and edited by Rev. John Martineau, LL.D. Crown Svo. 45. 6d. 32mo. \s. 6d. Spiritual Songs for the Sundays and Holidays throughout the Year. By J. S. B. Monsell, LL.D. Fcp. Svo. $s. iSmo. 2s. Christ the Consoler ; a Book of Comfort for the Sick. By Ellice Hopkins. Second Edition. Fcp. Svo. 2S. 6d. Lyra Germanica ; Hymns translated from the German by Miss C. WiNKWORTU. Fcp. Svo. 55. Hours of Thought on Sacred Things ; Two Volumes of Ser- mons. By James ]Martineau, D.D. LL.D. 2 vols, crown Svo. 'Js. 6d. each. Endeavours after the Christian Life; Discourses. By James Martineau, D.D. LL.D. P^ifth Edition. Crown Svo. "js. 6d. The Pentateuch & Book of Joshua Critically Examined. By J. W. Colenso, D.D. Bishop of Natal. Crown Svo. 6s. Elements of Morality, In Easy Lessons for Home and School Teaching. By Mrs. Charles Bray. Crown Svo. 2^. 6d. TRAVELS, VOYAGES, &c. Three in Norway. By Two of Them. With a Map and 59 Illustrations on Wood from Sketclies by the Authors, Crown Svo. ioj-. 6d. Roumania, Past and Present. By James Samuelson. With 2 Maps, 3 Autotype Plates & 31 Illustrations on Wood, Svo. i6s. WORKS published by LONGMANS 6- CO. 17 Sunshine and Storm in the East, or Cruises to Cyprus and Constantinople. By Lady Bkassey, Cheaper Edition, with 2 Maps and 114 Ilhistrations engraved on Wood. Cr. S%'0. 7i-. (:d. A Voyage in the ^Sun- beam,' our Home on the Ocean for Eleven Months. l>y Lady Bkassey. Cheaper Edition, with Map and 65 Wood Engiavings. Crown 8vo. "js. 6d. School Edition, fcp. 2s. Popular Edition, 4to. 6ys. Mademoiselle Tvlori. By Various Writers, Atherston Priory. The Burgomaster's Family. Elsa and her Vulture. The Six Sisters of the Valleys. POETRY and THE DRAMA. Poetical Works of Jean Ingelow. New Edition, reprinted, with Additional Matter, from the 23rd and 6th Editions of the two volumes respectively ; with 2 Vignettes. 2 vols, fcp, Svo, I2S. Faust. From tlie German of Goethe. By T, E. Webb, LL.D. Reg, Prof, of Laws & Public Orator in the Univ. of Dublin. Svo, 12s. 6 J. Goethe's Faust. A New Translation, chiefly in Blank Verse ; with a complete Introduction and copious Notes. By James Adev Birds, B.A, F,G,S. Large crown Svo, 12S. (id. Goethe's Faust. The Ger- man Text, with an English Introduction and Notes for Students, By Albert M, Selss, M. a. Ph.D. Crown Svo. $s. Lays of Ancient Rome; with Iviy and the Armada. By Lord Macaulay, Cabinet Edition, post Svo, 3^. 6d. Cheap Edition, fcp. Svo. is. sewed; is. 6d. cloth; 2s. 6d, cloth extra with gilt edges. Lord Macaulay's Lays of Ancient Rome, with Ivry and the Armada. With 41 Wood Engravings by G. Pearson from Original Drawings by J. R, Weguelin, Crown Svo. 6s. Festus, a Poem. By Philip James Bailey, loth Edition, erJarged & revised. Crown Svo. I2s. 6d, The Poe.ms of Virgil trans- laied into English Prose. By John CoxiNGTON, M,A, down Svo. Qs. WOI^KS i>ubUshed by LONGMANS 6^ CO. 19 The Iliad of Homer, Ho- mometrically translated by C. B. Cayley. 8vo. I2S. 6 J. Bowdler's Family Shak- speare. Genuine Edition, in i vol. medium Svo. large type, with 36 Wood- cuts, l-i-r. or in 6 vols. icp. Svo. 21s. The -^neid of Virgil. Translated into English Verse. Ey J. CONINGTON, M.A. Crown Svo. gs. Southey's Poetical V/orks, with the Author's last Cor- rections and Additions. Medium Svo. with Portrait, 14^-. RURAL SPORTS, HORSE and CATTLE MANAGEMENT, &e. William Howitt's Visits to Remarkable Places, Old Halls, Battle-Fields, Scenes illustrative of Striking Passages in English History and Poetry. New Edition, with 80 Illustrations engraved on Wood. Crown Svo. 75. 61/. Dixon's Rural Bird Life ; Essays on Ornithology, with Instruc- tions for Preserving Objects relating to that Science. With 44 Woodcuts. Crown Svo. 5^. A Book on Angling ; or, Treatise on the Art of Fishing in every branch ; including full Illustrated Lists of Salmon Flies. By Francis Franxis. Post Svo. Portrait and Plates, I5i'. Wilcocks's Sea-Fisher- man : comprising the Chief IMethods of Hook and Line Fishing, a glance at Nets, and remarks on Boats and Boat- ing. Post Svo. Woodcuts, 12s. 6d. The Fly-Fisher's Ento- mology. By Alfred Ronalds. With 20 Coloured Plates. Svo. 14J. The Dead Shot, or Sports- man's Complete Guide ; a Treatise on the Use of the Gun, with Lessons in the Art of Shooting Game of All Kinds, and Wild-Fowl, also Pigeon-Shooting, and Dog-Breaking. By Marksman. Fifth Edition, with 13 Illustrations. Crown Svo. ios. 6d. Horses and Roads ; or, How to Keep a Horse Sound on his Legs, By Free-Lance. Second Edition. Crown Svo. 6s. Horses and Riding. By George Nevile, M.A. With 31 Illus- trations. Crown Svo. 6s. Horses and Stables. By Major-General Sir F. FiTZWYGRAM, Bart. Second Edition, revised and enlarged ; with 39 pages of Illustrations containing very numerous Figures. Svo. lOJ'. 6d, Youatt on the Horse. Revised and enlarged by W^. Watson, M.R.C.V.S. Svo. Woodcuts, p. ed. Youatt's Work on the Dog. Revised and enlarged. Svo. Woodcuts, Gs. The Dog in Health and Disease. By Stonehenge. Third Edition, with 78 Wood Engravings. Square crown Svo. 7^-. 6d. The Greyhound. By Stonehenge. Revised Edition, with 25 Portraits of Gi'eyhounds, &c. Square crown Svo. 15^. A Treatise on the Dis- eases of the Ox ; being a Manual of Bovine Pathology specially adapted for the use of Veterinary Practitioners and Students. ByJ. II. Steel, M.R.C.V.S. F.Z.S. With 2 Plates and 116 Wood- cuts, Svo. 15J. WORKS published by LONGMANS 6- CO. Stables and Stable Fit- tings. By W. Miles. Imp. 8vo. with 13 Plates, \^s. The Horse's Foot, and Kow to keep it Sound. By W. Miles. Imp. Svo. Woodcuts, I2.f. 6«'.f Applications of Iron 13 Information for Engineers 13 Mills and Millwork 13 Farrar's Language and Languages 7 Fitzwygram on Horses 19 Francis's Fishing Book 19 Freeman's Historical Geography 2 Froude's Caesar 4 English in Ireland i History of England i ■ Short Studies 6 Thomas Carlyle. Gairdners Houses of Lancaster and York 3 Ganot's Elementary Physics 9 Natural Philosophy Cresy's Encyclopaedia of Civil Engineering 14 Garifi«£/ J Buckingham and Charles I. ... 2 Personal Government of Charles I. 2 Fall of ditto 2 Outline of English History ... 2 Puritan Resolution 3 'Thirty Years' War 3 (Mrs.) French Revolution 3 Struggle against Absolute Monarchy 3 Goethe's Faust, by Birds 18 by Selss 18 by Webb 18 Goodeve's Mechanics 10 Mechanism 13 Gore's Electro-Metallurgy 10 Gospel (The) for the Nineteenth Century . 16 Grant's Ethics of Aristotle 5 Graver Thoughts of a Country Parson 7 G;rz77/t''jJournal i Griffin's Algebra and Trigonometry 10 Grove on Correlation of Physical Forces... 9 Gwilt's Encyclopaedia of Architecture 13 Hale's Fall of the Stuarts 3 Halliiocll-Phillipps's Outlines of Shake- speare's Life 4 IVORKS published by LONGMAAS 6- CO. 23 Hartwigs W'oilis on Natural History, &c lO&II /7i/jw//'j Climate of San Remo 17 Haughton's Pliysical Geography 10 //irywan^V Selected Essays 6 Heer's Primeval World of Switzerland ir Helmholtz's Scientific Lectures 9 Hcrschd's Outlines of Astronomy 8 Hopkins's Christ the Consoler 16 Horses and Roads ig Hoiijitt'sWi'A's, to Remarkable Places 19 Nullah's History of Modern Music 11 Transition Period 11 Hume' s Essays 6 Treatise on Human Nature 6 //ifie's Rome to its Capture by the Gauls... 3 History of Rome 2 Ingelow's Poems 18 yagds Inorganic Chemistry 12 yaw«<7»'j- Sacred and Legendary Art 12 Jenkins Electricity and Magnetism 10 Jerrold's Life of Napoleon i Johnso7is Xormans in Europe 3 Patentee's Manual 21 Johnston's Geographical Dictionary 8 Jukes's New Man 15 Second Death 16 Types of Genesis 15 i^a//5c:A'j Bible Studies 15 Commentary on the Bible 15 Path and Goal 5 /C^irryj Outlines of P; i mi tive Belief 6 Keller's Lake Dwellings of Switzerland..., 11 Kerfs Metallurgy, by Crookes and Rohrig. 14 Landscapes, Churches, &c 7 Z,a//za»2V English Dictionaries 7 Handbook of English Language 7 Lecky's History of England i European Morals 2 Rationalism 2 Leaders of Public Opinion 4 Leisure Hours in Town 7 Z<:j//£'.f Political and Moral Philosophy ... 6 Lessons of Middle Age 7 Zcar/j History of Philosophy 2 Z^^w/j on Authority 6 Liddelldcad Scolt's Greek-English Lexicons 8 Z/«i//t;y and J/t?w-i?' J Treasury of Botany ... 20 Z/(y(/' J Magnetism 9 Wave-Theory of Light 9 Longman's (F. W.) Chess Openings 20 Frederic the Great 3 — ^— — German Dictionary ... 7 (W.) Edward the Third 2 Lectures on History of England 2 St. Paul's Cathedral 12 Lcudoji's Encyclopaedia of Agriculture ... 14 Gardening...ii&i4 Plants II Lubbock's Origin of Civilisation 11 Ludlow's American War of Independence 3 Lyra Germanica 16 Macalistcr s Vertebrate Animals 10 Macaulay's (Lord) Essays i History of England ... i Lays, Illus. Edits. ... 12 & 18 Cheap Edition... 18 Life and Letters 4 Miscellaneous Writings 6 Speeches 6 Works I Writings, Selections from 6 AIacCnnagh'sTra.c\.s 9 il/l;C(7;-//^_J/'J Epoch of Reform 3 McCulloch's Dictionary of Commerce 8 ■ Macfarrcii on Musical Harmony 12 Macleod's Economical Philosophy 5 Economics for Beginners 21 Elements of Banking 21 Elements of Economics 21 Theory and Practice of Banking 21 Macnamara's Himalayan Districts 17 Mademoiselle Mori 18 Mahaffy's Classical Greek Literature 3 /i/iirj/iW(Z«'j Life of Havelock 4 Martiiieati s Christian Life \6 Hours of Thought 16 Hymns 16 Maunder s Poi^ular Treasuries 20 Maxwell's Theory of Heat 10 May's History of Democracy i History of England i Melville's (Whyte) Novels and Tales i3 Mendelssohn' s \u7V Greek and Roman Sculpture 12 Paycn's Industrial Chemistry 13 Pcwtners Comprehensive^pecifier 20 /'/«j^'j Art of Perfumery 14 Poles Game of Whist 20 Powells Early England 3 Preece & S^V^w^vVA/'j Telegraphy 10 Fresent-Day Thoughts 7 Proctor s AsXxonomxQ.'oi Works S&g Scientific Essays 11 Public Schools Atlases 8 RawUnson s Ancient Egypt Sassanians Recreations of a Country Parson 7 Kccvc's Cookery and Housekeeping 20 Reynolds' s Experimental Chemistry 12 Rich's Dictionary of Antiquities 7 /?/!'(;/-/ J- Orchard House 11 Rose Amateur's Guide 11 Rogers's Eclipse of Faith and its Defence 15 Roget's English Thesaurus 7 Ronalds' Fly-Fisher's Entomology 19 /?6'7i'/. Printers, Ne7v-st>-cct Squnn, Londoti. UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY Los Angeles This book is DUE on the last date sta4Biiedhelow._ 2WKfromReceip| NOV 8 1985 DEC 3 11974 Rt;C'D BIOMED LIB. JAN iPtCD BIOMED SEP 16 1988 BIQKIEDMAR MJ330 BIOMED LIB JUN 2 5 1990 BEC'D OCT 9^984 S Biom^/cal Library B\oMEO lib: JUN 05 199] .,rMl ■» S WQ/1 ^E^CElVEo Form L9-Series 444^*" * » %t9 V •^ >' i . .-^^^-j- ■■■" ■ >.v.-'^^ 3 1158 00546 0240 wsm^mw